0000711665-11-000006.txt : 20110331 0000711665-11-000006.hdr.sgml : 20110331 20110331164449 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000711665-11-000006 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 24 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20101231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20110331 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20110331 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: PHOTOMEDEX INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000711665 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: ELECTROMEDICAL & ELECTROTHERAPEUTIC APPARATUS [3845] IRS NUMBER: 592858100 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-11635 FILM NUMBER: 11726892 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 147 KEYSTONE DRIVE CITY: MONTGOMERYVILLE STATE: PA ZIP: 18936 BUSINESS PHONE: 2156193600 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 147 KEYSTONE DRIVE CITY: MONTGOMERYVILLE STATE: PA ZIP: 18936 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: LASER PHOTONICS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920703 10-K 1 form_10-k.htm PHMD 10K FOR PERIOD ENDING 12-31-10 form_10-k.htm
 



 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[X]           ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
OR
 
[  ]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ______________ to _____________
Commission file number: 0-11635
 
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Nevada
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
 
59-2058100
(I.R.S.  Employer
Identification No.)
 

147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania 18936
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(215) 619-3600
(Issuer’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 
 
Title of each class
None
 
Name of each exchange
on which registered
None
 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes [ ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Yes [ ] No [X]

 
 

 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:  (i) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (ii) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X] No [__]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes[    ] No [__]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 
Large accelerated filer [__]
Accelerated filer [__]
 
       
 
Non-accelerated filer [__]
Smaller reporting company [X]
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes [ ] No [X]

The number of shares outstanding of our common stock as of June 30, 2010, was 2,772,637 shares. The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates (2,162,841 shares), based on the closing market price ($5.21) of the common stock as of June 30, 2010 was $11,268,402.

As of March 30, 2011, the number of shares outstanding of our common stock was 3,069,749.




 
 

 


 
Table of Contents
 
       
Page
Part I
       
 
Item 1.
 
 
 
 
1
Item 1A.
   
14
Item 1B.
   
31
Item 2.
   
32
Item 3.
   
32
Item 4
   
33
 
Part II
       
 
Item 5.
 
 
 
 
34
Item 6.
   
36
Item 7.
   
37
Item 7A.
   
62
Item 8.
   
63
Item 9.
   
63
Item 9A.
   
64
Item 9B.
   
65
 
Part III
       
 
Item 10.
 
 
 
 
65
Item 11.
   
72
Item 12.
   
82
Item 13.
   
84
Item 14.
   
85
 
Item IV
       
 
Item 15.
 
 
 
 
86
     
91
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
i
 

 
 

 

Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or this Report, are "forward-looking statements." These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about the plans, objectives, expectations and intentions of PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation, (referred to in this Report as “we,” “us,” “our”, “registrant” or “the Company”) and other statements contained in this Report that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements in this Report or hereafter included in other publicly available documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Commission, reports to our stockholders and other publicly available statements issued or released by us involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause our actual results, performance (financial or operating) or achievements to differ from the future results, performance (financial or operating) or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such future results are based upon management's best estimates based upon current conditions and the most recent results of operations. When used in this Report, the words "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "believe," "seek," "estimate" and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements, because these forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. There are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other factors discussed under "Risk Factors." We undertake no obligation to update such forward-looking statements.
 
PART I
Item 1.  
 
Our Company
 
We are a Global Skin Health Solutions™ company that provides disease management and aesthetic solutions through innovative laser systems, light-based devices and science-based skincare products. Through our relationships with dermatologists and plastic surgeons, our products address multiple skin diseases and skin conditions, including psoriasis, vitiligo, acne and sun damage. Our experience in addressing these diseases and conditions in the physician market has allowed us to expand our products and services to provide skin health solutions to certain non-physician markets.
 
Our History
 
We were organized in 1987 and through 1999 were principally a research and development company with insignificant end-user revenue. In January 2000, the FDA issued a 510(k) clearance for the XTRAC laser system, an important milestone in our history. The XTRAC was a breakthrough technology designed to treat psoriasis using targeted narrow band UVB light. Despite receiving FDA clearance, our ability to commercialize the XTRAC was limited due to the lack of insurance reimbursement available for the treatment, a key driver in the acceptance by dermatologists and their psoriasis patients. We undertook a prolonged effort to establish insurance reimbursement, an effort that would ultimately take until 2007 for the Blue Cross Blue Shield Association to include the XTRAC in its National Reference Policy and until 2008 for all of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Plans and virtually all other major plans to issue policies covering the system.
 
From our organization through early 2009, we augmented our business through a series of acquisitions which expanded our product suite to include skincare and LED (Light Emitting Diode) product lines. While these acquisitions, along with the development and growth of the XTRAC business, have significantly increased our revenues over this time, the limited integration of the sales and marketing teams which were previously product-focused, coupled with an emphasis on short-term goals over long-term strategy, has resulted in a history of losses.
 
Our Key Strategies
 
We concentrate our strategic efforts primarily in the physician market both domestically and internationally. Supporting those efforts we have initiated a renewed commitment to innovation, whereby we look to maximize the application of our technologies and utilize the significant scientific resources available to us in each of
 

 
- 1 -

 

our product areas. And, finally we look to leverage our experience and substantial product advancements in the physician market into non-physician based markets, or alternate channels, that may benefit from those technological advancements.
 
Establishment of a Leaner, Highly Trained Sales Force
 
In the U.S. we market and sell our products through a direct sales organization capable of addressing each product area with specific expertise. Our focus on enhanced training of our sales organization has increased our ability to drive sales and to support our customer base with a leaner and more cost-effective sales force since the strategy change in 2009.
 
Our growing sales force consists today of 32 direct sales representatives led by an experienced sales management team of eight professionals and supported by a marketing organization consisting of seven employees.
 
Expanded International Capabilities
 
In the third quarter of 2009, we realigned our international operations and selling approach, and the once limited capabilities of the international organization have been enhanced through two initiatives.
 
First, we have entered into an expanded management relationship with GlobalMed with respect to our laser and light-based devices. GlobalMed is an international distribution and management company focused on creating increased market opportunity through the engagement and management of local in-country distributors and providing assistance in expediting regulatory approvals. Historically, GlobalMed managed our distribution relationships in the Pacific Rim for the XTRAC and VTRAC product lines, which represented a majority of our total international device sales. As a result of its success in managing our Pacific Rim distribution relationships, we have now expanded its responsibilities to include all of our laser- and light-based devices in substantially all markets outside of the U.S. GlobalMed’s efforts are supported by our internal organization and by GlobalMed employees in major regions of the world.
 
Second, we have undertaken significant efforts to expand the international reach of our skincare business in both the physician and consumer channels. We have reformulated our clinical skincare products by eliminating certain preservatives and other ingredients in order to comply with international regulations. Our skincare product packaging has been redesigned to meet international regulations, and we have registered our products in certain foreign jurisdictions. Our sales approach incorporates procedure-specific protocols for in-office treatments coupled with outpatient product kits designed for patients to continue to use the products at home. The protocols utilize our skincare products and Omnilux professional and hand-held LED light systems in a regimen designed to address skin rejuvenation, acne clearance, skin brightening, eye treatment and recovery and photoaging repair. In these unique protocols, our copper peptide complexes, DNA repair enzymes and LED technology provide patients with optimized treatment outcomes.
 
Development of Alternate Channels
 
Certain of our technologies have applications outside our historical physician based sales channel, and we look to continue to expand our sales into these market opportunities.
 
Our sales capabilities relating to non-physician channels are comprised of an internal sales organization of three professionals and an external organization of channel-specific partners who encompass the knowledge and expertise required of their unique markets. Through these sales capabilities we have the ability to address such alternate channels as the consumer skincare market through on-line, television and retail channels as well as the indoor tanning and spa markets through major distribution partners.
 
Renewed Commitment to Innovation
 
We believe that our innovative products have been crucial to our ability to succeed in the extremely competitive skin health market. Under the guidance of our Scientific Advisory Board, future indications for our products are being explored as well as potential combinations of our products with other dermatological treatments. We have recently launched, or are working on, innovative uses for our technologies that we believe will allow us to leverage the success of our current products in the marketplace.
 

 
- 2 -

 

        XTRAC Velocity.    Prior to June 2009, we offered the XTRAC Ultra as our only solution for the treatment of psoriasis. The XTRAC Ultra is most appropriate for use on patients with mild to moderate psoriasis. We did not have a practical solution which physicians could use to treat patients with severe psoriasis. Over $1 billion is spent annually in the U.S. on device and drug treatments intended for severe psoriasis, many of which have systemic side effects or FDA warning labels. To deliver a safe and more cost-effective treatment for severe psoriasis, we launched the XTRAC Velocity, an innovation of the XTRAC Ultra. The XTRAC Velocity is three times faster and more powerful than the XTRAC Ultra, making it ideal for practices having a greater mix of severe patients or having a significantly larger volume of psoriasis patients overall. With the innovation of the XTRAC Ultra into the XTRAC Velocity, we now have a psoriasis solution for physician practices of all sizes and patient demographics.
 
In addition, beginning in early 2010, Dr. John Y. M. Koo, the Director of the Psoriasis Treatment Center at the University of California San Francisco Medical Center, initiated a clinical study to demonstrate the effectiveness of the XTRAC Velocity in combination with the drug Clobex from Galderma for patients with severe psoriasis. Dr. Koo has published numerous articles and book chapters in the field of psoriasis. The goal of this study is to achieve better patient results in fewer treatments than either the drug or the XTRAC Velocity can achieve as a stand-alone treatment. If successful, the end result will be greater efficacy and convenience for the patient, which we believe will result in an increase in the use and applicability of the XTRAC Velocity in severe psoriasis.
 
New Skincare ingredients and combinations.      In September 2010 we launched a new line of Neova skincare products that uniquely combine two key ingredient areas: DNA repair enzymes and copper peptides. These products are designed to activate self-healing, boost essential skin cell function and maximize results for sustained skin health.
 
DNA Repair.    UV-induced stresses to the skin can cause damage to skin cells and their DNA. The first natural line of defense against the damaging effects of the sun is melanin, which reflects or absorbs UV light and prevents damaging UV rays from striking the DNA in the cell nucleus. When UV light does strike DNA, the interaction produces a chemical in the DNA bases, which alters the genetic code. Such alterations can interrupt or destroy the cellular repair process. The consequences of unrepaired DNA damage for skin cells can be severe and include discolorations, wrinkles and other signs of photodamage.
 
Our DNA Repair topical products, which include DNA Nourishing Lotion and DNA Total Repair, use innovative technology to address DNA damage by activating the skin’s natural recovery process after damage has occurred but before the secondary result, such as erythema or skin cancer, appears. Modern sunscreen products frequently combine UV filters with one or more antioxidants, which provide a degree of secondary photoprotection against oxygen radicals. Our DNA Repair products activate the DNA repair process using a liposome system specifically engineered for the transference of DNA repair enzymes into epidermal cells and to enhance DNA repair of UV-irradiated skin.
 
Our DNA Repair products help skin continuously repair its appearance in three advanced ways. First, the products heighten the skin’s natural repair process, which, over time, results in a reduction in the visible signs of aging, including fine lines, wrinkles and discolorations. Second, the products help skin continuously repair the appearance of past damage caused by UV exposure before it becomes permanent. Finally, the products, which contain a blend of an anti-inflammatory and a powerful antioxidant, block the activation of the two enzymes, elastase and matrix metalloproteinase, which degrade collagen and elastin and destroy the skin’s supporting structure, leading to wrinkle formation.
 
Omnilux Home Use Devices.    Consumers have long sought products that would help them look their best conveniently and affordably. Since the prices of professional procedures performed in a salon, spa or medical office can be high, and traveling to these establishments for treatment typically entails an additional commitment of time for the consumer, products developed for home-use often best meet these needs. The Omnilux New-U for treating peri-orbital wrinkles was cleared by the FDA for over-the-counter sale directly to the consumer on March 3, 2008. The Omnilux Clear-U for treating acne was cleared by the FDA for over-the-counter sale directly to the consumer on January 16, 2009. We are continuing to advance the technology by reducing the size of the products even further and thereby reducing their manufacturing costs. Such advancements should provide greater access to the technology to the consumer.
 

 
- 3 -

 

Our Products
 
Our products have applications in two general areas: management of skin diseases and conditions, and skincare. Some of our products, which are described in more detail below, address both the management of skin diseases and conditions and skincare areas.
 
Our Ability to Treat Skin Diseases and Conditions
 
Our XTRAC System
 
In January 2000, we obtained FDA 510(k) clearance to market our XTRAC excimer laser system for the treatment of psoriasis, a chronic, autoimmune disease that appears on the skin. Indications for the XTRAC were later expanded to include the treatment of vitiligo, a medical condition that causes the skin to lose color; atopic dermatitis (eczema), an inflammation of the skin; and leukoderma, an acquired condition with localized loss of pigmentation of the skin that may occur after any number of inflammatory skin conditions, including burns and scars.
 
According to the National Psoriasis Foundation, psoriasis afflicts as many as 7.5 million Americans and 125 million people worldwide. While the exact cause of psoriasis is unknown, the immune system and genetics play major roles in the development of this disease. Most researchers agree that the immune system is mistakenly triggered, which causes the acceleration of skin cell growth. Normal skin cells mature and fall off the body in 28 to 30 days. In a patient with psoriasis, skin cells take only three to four days to mature and instead of falling off, build up on the surface of the skin, forming psoriatic lesions.
 
Our XTRAC system applies a concentrated dose of UVB radiation directly to the diseased skin at a high intensity, which temporarily stops this excess cell buildup and allows the diseased skin to return to a more normal state during a term of remission. Remission length varies from several months to in excess of one year. Our XTRAC system utilizes a 308-nm light wavelength, which studies have shown to be an optimal wavelength to treat psoriasis effectively.
 
More than one-quarter of people with psoriasis have cases that are considered moderate to severe. We offer two versions of our XTRAC system: the XTRAC Ultra, which has been established as one of the most clinically effective therapies for treating patients with mild to moderate psoriasis, and the XTRAC Velocity, launched in June 2009, which is three times faster than the XTRAC Ultra and enables physicians to safely treat severe psoriasis patients conveniently and effectively without the significant side effects of other more expensive modalities.
 
Vitiligo, which affects up to 2% of the world population, develops when cells called melanocytes die or are destroyed by the body’s immune system. As the cells die, an area of skin or hair turns white because the cells no longer make pigment. The XTRAC treatment of vitiligo, delivered in much the same way as when treating psoriasis but requiring more treatments, re-ignites the melanocytes causing pigment to return to the skin. We do not yet know how long the positive effects of our treatment for vitiligo will last on an individual, but based on anecdotal data we believe the re-pigmentation may last for several years. Vitiligo is genetically inherited and is thought to be triggered by certain unknown environmental factors. There is presently no known cure for vitiligo.
 
Our VTRAC System
 
Our VTRAC system is a lamp-based product line that is sold principally outside of the U.S. and is used to treat the same diseases and conditions as the XTRAC laser. This product offering provides an effective, non-laser option to compete against lower-priced UVB lamp-based international competitors.
 
Our Omnilux Products
 
We market a family of products under the brand name Omnilux that produce certain therapeutic wavelengths of light through LEDs. Our Omnilux technology is based on narrowband LEDs and the range of products include the Omnilux Blue (blue light), Omnilux Revive (red light), Omnilux Plus (infrared light) and Omnilux PDT (red light-marketed only outside the U.S.). The professional products consist of a base unit upon which an interchangeable LED head is attached. Each detachable treatment head delivers pure, optimized,
 

 
- 4 -

 

narrowband light via a matrix of LEDs carefully positioned to deliver a measured dosage of light to the treatment area. In addition, we have developed two hand-held home-use devices, the Omnilux New-U for the treatment of peri-orbital wrinkles (skin rejuvenation) and the Omnilux Clear-U for the treatment of acne.
 
Our Omnilux products provide treatments for acne and actinic keratosis and also offer skin health solutions addressing skin rejuvenation, anti-aging, post-procedure care and wound healing. The Omnilux therapy stimulates the body’s own cellular mechanisms through a process known as photobiomodulation. The therapy produces nearly no heat, is non-invasive and non-ablative and causes no damage to sub-dermal tissue. We may promote the Omnilux for treatment of acne in markets outside the U.S.
 
Acne is the most common skin disorder in the U.S., affecting as many as 50 million Americans. The bacteria within acne produce chemicals, that when stimulated by the blue light of the Omnilux blue, neutralize the bacteria. With the bacteria eliminated, the inflammation of acne subsides. Red light is also used in the treatment of acne due to its anti-inflammatory properties. The handheld Omnilux Clear-U device allows the user to switch between red light and blue light in the same device.
 
Actinic keratosis is considered the earliest stage in the development of certain skin cancers. The treatment for actinic keratosis lesions ranks as one of the most frequent reasons that people consult a dermatologist. Owing to more stringent regulatory requirements in the U.S., the Omnilux is used more prevalently abroad for the treatment of actinic keratosis.
 
Our Skin Health Solutions—Neova Therapy and Omnilux Products
 
Skin Rejuvenation and Anti-Aging
 
The highly competitive clinical skincare market has been dominated by anti-aging products. They continue to lead the skincare market with over $30 billion in estimated global sales. Over the last seven years, the skincare market has witnessed an increasing convergence of the personal care and pharmaceutical industries, which has led to the emergence of new hybrid markets where actives and ingredients have been leveraged from pharmaceuticals into science-based aesthetic products. Our Neova Therapy product line consists of anti-aging and skin rejuvenation products that we specifically developed in response to the demand from physician customers for a comprehensive approach to medically directed skincare. The Neova Therapy line of copper peptide complex products includes moisturizers and serums that are complemented by cleansers, toners and masks for an integrated approach to skincare. We also market a line of facial peel products. We have added products containing DNA repair enzymes to our line of Neova products. DNA repair enzymes are designed to help cellular components of skin recover from past damage. They may also help restore thymine dimers, which are pieces of DNA that have been broken by UV exposure. We have recently added products which combine the strengths of DNA repair enzymes with copper peptides. Our Omnilux Revive and Omnilux Plus products deliver wavelengths of light in the red and infrared spectrums which have been proven to stimulate cellular mechanisms responsible for tissue repair and regeneration. The Omnilux products are used both as stand-alone treatment as well as in conjunction with our Neova line of products.
 
Post-Procedure Care and Wound Healing
 
The global market size for advanced/active wound care products is estimated to be $4.9 billion and growing at a 10% annual rate. Within our Neova line, our Complex Cu3 topical products provide a comprehensive approach to post-procedure care and allow us to differentiate our line of skincare products on the basis of our proprietary copper and manganese peptide technologies. Studies have indicated that the skin heals more rapidly with the use of copper peptide compounds than with a placebo treatment. Our Complex Cu3 Post Laser Lotion, Intensive Repair Crème, Cleanser and Hydrating Gel products containing copper peptide compounds are used to treat patients following chemical peels, microdermabrasion and laser treatments. Our Omnilux professional and handheld units also provide wound healing results. Trials have clearly displayed that 633 nm light not only enhances DNA synthesis, but also augments cellular tissue regeneration pathways, including collagen deposition. Light at 830nm is known to stimulate tissue, remodel cell lines and influence remodeling and restructuring of collagen. Study groups have shown that near-infrared light (830nm, Omnilux plus) combined with red light (633nm, Omnilux revive) accelerates the wound healing response and therefore offers an effective treatment for the healing of compromised tissue. The Omnilux handheld New-U combines both wavelengths in a single device.
 

 
- 5 -

 

Sun Protection
 
Ti-Silc and Z-Silc are our line of advanced sun protection products, which are recommended by dermatologists and plastic surgeons to assist in the prevention of sun exposure that can lead to a number of problems including age spots, hyperpigmentation, premature aging and melanoma.
 
Our Surgical Products
 
We engage in the development, manufacture and sale of surgical products, including proprietary free-beam and Contact Laser™ Systems for surgery. We introduced Contact Laser surgery by combining proprietary Contact Laser Delivery Systems with an Nd:YAG laser unit to create a multi-specialty surgical instrument that can cut, coagulate or vaporize tissue. Our Contact Laser Delivery Systems can be used effectively with any wavelength of laser between 532nm and 1064nm, including the KTP laser (532nm), diode laser (various wavelengths) and Nd:YAG laser (1064nm). We are currently marketing such products under the trade name PhotoMedex Surgical Products.
 
Our proprietary Contact Laser probe and scalpel surface treatments provide the ability to alter selectively the temperature profile of tissue, replicating the clinical effect of many different types of lasers. Through our Contact Laser Delivery Systems, we are able to produce a wide range of temperature gradients, which address a broad range of surgical procedures within multiple specialties. Our multiple-specialty capability reduces a hospital’s need to purchase several lasers to meet its specialists’ varied requirements.
 
Our LaserPro® Diode laser system has replaced the Nd:YAG laser as the preferred host laser for our Contact Laser Delivery Systems. Our Contact Laser Delivery Systems consist of proprietary fiberoptic delivery systems which deliver the laser beam from our Diode (or Nd:YAG) laser unit via an optical fiber to the tissue, either directly or through a proprietary Laser Probe or Laser Scalpel. These delivery systems can also be used with the laser systems of certain other manufacturers.
 
Competition
 
The market in which our XTRAC system competes is highly competitive. We compete with other products and methodologies used to treat psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis and leukoderma, including topical treatments, systemic medications and other phototherapies. We believe that our XTRAC system favorably compete with alternative treatments in the treatment of psoriasis and vitiligo primarily on the basis of its recognized clinical effectiveness, as well as on the basis of its cost-effectiveness and reimbursability. We have concentrated our marketing and efforts on psoriasis and vitiligo. General market acceptance of our XTRAC system treatment for atopic dermatitis and leukoderma will be dependent on our ability to establish, with the medical and patient communities, the efficacy of our XTRAC system as a preferred treatment modality that is likewise cost-effective and reimbursable.
 
We also face direct competition from other companies, including large pharmaceutical companies and small laser companies, engaged in the research, development and commercialization of treatments for psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, vitiligo and leukoderma. In some cases, those companies have already received FDA approval or commenced clinical trials for such treatments. Many of these companies have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, conducting pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and marketing than we do.
 
Various other companies are now marketing light-based phototherapy treatment products. Other devices include pulse-dye lasers, lamp-based systems, intense pulsed systems and standard UVB systems using fiber-optic delivery systems. We expect that other devices may enter the market in the future. All of these technologies will continue to evolve with time and we cannot say how much these technologies will impact us. Non-laser systems are typically reimbursed at substantially lower rates.
 

 
- 6 -

 

Competition in the wound care, skin health and hair care markets is intense. Our competitors include well-established pharmaceutical, cosmetic and healthcare companies such as Obagi, La Roche Posay, Pavonia, Decleor, Murad and Allergan. These competitors have substantially more financial and other resources, larger research and development staffs and more experience and capabilities in researching, developing and testing products in clinical trials, in obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals and in manufacturing, supply chain control, marketing and distribution than we do. A number of smaller companies are also developing or marketing competitive products. Our competitors may succeed in developing and commercializing products or obtaining patent protection or other regulatory approvals for products more rapidly than we can. In addition, competitive products may be manufactured and marketed more successfully than our potential products. Such developments could render our existing or potential products less competitive or obsolete and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
With regard to surgical lasers, we face substantial competition from other manufacturers of surgical laser systems, whose identity varies depending on the medical application for which the surgical system is being used and from traditional surgical methods. Other companies are developing competitive surgical systems and related technologies. Many of these companies are substantially larger and have substantially greater resources than we do.
 
Our LED products also face substantial competition. We compete based on quality of design, manufacturing and clinical research. In addition, we have a broad intellectual property position which may deter reputable companies with LED products from entering the market.
 
Manufacturing
 
We manufacture our excimer laser products at our 8,000 sq. ft. facility in Carlsbad, California; we have also leased another facility of approximately 6,000 sq. ft. that is nearby. We manufacture our excimer lamp product and our surgical products at our 42,000 sq. ft. facility in Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania. Our California and Pennsylvania facilities are ISO 13485 certified. We believe that our present manufacturing capacity at these facilities is sufficient to meet foreseeable demand for our products. We substantially outsource the manufacturing of our Skin Care products to OEM contract manufacturers.
 
We manufacture most of our own components and utilize certain suppliers for the manufacture of selected standard components and subassemblies, which are manufactured to our specifications. Most major components and raw materials, including optics and electro-optic devices, are available from a variety of sources. We conduct all final testing and inspection of our products. We have established a quality control program, including a set of standard manufacturing and documentation procedures intended to ensure that, where required, our instruments are manufactured in accordance with FDA Quality System Requirements and the comparable requirements of the European Community and other countries, including for example Japan and Canada.
 
We currently out-source the manufacturing of our LED products. The professional product offerings are currently manufactured by an OEM manufacturer in the UK with tooling provided and owned by us. We believe that the manufacturing capacity of this supplier is more than adequate for anticipated demand. Quality control is performed at the OEM manufacturer and at our facilities in the U.S. The hand-held devices and the consumable products are manufactured by an OEM manufacturer in Carlsbad, CA. We are currently reliant on a single supplier for LEDs. We have not had any difficulties in product supply to date, but we are actively seeking an alternate supplier.
 
Research and Development
 
As of March 30, 2011, our research and development team, including engineers, included 13 employees. We conduct research and development activities at three of our facilities. Our research and development expenditures were approximately $1.3 million in 2010, $1.1 million in 2009 and $1.1 million in 2008.
 

 
- 7 -

 

Our research and development activities are focused on:
 
 
 
the application of our XTRAC system to the treatment of inflammatory skin disorders;
 
 
 
the development of complementary devices to further improve the phototherapy treatments performed with our XTRAC and other light-based systems;
 
 
 
the development of new skin health and hair care products; and
 
 
 
the development of additional products and applications, whether in phototherapy or surgery, by working closely with our scientific advisory board, medical centers, universities and other companies worldwide.
 
Patents and Proprietary Technologies
 
We intend to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that our proprietary rights are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets.
 
Our policy is to file patent applications and to protect certain technology, inventions and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business. As patents expire and expose our inventions to public use, we seek to mitigate the impact of such expirations by seeking protection of improvements. The patents in our Skin Care business segment relate to use of our copper and manganese peptide-based technology for a variety of healthcare applications and to the composition of certain biologically active, synthesized compounds. Our strategy has been to apply for and maintain patent protection for certain compounds and their discovered uses that are believed to have potential commercial value in countries that offer significant market potential. As of December 31, 2010, we had 42 domestic and foreign issued patents, which serve to help protect the technology of our businesses in phototherapy, skin health and hair care and surgical products and services. As of December 31, 2010, we had 29 patent applications pending in the U.S. and abroad. We have let patents and patent applications for markets not offering significant market potential lapse.
 
We have licensed certain of our proprietary technology to third parties. We seek licenses from third parties for technology that can broaden our product and service offerings. For example, we secured a license from the Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, New York, which granted us exclusive rights to a patent directed to the use of excimer lasers in the treatment of vitiligo.
 
We also rely on trade secrets, employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements and other protective measures to protect our intellectual property rights pertaining to our products and technology.
 
Many of our products and services are offered under trademarks and service marks, both registered and unregistered. We believe our trademarks encourage customer loyalty and aid in the differentiation of our products from competitors’ products, especially in our skincare products. Accordingly, we had federally registered 35 of our trademarks in the U.S. as of December 31, 2010. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, we had 121 trademark registrations for our products in foreign jurisdictions. Trademarks for products that are not commercially important may be allowed to lapse.
 
Government Regulation
 
Regulations Relating to Products and Manufacturing
 
Our products and research and development activities are regulated by numerous governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state and foreign regulatory agencies. Any medical device we manufacture and/or distribute will be subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act, or FDA Act, and other federal and state laws and regulations govern the pre-clinical and clinical testing, design, manufacture, use, labeling and promotion of medical devices, including our XTRAC system, surgical lasers and other products currently under development by us. Product development and approval within this regulatory framework takes a number of years and involves the expenditure of substantial resources.
 

 
- 8 -

 

In the U.S., medical devices are classified into three different classes, Class I, II, and III, on the basis of controls deemed necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. Class I devices are subject to general controls, such as facility registration, medical device listing, labeling requirements, premarket notification (510(k)) (unless the medical device has been specifically exempted from this requirement), adherence to the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, and requirements concerning the submission of device-related adverse event reports to the FDA. Class II devices are subject to general and special controls, such as performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidelines. Some Class III devices are 510(k)-exempt. Generally, Class III devices are those that must receive premarket approval by the FDA to provide a reasonable assurance of their safety and effectiveness, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting and implantable devices, or new devices that have been found not to be substantially equivalent to existing legally marketed devices.
 
With limited exceptions, before a new medical device can be distributed in the U.S., marketing authorization typically must be obtained from the FDA through a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDA Act, or through a premarket approval application under Section 515 of the FDA Act. The FDA will typically grant a 510(k) clearance if it can be established that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device that is a legally marketed Class I or II device (or to pre-amendments Class III devices for which the FDA has yet to call for premarket approvals). We have received FDA 510(k) clearance to market our XTRAC system for the treatment of psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis and leukoderma and to market our LED products for a variety of indications for use. Additionally, the FDA has issued clearances to commercially market our Contact Laser System (which includes the system’s laser unit, laser probes, laser scalpels and fiberoptic delivery systems) in a variety of surgical specialties and procedures in gynecology, gastroenterology, urology, pulmonology, general and plastic surgery, cardiothoracic surgery, ENT surgery, ophthalmology, neurosurgery and head and neck surgery. The FDA granted these clearances under Section 510(k) on the basis of substantial equivalence to other laser or electrosurgical cutting devices that had received prior clearances.
 
For any devices that are cleared through the 510(k) process, modifications or enhancements that could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, or that constitute a major change in the intended use of the device, will require a new 510(k) submission. In August 2003, the FDA granted 510(k) clearance for a significantly modified version of our XTRAC laser, which we have marketed as the XTRAC XL Plus Excimer Laser System. In October 2004, the FDA granted clearance for the XTRAC Ultra (AL 8000) Excimer Laser System and, in March 2008, we received 510(k) clearance for the XTRAC Velocity (AL 10000) Excimer Laser System.
 
To date, we have not been required to secure premarket approval for our devices. A premarket approval application may be required for a Class II device if it is not substantially equivalent to an existing legally marketed Class I or II device (or a preamendments Class III device for which the FDA has yet to call for premarket approval) or if the device is a Class III premarket approval device by regulation. A premarket approval application must be supported by valid scientific evidence to demonstrate a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness of the device, typically including the results of clinical trials, bench tests and possibly animal studies. In addition, the submission must include, among other things, the proposed labeling. The premarket approval process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved for marketing.
 
We are subject to routine inspection by the FDA and, as noted above, must comply with a number of regulatory requirements applicable to firms that manufacture medical devices and other FDA-regulated products for distribution within the U.S., including requirements related to device labeling (including prohibitions against promoting products for unapproved or off-label uses), facility registration, medical device listing, labeling requirements, adherence to the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, good manufacturing processes and requirements for the submission of reports regarding certain device-related adverse events to the FDA.
 

 
- 9 -

 

We are also subject to the radiological health provisions of the FDA Act and the general and laser-specific radiation safety regulations administered by the Center for Devices and Radiological Health, or CDRH, of the FDA. These regulations require laser manufacturers to file initial, new product, supplemental and annual reports, to maintain quality control, product testing and sales records, to incorporate certain design and operating features (depending on the class of product) in lasers sold to end users pursuant to a performance standard and to certify and appropriately label each laser sold as belonging to one of four classes, based on the level of radiation from the laser that is accessible to users. Moreover, we are obligated to repair, replace, or refund the cost of certain electronic products that are found to fail to comply with applicable federal standards or otherwise are found to be defective. The CDRH is empowered to seek fines and other remedies for violations of the regulatory requirements. To date, we have filed the documentation with the CDRH for our laser products requiring such filing and have not experienced any difficulties or incurred significant costs in complying with such regulations.
 
We have received ISO 13485/EN46001 certification for our XTRAC laser system, VTRAC lamp system, Omnilux LED system and our diode laser system. This certification authorizes us to affix a CE mark to these products as evidence that they meet all European Community, or EC, quality assurance standards and compliance with applicable European medical device directives for the production of medical devices. This will enable us to market our approved products in all of the member countries that accept the CE mark. We also will be required to comply with additional individual national requirements that are in addition to those required by these nations. Our products have also met the requirements for marketing in various other countries.
 
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspensions of production, refusals by the U.S and foreign governments to permit product sales and criminal prosecution.
 
As to our cosmetic products, the FDA Act and the regulations promulgated there under and other federal and state statutes govern the testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising and promotion of cosmetic products. Our cosmetic products and product candidates may be regulated by any of the various FDA Centers. Routinely, however, cosmetics are regulated by the FDA’s Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition. In other countries, cosmetic products may also be regulated by similar health and regulatory authorities. The skin care business also has three devices (e.g. wound care dressings) subject to 510(k) clearance, seven products (e.g. sunscreen products) that contain drugs approved for use in over-the-counter products, and one prescription drug. The process of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals in the U.S. and abroad for the manufacturing or marketing of our existing and potential skincare products is potentially costly and time-consuming and is subject to unanticipated delays. Regulatory requirements ultimately imposed could also adversely affect our ability to clinically test, manufacture or market products.
 
Failure to obtain regulatory approvals where appropriate for our cosmetic, device or drug product candidates or to attain or maintain compliance with quality system regulations or other manufacturing requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are or may become subject to various other federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and policies relating to, among other things, safe working conditions, good laboratory practices and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances used in connection with research and development.
 
Fraud and Abuse Laws
 
Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively enforce, a number of laws whose purpose is to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal health care programs. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws.
 
Anti-Kickback Laws
 
In the U.S., there are federal and state anti-kickback laws that generally prohibit the payment or receipt of kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration in exchange for the referral of patients or other health-related business. The U.S. federal healthcare programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute makes it unlawful for individuals or entities knowingly and willfully to solicit, offer, receive or pay any kickback, bribe or other remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce the purchase, lease or order, or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing, or
 

 
- 10 -

 

ordering, any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare or Medicaid. The Anti-Kickback Statute covers “any remuneration,” which has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payments of cash and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the arrangement can be found to violate the statute. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. In addition, several courts have permitted kickback cases brought under the Federal False Claims Act to proceed, as discussed in more detail below.
 
Because the Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly written and encompasses many harmless or efficient arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or OIG, to issue a series of regulations, known as “safe harbors.” For example, there are regulatory safe harbors for payments to bona fide employees, properly reported discounts, and rebates, and for certain investment interests. Although an arrangement that fits into one or more of these exceptions or safe harbors is immune from prosecution, arrangements that do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor do not necessarily violate the statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more of the exceptions or safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that arguably implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute but do not fully satisfy all the elements of an exception or safe harbor may be subject to increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG.
 
Many states have laws that implicate anti-kickback restrictions similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply, regardless of whether federal health care program business is involved, to arrangements such as for self-pay or private-pay patients.
 
Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on marketing of healthcare services and products, among other activities, and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain sales, marketing and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.
 
Federal Civil False Claims Act and State False Claims Laws
 
The federal civil False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly and willfully presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare program, including Medicare and Medicaid. The “qui tam,” or “whistleblower” provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery. In recent years, the number of suits brought against healthcare providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. Medical device companies, like us, can be held liable under false claims laws, even if they do not submit claims to the government where they are deemed to have caused submission of false claims by, among other things, providing incorrect coding or billing advice about their products to customers that file claims, or by engaging in kickback arrangements with customers that file claims.
 
The False Claims Act also has been used to assert liability on the basis of misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered and in connection with alleged off-label promotion of products. Our future activities relating to the manner in which we sell our products and document our prices such as the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.
 
When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim. There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. A number of states have enacted false claim laws analogous to the federal civil False Claims Act and many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any state or private third-party payor. In this environment, our engagement of physician consultants in
 

 
- 11 -

 

product development and product training and education could subject us to similar scrutiny. We are unable to predict whether we would be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance.
 
HIPAA Fraud and Other Regulations
 
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created a class of federal crimes known as the “federal health care offenses,” including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or to obtain by means of false of fraudulent pretenses, any money under the control of any health care benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment. Entities that are found to have aided or abetted in a violation of the HIPAA federal health care offenses are deemed by statute to have committed the offense and are punishable as a principal.
 
We are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws applicable in non-U.S. jurisdictions that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. will be with governmental entities and therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws.
 
HIPAA and Other Privacy Regulations
 
The regulations that implement HIPAA also establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information maintained or transmitted by healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, which are referred to as “covered entities.” Several regulations have been promulgated under HIPAA’s regulations including: the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, or the Privacy Rule, which restricts the use and disclosure of certain individually identifiable health information, the Standards for Electronic Transactions, or the Transactions Rule, which establishes standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures, and the Security Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health Information, or the Security Rule, which requires covered entities to implement and maintain certain security measures to safeguard certain electronic health information. Although we do not believe we are a covered entity and therefore are not currently directly subject to these standards, we expect that our customers generally will be covered entities and may ask us to contractually comply with certain aspects of these standards by entering into requisite business associate agreements. While the government intended this legislation to reduce administrative expenses and burdens for the healthcare industry, our compliance with certain provisions of these standards entails significant costs for us.
 
The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or the HITECH Act, which was enacted in February 2009, strengthens and expands the HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules and the restrictions on use and disclosure of patient identifiable health information. HITECH also fundamentally changed a business associate’s obligations by imposing a number of Privacy Rule requirements and a majority of Security Rule provisions directly on business associates that were previously only directly applicable to covered entities. HITECH includes, but is not limited to, prohibitions on exchanging patient identifiable health information for remuneration, restrictions on marketing to individuals and obligations to agree to provide individuals an accounting of virtually all disclosures of their health information. Moreover, HITECH requires covered entities to report any unauthorized use or disclosure of patient identifiable health information, known as a breach, to the affected individuals, the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and depending on the size of any such breach, the media for the affected market. Business associates are similarly required to notify covered entities of a breach. Most of the
 

 
- 12 -

 

HITECH provisions became effective in February 2010. HHS has already issued regulations governing breach notification which were effective in September 2009.
 
HITECH has increased civil penalty amounts for violations of HIPAA by either covered entities or business associates up to an annual maximum of $1.5 million for uncorrected violations based on willful neglect. Imposition of these penalties is more likely now because HITECH significantly strengthens enforcement. It requires HHS to conduct periodic audits to confirm compliance beginning in February 2010 and to investigate any violation that involves willful neglect which carries mandatory penalties beginning in February 2011. Additionally, state attorneys general are authorized to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations of HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules that threaten the privacy of state residents.
 
In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA. In those cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with the more stringent state laws. If we fail to comply with applicable state laws and regulations, we could be subject to additional sanctions.
 
Federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied increasingly by the United States Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and state attorneys general to regulate the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal or patient information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of web site content. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access. Numerous other countries have or are developing laws governing the collection, use, disclosure and transmission of personal or patient information.
 
HIPAA as well as other federal and state laws apply to our receipt of patient identifiable health information in connection with research and clinical trials. We collaborate with other individuals and entities in conducting research and all involved parties must comply with applicable laws. Therefore, the compliance of the physicians, hospitals or other providers or entities with whom we collaborate also impacts our business.
 
Third-Party Reimbursement
 
Our ability to market our phototherapy products successfully depends in large part on the extent to which various third parties are willing to reimburse patients or providers for the cost of medical procedures utilizing our treatment products. These third parties include government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations. Third-party payors are systematically challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. They may deny reimbursement if they determine that a prescribed device is not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods as determined by the payor, or is experimental, unnecessary or inappropriate. Accordingly, if less costly drugs or other treatments are available, third-party payors may not authorize or may limit reimbursement for the use of our products, even if our products are safer or more effective than the alternatives. Additionally, they may require changes to our pricing structure and revenue model before authorizing reimbursement.
 
Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region within some countries and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. Many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new devices and procedures. In most markets, there are private insurance systems, as well as government-managed systems. Our XTRAC products remain substantially without approval for reimbursement in many international markets under either government or private reimbursement systems. Since our skincare products are primarily for cosmetic applications, reimbursement is not a critical factor in growing revenues for this product segment.
 
Many private plans key their reimbursement rates to rates set by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services under three distinct CPT codes based on the total skin surface area being treated.
 

 
- 13 -

 

As of December 31, 2010, the national rates were as follows:
 
 
 
96920 – designated for: the total area less than 250 square centimeters. CMS assigned a 2010 national payment of approximately $176.80 per treatment;
 
 
 
96921 – designated for: the total area 250 to 500 square centimeters. CMS assigned a 2010 national payment of approximately $177.49 per treatment; and
 
 
 
96922 – designated for: the total area over 500 square centimeters. CMS assigned a 2010 national payment of approximately $254.36 per treatment.
 
The national rates are adjusted by overhead factors applicable to each state.
 
In addition to Medicare and Medicaid, consistent domestic private healthcare reimbursement is critical for significant growth in XTRAC system procedures. There were more than 151,000 procedures in 2010, 152,000 XTRAC procedures in 2009, 140,000 XTRAC procedures in 2008, 113,000 XTRAC procedures in 2007, 89,000 XTRAC procedures in 2006, 60,000 XTRAC procedures in 2005 and more than 50,000 XTRAC procedures in 2004 with the majority being covered by third-party reimbursement. There is presently substantial coverage for mild to moderate psoriatic lesions that cover to less than 5% of the body surface area. We are now focused on securing coverage for severe psoriatic lesions. In fact, Independence Blue Cross and Blue Shield have already approved the XTRAC for treatment up to 20% body surface area.
 
Recently, we have witnessed an increase in the payment of claims by insurers for the treatment of vitiligo. Among the 25 carriers we know to be reimbursing for excimer treatment of vitiligo are Aetna, United Healthcare, Blue Cross Blue Shield of California and of Texas. We are currently attempting to gather information necessary to determine the percentage of payors who have a favorable coverage policy for vitiligo.
 
Employees
 
As of March 30, 2011, we had 144 full-time employees, which consisted of three executive officers, 11 senior managers, 60 sales and marketing staff, 35 people engaged in manufacturing of lasers, 10 customer-field service personnel, 8 engaged in research and development, including seven engineers, and 17 finance and administration staff. We intend to hire additional sales personnel as the development of our business makes such action appropriate. The loss of the services of key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business. Since there is intense competition for qualified personnel knowledgeable in our industry, no assurances can be given that we will be successful in retaining and recruiting needed personnel.
 
Our employees are not represented by a labor union nor covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we have good relations with our employees.
 
Item 1A.                 Risk Factors
 
The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements as discussed on page 1. These risk factors may be important to understanding any statements in this Report or elsewhere. Our business routinely encounters and addresses risks, some of which may cause our future results to be different – sometimes materially different – than we presently anticipate.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We have a history of losses, entertain the possibility of future losses and cannot assure you that we will become or remain profitable.
 
Historically, we have incurred significant losses and have had negative cash flows from our dermatological operations. To date, we have dedicated most of our financial resources to selling, general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2010, our accumulated deficit was approximately $124,564,000.
 

 
- 14 -

 

Our future revenues and success depend significantly upon acceptance and adoption of our excimer laser systems for the treatment principally of psoriasis. Our XTRAC system for the treatment of this condition generates revenues, but those revenues have been insufficient under our consignment model to generate consistent, positive cash flows from our operations in the domestic XTRAC business segment. Our future revenues and success depend on revenue growth from our revamped sales strategies in our dermatological business. Our ability to market our products and services successfully under our revamped strategies and the expected benefits to be obtained from our products may be adversely affected by a number of factors, such as unforeseen costs and expenses, technological changes, economic downturns, competitive factors or other events beyond our control.
 
There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain adequate liquidity to allow us to continue to operate our business or prevent the possible impairment of our assets. We cannot assure you that we will market any products successfully, operate profitably in the future, or that we will not require significant additional financing in order to accomplish our business plan. Any failure to achieve and maintain profitability would continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital and could result in a decline in our stock price or cause us to cease operations.
 
Recent adverse developments with respect to our industry and the global macro-economy generally have adversely affected our business and our liquidity, the effect of which has resulted in our need to obtain additional financing.
 
Beginning in 2008, the national and global economic downturn has resulted in a decline in overall consumer spending, a decline in access to credit and increased liquidity risks, all of which have impacted, and could continue to impact our business, financial condition and results of operations for the foreseeable future. Given our significant operating losses, negative cash flows and financial position at July 31, 2009, we required significant additional funds in order to continue to fund our operations.
 
In October 2009, we launched a private placement in which we received proceeds in that offering amounted to approximately $2.85 million. On March 19, 2010, we entered into a Term Loan and Security Agreement (the “Clutterbuck Agreement”) and a related secured term note with Clutterbuck Funds LLC (“Clutterbuck Funds”). Clutterbuck Funds LLC is a registered investment advisor based in Cleveland, Ohio. We received net proceeds of $2,373,000 in the transaction. The secured term note has a principal amount of $2.5 million (the “Term Note”), which accrues interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Term Note requires us to make monthly payments of interest only. The principal matures in 18 months and may be prepaid without penalty at any time. The note is secured by XTRAC lasers that we have consigned to physician customers and that are not otherwise pledged to CIT Healthcare LLC and Life Sciences Capital LLC pursuant to our outstanding term notes with such lenders. In May 2010, we raised net proceeds of approximately $2.0 million through the issuance of 534,000 shares in an underwritten public offering headed by Ladenburg Thalmann. Finally, on March 28, 2011, Clutterbuck Funds agreed to extend the maturity date of its loan of to us, of which the principal of $2.5 million was to be paid at maturity. Previously, the loan matured on September 19, 2011; it will now mature on December 1, 2012. Starting in August 2011, we will begin monthly installments of principal.
 
These proceeds and cash flows from operations are expected to ensure our liquidity through the first quarter of 2012.
 
To maintain and expand our business, we may need additional financing and such financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all.
 
We have historically financed our activities through working capital provided from operations, the private placement of equity and debt securities and from lines of credit. We believe that our cash balance and other existing financial resources, and revenues from sales, distribution, licensing and manufacturing relationships, should be sufficient to meet our operating and capital requirements through the first quarter of 2012.
 
However, our operating plan or debt repayment obligations may change and we may need additional funds sooner than anticipated to meet our operational needs and repayment obligations or to answer our capital requirements for expansion, including in the event that:
 

 
- 15 -

 


 
 
 
operating losses continue because anticipated demand for our skincare products, including our Photo Therapeutics, or PTL, products, does not meet our expectations under our new sales strategies;
 
 
 
we fail to maintain existing, or develop new, customers or sales affiliates and alternate channels for the marketing and distribution of our skincare and PTL products;
 
 
 
we need to maintain or accelerate favorable, but costlier, growth of our revenues;
 
 
 
changes in our research and development plans necessitate unexpected, large expenditures;
 
 
 
the investor that holds the Convertible Notes does not convert the notes, thereby obliging us to have funds to satisfy the notes upon maturity on February 27, 2014;
 
 
 
costs to defend existing and unknown future litigation exceed our current planned resources; or
 
 
 
Debt financing for increased capital expenditures cannot be obtained.
 
If we need funds and cannot raise them on acceptable terms, we may not be able to:
 
 
 
execute our growth plan for our XTRAC system, Neova skincare products and Omnilux and Lumiere  PTL products;
 
 
 
expand our manufacturing facilities, if necessary, based on increased demand for the XTRAC system or new skincare or PTL products which may be introduced;
 
 
 
meet our debt obligations, including the obligation to repay all amounts outstanding under our Convertible Notes at maturity on February 27, 2014;
 
 
 
take advantage of future opportunities, including synergistic, accretive acquisitions;
 
 
 
respond to customers, competitors or violators of our proprietary and contractual rights; or
 
 
 
remain in operation.
 
We must secure the consent of the holder of the Convertible Notes to incur debt financing. This investor is not obligated to give consent and could prohibit us from issuing debt to raise capital. To raise additional equity financing, we must first offer our terms to this holder, called elsewhere the investor and, if this holder declines, or fails to accept, such terms, then we have 30 days in which to pursue subscriptions and another 30 days in which to consummate the subscriptions. Such delay may inhibit our ability to raise additional equity financing in a timely matter or at all.
 
Our laser treatments of psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis and leukoderma, our skincare products and our PTL products and any of our future products or services may fail to gain market acceptance, which could adversely affect our competitive position.
 
No independent studies with regard to the feasibility of our proposed business plan, including integration of the PTL products into our corporate operations or the reorganization of our sales strategies and sales force, have been conducted by third parties with respect to our present and future business prospects and capital requirements. We have generated limited commercial distribution for our XTRAC system and other products. It is still not established that the PTL devices targeted for the consumer market will be widely accepted in that market. We may be unsuccessful in continuing our existing, or developing new, strategic selling affiliates and alternate channels in order to maintain or expand the markets for the existing or future products of the skincare and PTL businesses. In addition, our infrastructure to enable such expansion, though stronger than in the past, is still limited.
 
Even if adequate financing is available and our products are ready for market, we cannot assure you that our products and services will find sufficient acceptance in the marketplace under our new sales strategies.
 

 
- 16 -

 

We also face a risk that other companies in the market for dermatological products and services may be able to provide dermatologists a higher overall yield on investment and therefore compromise our ability to increase our base of users and ensure they engage in optimal usage of our products. If, for example, such other companies have products (such as Botox or topical creams for disease management) that require less time commitment from the dermatologist and yield an attractive return on a dermatologist’s time and investment, we may find that our efforts to increase our base of users is hindered.
 
While we have engaged in clinical studies for our psoriasis treatment and, based on these studies, we have gained U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, clearance, appropriate Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, reimbursement codes for treatment and suitable reimbursement rates, for those codes, from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, we may face other hurdles to market acceptance. For example, practitioners in significant numbers may wait to see longer-term studies; or it may become necessary to conduct studies corroborating the role of the XTRAC system as a first-line or second-line therapy for treating psoriasis; or patients simply may not elect to undergo psoriasis treatment using the XTRAC system.
 
We have designed the XTRAC system so that a properly trained medical technician in a physician’s office may, under the physician’s supervision, safely and effectively administer treatments to a patient. In fact, the CMS lowered labor rates applied to the revenue value units applicable to the laser dermatological CPT codes are achieved through delegation to medical technicians. Nevertheless, whether a treatment may be delegated and, if so, to whom and to what extent, are matters that may vary state by state, as these matters are within the province of the state medical boards. In states that may be more restrictive in such delegation, a physician may decline to adopt the XTRAC system into his or her practice, deeming it to be fraught with too many constraints and finding other outlets for the physician’s time and staff time to be more remunerative. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in persuading such medical boards that a liberal standard for delegation is appropriate for the XTRAC system, based on its design for ease and safety of use. If we are not successful, we may find that even if a geographic region has wide insurance reimbursement, the region’s physicians may decline to adopt the XTRAC system into their practices.
 
We therefore cannot assure you that the marketplace will be receptive to our excimer laser technology or skincare products over competing products, services and therapies or that a cure will not be found for the underlying diseases we are focused on treating. Failure of our products to achieve market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The markets for our products are highly competitive and we may not be able to compete effectively against the larger, well-established companies that dominate this market or emerging, and small, innovative companies that may seek to obtain or increase their share of the market.
 
The markets for our products are intensely competitive and many of our competitors are much larger and have substantially more financial and human resources than we do. Many have long histories and strong reputations within the industry and a relatively small number of companies dominate these markets. We face direct competition from large pharmaceutical companies, including for example Biogen, Inc., Centocor, Inc., and Abbott Laboratories, which are engaged in the research, development and commercialization of treatments for psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, vitiligo and leukoderma. In some cases, those companies have already received FDA approval or commenced clinical trials for such treatments. Many of these companies have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, conducting pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, and marketing than we do.
 
Competition in the wound care, skin health and hair care markets is intense. Our competitors include well-established pharmaceutical, cosmetic and healthcare companies such as Allergan, Inc., Obagi Medical Products, Inc., and Estee Lauder Inc. These competitors have substantially more financial and other resources, larger research and development staffs, and more experience and capabilities in researching, developing and testing products in clinical trials, in obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals, and in manufacturing, supply chain control, marketing and distribution than we do.
 

 
- 17 -

 

These companies enjoy significant competitive advantages over us, including:
 
 
 
broad product offerings, which address the needs of physicians and hospitals in a wide range of procedures;
 
 
 
greater experience in, and resources for, launching, marketing, distributing and selling products, including strong sales forces and established distribution networks;
 
 
 
existing relationships with physicians and hospitals;
 
 
 
more extensive intellectual property portfolios and resources for patent protection;
 
 
 
greater financial and other resources for product research and development;
 
 
 
greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancements;
 
 
 
established manufacturing operations and contract manufacturing relationships;
 
 
 
significantly greater name recognition and more recognizable trademarks; and
 
 
 
established relationships with healthcare providers and payors.
 
Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated if we are unsuccessful in convincing physician and patient customers and consumers to use our products or if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer and more effective than any products that we may develop.
 
Our success is dependent on intellectual property rights held by us and our business may be adversely affected by direct competition if we are unable to protect these rights both domestically and internationally.
 
Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to maintain and defend our patents. However, we cannot guarantee that the patents covering certain of our technologies and processes will not be contested, found to be invalid or unenforceable or would not be circumventable. Moreover, as our patents expire, competitors may utilize the technology found in such patents to commercialize their own products. While we seek to offset the losses relating to important expiring patents by securing additional patents on commercially desirable improvements, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in securing such additional patents, or that such additional patents will adequately offset the effect of the expiring patents. Further, pending patent applications are not enforceable.
 
We will rely on certain of our PTL patents to protect the home-use market for two of our PTL hand-held devices. If the patents prove unenforceable or circumventable, we may not attain growth and may lose market share from these PTL products.
 
Trade secrets and other proprietary information which are not protected by patents are also critical to our business. We attempt to protect our trade secrets by, among other steps, entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, employees and consultants. However, such other steps may be ineffective and these agreements can be breached and, if they are and even if we are able to prove the breach or that our technology has been misappropriated under applicable state law, there may not be an adequate remedy available to us. In addition, costly and time-consuming litigation may be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights; even should we prevail in such litigation, the party over which we prevail may have insufficient resources available to satisfy a judgment.
 
Furthermore, our skincare business seeks to establish customer loyalty, in part, by means of our use of trademarks. It can be difficult and costly to defend trademarks from encroachment, especially on the Internet, or misappropriation overseas. Third parties may also challenge the validity of our trademarks. In either eventuality, our customers may become confused and direct their purchases to competitors. Third parties may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information that allow them to develop technologies and products that are substantially equivalent or superior to our own. Without the protection afforded by our patent, trade secret and
 

 
- 18 -

 

proprietary information rights, we may face direct competition from others commercializing their products using our technology, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and our prospects.
 
From an international perspective, intellectual property law outside of the U.S. is uncertain to us. The laws of some countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the U.S. The intellectual property rights we enjoy in one country or jurisdiction may be rejected in other countries or jurisdictions, or, if recognized there, the rights may be significantly diluted. It may be necessary or useful for us to participate in proceedings to determine the validity of our foreign intellectual property rights, or those of our competitors, which could result in substantial cost and divert our resources, efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.
 
In addition, we may be subject in the ordinary course of our business to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property or derivative rights of others. Defending against intellectual property infringement claims, both domestically and internationally, could be time-consuming and expensive and, if we are not successful, could cause substantial expenses and disrupt our business. If we are unable to defend our intellectual property rights internationally, we may face increased competition outside the U.S., which could materially and adversely affect our future business, prospects, operating results and financial results and financial condition.
 
Our success depends on third-party reimbursement of patients’ costs for our XTRAC system, which could result in potentially reduced prices or reduced demand.
 
Our ability to market the XTRAC system and other treatment products successfully will depend in large part on the extent to which various third parties are willing to reimburse patients or providers for the costs of medical procedures utilizing such products. These third parties include government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations. Third-party payors are systematically challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. They may deny reimbursement if they determine that a prescribed device is not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods as determined by the payor, or is experimental, unnecessary or inappropriate. Further, although third parties may approve reimbursement, such approvals may be under terms and conditions that discourage use of the XTRAC system. Accordingly, if less costly drugs or other treatments are available, third-party payors may not authorize or may limit reimbursement for the use of our products, even if our products are safer or more effective than the alternatives.
 
Although we have received reimbursement approvals from an increasing number of private healthcare plans, we cannot give assurance that private plans will continue to adopt or maintain favorable reimbursement policies or to accept the XTRAC system in its clinical role as a second-line therapy in the treatment of psoriasis. Additionally, third-party payors may require further clinical studies or changes to our pricing structure and revenue model before authorizing reimbursement.
 
As of December 31, 2010, we estimate, based on published coverage policies and on payment practices of private and Medicare insurance plans, that more than 90% of the insured population in the U.S. is covered by insurance coverage or payment policies that reimburse physicians for using the XTRAC system for treatment of psoriasis. Based on these reports and estimates, we are continuing the implementation of a roll-out strategy under revised user models for the XTRAC system in the U.S. in selected areas of the country where reimbursement is widely available. The success of the roll-out depends on increasing physician and patient awareness and demand for the treatment. We can give no assurance that health insurers will not adversely modify their reimbursement policies for the use of the XTRAC system in the future.
 
We intend to seek coverage and reimbursement for the use of the XTRAC system to treat other inflammatory skin disorders after additional clinical studies are initiated. There can be no assurances that we will be in a position to continue to expand coverage for vitiligo or to seek reimbursement for the use of the XTRAC system to treat atopic dermatitis or leukoderma, or, if we do, that any health insurers will agree to any reimbursement policies.
 
Any failure in our customer education efforts could significantly reduce product marketing.
 
It is important to the success of our marketing efforts to educate physicians and technicians how to properly use the XTRAC system. We rely on physicians to spend their time and money to attend our pre-sale educational sessions. If physicians and technicians use the XTRAC system improperly, they may have unsatisfactory patient
 

 
- 19 -

 

outcomes or cause patient injury, which may give rise to negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, revenues and profitability.
 
If revenue from a significant customer declines, we may have difficulty replacing the lost revenue, which would negatively affect our results and operations.
 
Excluding niche marketing efforts, the Skin Care business segment targets its sales in the U.S. market to physicians, who then mark the products up for sale to their patients. No single physician practice in itself is generally responsible for a significant proportion of our sales. We find as well that a few physicians re-sell our products not just to their own patients, but also at discounted prices on the internet. These practices undercut the sales of other physicians and violate our internet sales policy, but this policy can be difficult to enforce.
 
In our Physician International business segment (as well as in our Surgical Products business segment), we depend for a material portion of our sales in the international arena on several key sub-distributors, and especially on GlobalMed, which is our master distributor over most of the international arena for devices. If we lose GlobalMed or one of these sub-distributors, our sales of phototherapy and surgical lasers are likely to suffer in the short term, which could have a negative effect on our revenues and profitability.
 
Our PTL hand-held products can be sold over the counter, to the consumer market through mass retailers Such retailers may not give us long-term purchase commitments. Loss of such a retailer could adversely impact revenues from the consumer market. Additionally, OEM arrangements or license arrangements will carry reduced profits.
 
The international nature of our business exposes us to certain business risks that could limit the effectiveness of our growth strategy and cause our results of operations to suffer.
 
Continued expansion into international markets is an element of our growth strategy. Introducing and marketing our services internationally, developing direct and indirect international sales and support channels and managing foreign personnel and operations will require significant management attention and financial resources. We face a number of risks associated with expanding our business internationally that could negatively impact our results of operations, including:
 
 
 
management, communication and integration problems resulting from cultural differences and geographic dispersion;
 
 
 
 
compliance with foreign laws, including laws regarding importation and registration of products;
 
 
 
compliance with foreign regulatory requirements and the ability of GlobalMed to establish additional regulatory clearances necessary to expand distribution of our products in countries outside of the United States;
 
 
 
 
competition from companies with international operations, including large international competitors and entrenched local companies;
 
 
 
 
difficulties in protecting intellectual property rights in international jurisdictions;
 
 
 
 
political and economic instability in some international markets;
 
 
 
 
sufficiency of qualified labor pools in various international markets;
 
 
 
 
currency fluctuations and exchange rates; and
 
 
 
 
potentially adverse tax consequences or an inability to realize tax benefits.
 
 
We may not succeed in our efforts to expand our international presence as a result of the factors described above or other factors that may have an adverse impact on our overall financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we have a relationship with GlobalMed, whereby it provides us with certain non-U.S. regulatory support. To the extent that we discontinue our relationship with GlobalMed, or if GlobalMed is otherwise unable to provide us with the resources and assistance that we need, we may have a difficult time expanding into international markets in an effective manner.
 

 
- 20 -

 

 
If we fail to integrate, build and manage our sales and marketing force or to market and distribute our products effectively, we may experience diminished revenues and profits.
 
There are significant risks involved in integrating, building and managing our sales and marketing force and marketing our products, including our ability:
 
 
 
to hire, as needed, a sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing personnel with the aptitude, skills and understanding to market our XTRAC system, our skincare products, our Omnilux products and our surgical products effectively;
 
 
 
to adequately train our sales and marketing force in the use and benefits of all our products and services, thereby making them more effective promoters;
 
 
 
to manage our sales and marketing force and our ancillary channels (e.g., telesales) such that variable and semi-fixed expenses grow at a lesser rate than our revenues;
 
 
 
to set the prices and other terms and conditions for treatments using the XTRAC system in a complex legal environment so that they will be accepted as attractive skin health and appropriate alternatives to conventional modalities and treatments; and
 
 
 
to cope with employee turnover among the sales force in the skin health business, in which there is substantial competition for talented sales representatives.
 
To increase acceptance and utilization of our XTRAC system, we may have to expand our sales and marketing programs in the U.S. While we may be able to draw on currently available personnel within our organization to meet this need, we also expect that we will have to increase the number of representatives devoted to the sales and marketing programs and to broaden, through such representatives, the talents we have at our disposal. In some cases, we may look outside our organization for assistance in marketing our products.
 
In similar fashion, we cannot predict how successful we may be in marketing our skincare and Omnilux products in the U.S., nor can we predict the success of any new skincare or Omnilux products that we may introduce. Despite an increased focus on developing alternate channels for many of our skincare and Omnilux products, we may find that channels that are attractive to us are unavailable because they already carry competitive products. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in marketing and selling our skin health and hair care products or our Omnilux products.
 
We may be unsuccessful in accessing the home-use consumer market with our PTL products or with our skincare products. Distribution through the consumer market will be principally through mass-retail chains in the near term, but will also include e-commerce and electronic media. While we expect the volumes will be higher, the margins may be lower. It may also prove difficult to obtain long-term commitments from the retailers. The mass retailer we collaborated with for the New-U hand-held device proved not equal to the task, and our licensee for the Clear-U technology has opted to discontinue its development activity under the license. If we are unable to secure distribution partners or obtain favorable pricing or long-term commitments, our efforts in the home-use consumer market may be unsuccessful.
 
We may encounter difficulties manufacturing our products in commercial quantities, which could adversely impact the rate at which we grow.
 
We may encounter difficulties manufacturing our products because we have limited experience manufacturing our products in significant commercial quantities and because we will, in order to increase our manufacturing output significantly, have to attract and retain qualified employees for assembly and testing operations.
 

 
- 21 -

 

Some of the components necessary for the assembly of our products, including our PTL products, are currently provided to us by third-party suppliers. While alternative suppliers exist and could be identified, the disruption or termination of the supply of components could cause a significant increase in the costs of these components, which could affect our operating results. Our dependence on a limited number of third-party suppliers and the challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. A disruption or termination in the supply of components could also result in our inability to meet demand for our products, which could harm our ability to generate revenues, lead to customer dissatisfaction and damage our reputation. Furthermore, if we are required to change the manufacturer of a key component of our products, we may be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could delay our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner or within budget. We face the risk that there will be supply chain problems if the volumes do not match to the margins, as our consumer market products are intended to be high-volume, lower-margined products.
 
Although we believe that our current manufacturing facilities are adequate to support our commercial manufacturing activities for the foreseeable future, we may be required to expand or restructure our manufacturing facilities to increase capacity substantially. If we are unable to provide customers with high-quality products in a timely manner, we may not be able to achieve market acceptance for our XTRAC system or achieve market acceptance and growth for our skincare products. Our inability to manufacture or commercialize our devices successfully could have a material adverse effect on our revenue.
 
We may have difficulty managing our growth.
 
If private carriers continue to approve favorable reimbursement policies for psoriasis and our marketing programs are successful in increasing utilization of the XTRAC system, we expect to experience growth in the number of our employees and customers, and the scope of our operations. Such growth may place a strain on our management and operations. Our ability to manage this growth will depend upon, among other factors, our ability to broaden our management team; our ability to attract, hire and retain skilled employees; and the ability of our officers and key employees to continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and other systems, to manage multiple, concurrent customer relationships and different products and to respond to increasing compliance requirements. Our future success is heavily dependent upon achieving such growth and acceptance of our products. If we cannot manage this growth, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and we may not become profitable.
 
We are reliant on a limited number of suppliers for production of key products.
 
Production of our XTRAC system requires specific component parts obtained from our suppliers. Production of our surgical laser systems requires some component parts that may become harder to procure as the design of a system ages. Similarly, our skincare products may require compounds that can be efficiently produced only by a limited number of suppliers. Our PTL business segment has one primary supplier of LEDs and relies on contract manufacturers. While we believe that we could find alternate suppliers, in the event that our suppliers fail to meet our needs, a change in suppliers or any significant delay in our ability to have access to such resources could have a material adverse effect on our delivery schedules, business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Our failure to respond to rapid changes in technology and its applications in the medical devices industry or the development of a cure for skin conditions treated by our products could make our treatment system obsolete.
 
The medical device industry is subject to rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. To be successful, we must respond to new developments in technology, new applications of existing technology and new treatment methods. We may also encounter greater pressure for innovation in order to satisfy a demand for novelty in the consumer market. Our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected if we fail to be responsive on a timely and effective basis to competitors’ new devices, applications, treatments or price strategies. For example, the development of a cure for psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis or leukoderma would eliminate the need for our XTRAC system for these diseases and would require us to focus on other uses of our technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.
 

 
- 22 -

 

As we develop new products or improve our existing products, we may accelerate the economic obsolescence of the existing, unimproved products and their components. The obsolete products and related components may have little to no resale value, leading to an increase in the reserves we have against our inventory. Likewise, there is a risk that the new products or improved existing products may not achieve market acceptance and therefore may also lead to an increase in the reserves against our inventory.
 
Our products may be found defective or physicians and technicians may misuse our products and damages imposed on us may exceed our insurance coverage, or we may be subject to claims that are not covered by insurance.
 
Product returns and the potential need to remedy defects or provide replacement products or parts for items shipped in volume could result in substantial costs and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing and use of our products and procedures may also expose us to product liability claims. Certain indications for use for our PTL light-based devices, though approved outside the U.S., are not approved in the U.S. If a physician elects to apply an off-label use and the use leads to injury, we may be involved in costly litigation. In addition, the fact that we train technicians whom we do not supervise in the use of our XTRAC system during patient treatment may expose us to third-party claims if those doing the training are accused of providing inadequate training. We presently maintain liability insurance with coverage limits of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence. However, continuing insurance coverage may not be available at an acceptable cost, if at all. We thus may not be able to obtain insurance coverage that will be adequate to satisfy a liability that may arise. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in decreased demand for a product, injury to its reputation, withdrawal of clinical trial volunteers and loss of revenues. As a result, regardless of whether we are insured, a product liability claim or product recall may result in losses that could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We depend on our executive officers and key personnel to implement our business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.
 
We believe that our growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of our management and technical team. In particular, our success depends in part upon the continued service and performance of our named executive officers:
 
 
 
Dennis M. McGrath, President and Chief Executive Officer;
 
 
 
Michael R. Stewart, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and
 
 
 
Christina L. Allgeier, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
 
We have fixed-term employment agreements with Mr. McGrath and Mr. Stewart and an at-will employment agreement with Ms. Allgeier; however, there are no assurances that the services of these individuals will be available to us for any specified period of time. The loss of the services of one or more of these officers could adversely affect our ability to develop and introduce our new products.
 
The competition for qualified personnel in the laser and skincare industries is intense, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our existing key personnel or to attract additional qualified personnel. In addition, we do not have key-person life insurance on any of our employees. The loss of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business.
 
 
Our indebtedness and debt service obligations may adversely affect our cash flows and operating flexibility.
 
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash to meet our interest and principal payment obligations under the Convertible Notes and our other debt obligations (including the Term Note), we may have to restructure or limit our operations. The Convertible Notes mature on February 27, 2014. Interest is payable on a bi-annual basis either in cash or in kind through the issuance of additional notes with the same terms. We have paid all interest in kind to date. Our Convertible Notes and other indebtedness could have significant additional negative consequences, including, but not limited to:
 

 
- 23 -

 


 
 
 
requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our expected cash flow from operations to service the indebtedness, thereby reducing the amount of expected cash flow available for other purposes, including capital expenditures;
 
 
 
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
 
 
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;
 
 
 
limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and the industry in which we compete; and
 
 
 
placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage to competitors with less debt obligations and competitors that have better access to capital resources.
 
Our Convertible Notes provide that upon the occurrence of various events of default, one of our investors would be entitled to require us to prepay the Convertible Notes for cash, which could leave us with little or no working capital for operations or capital expenditures.
 
The terms of our Convertible Notes require us to prepay the Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of various events of default, such as the failure to pay any principal payments due and for the breach of any representations and warranties under the Convertible Notes, the Securities Purchase Agreement, or SPA, or the related transaction documents with the investor. The Convertible Notes also contain a cross-acceleration provision, which means that an acceleration of payment under other instruments (including the Term Note) would give the investor the right to accelerate repayment under the Convertible Notes. If we are unable to comply with the covenants under the Convertible Notes, the investor may declare us in default and may declare all amounts due under the notes, including any accrued interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Convertible Notes and our other indebtedness. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants of the Convertible Notes and our other indebtedness. We can make no assurances that we will remain in compliance with all of the covenants under the Convertible Notes and our other indebtedness.
 
As a result of the security interest and lien granted in connection with the Convertible Notes and the Term Note, if we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under the Convertible Notes, the Term Note or our other indebtedness, the investor or Clutterbuck Funds, as the case may be, would be entitled to foreclose on the assets subject to those encumbrances. Under those circumstances, we may not have sufficient funds to service our day-to-day operational needs. Any foreclosure by a lender on the collateral pledged to it would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
 
In addition, if an event of default occurs, we may be unable to prepay the entire amount due under the Convertible Notes in cash as required by their terms. Even if we are able to prepay the entire amount in cash, any such prepayment could leave us with little or no working capital for our business. We have not established a sinking fund for payment of our obligations under the Convertible Notes, nor do we anticipate doing so.
 
The terms of the SPA and the Clutterbuck Agreement prohibit us from taking certain actions without their prior consent.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the SPA and the Clutterbuck Agreement, we are prohibited from taking certain corporate actions without the prior consent of the lenders there under.
 

 
- 24 -

 

The SPA provides that, until such time as no Convertible Notes are outstanding and the investor no longer holds at least 66% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes and the warrants, we may not take certain corporate actions without the prior consent of the investor. These actions include, among others:
 
 
 
consummating any transaction that would result in a change of control of us unless such transaction is for consideration that meets certain thresholds specified in the SPA;
 
 
 
acquiring another business or corporation or a substantial portion of the assets of any such entity;
 
 
 
selling any of our assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to our business; and
 
 
 
paying dividends to our stockholders.
 
These restrictive covenants are in addition to the investor’s right of first refusal and preemptive right with respect to future equity issuances and approval right with respect to future debt financings.
 
The Clutterbuck Agreement provides Clutterbuck Funds with some of the same approval rights that the investor has under the SPA.
 
If our management and Board of Directors desire to take any of such actions, there can be no assurance that the investor or Clutterbuck Funds will provide its consent as required, despite the fact that such actions may be in the best interests of us and our other stockholders. Any failure of the investor or Clutterbuck Funds, as the case may be, to provide its consent could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.
 
We are affected by the market’s currency conditions.
 
Substantially all of our operations are conducted in U.S. dollars. Our PTL business, however, is exposed on a minimal basis to currency fluctuations. The majority of sales invoicing for our PTL business is done in either Euros or U.S. dollars, while product costs and the overhead of the offices in the United Kingdom are denominated in Pounds Sterling. Our U.S. operations, with U.S. dollar operating costs, serve to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Pound Sterling or the Euro. To the extent that we adjust our invoicing practices for our PTL business, or if the remainder of our business (or any portion thereof) ceases to be conducted primarily in U.S. dollars, our exposure to the market’s currency conditions could present a greater risk to us.
 
Risks Related to Regulatory Matters
 
Healthcare policy changes, including pending proposals to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.
 
Healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade. There have been and continue to be proposals by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to keep these costs down. Certain proposals, if passed, would impose limitations on the prices we will be able to charge for our products, or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products from governmental agencies or third-party payors. These limitations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
Changes in the healthcare industry in the U.S. and elsewhere could adversely affect the demand for our products as well as the way in which we conduct our business. On March 23, 2010, health reform legislation was approved by Congress and has been signed into law, but the legislation has been subject to judicial challenge and political opposition. The reform legislation provides that most individuals must have health insurance, will establish new regulations on health plans, and create insurance pooling mechanisms and other expanded public health care measures. We anticipate that out of the reform legislation will come a reduction in Medicare spending on services provided by hospitals and other providers and a form of sales or excise tax on the medical device manufacturing sector.
 

 
- 25 -

 

Various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged at the state level. We cannot predict what healthcare initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the federal or state level, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us. However, an expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for our products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business, possibly materially. In addition, if the excise taxes contained in the House or Senate health reform bills are enacted into law, our operating expenses resulting from such an excise tax and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
 
If the effectiveness and safety of our products are not supported by long-term data, our revenues could decline.
 
Our products may not be accepted in the market if we do not produce clinical data supported by the independent efforts of clinicians. We received clearance from the FDA for the use of the XTRAC system to treat psoriasis based upon our study of a limited number of patients. Safety and efficacy data presented to the FDA for the XTRAC system was based on studies on these patients. For the treatment of vitiligo, atopic dermatitis, and leukoderma, we have received clearance from the FDA for the use of the XTRAC system based primarily on a showing of substantial equivalence to other previously cleared predicate devices. However, we may discover that physicians will expect clinical data on such treatments with the XTRAC system. We also may find that data from longer-term psoriasis patient follow-up studies may be inconsistent with those indicated by our relatively short-term data. If longer-term patient studies or clinical experience indicate that treatment with the XTRAC system does not provide patients with sustained benefits or that treatment with our product is less effective or less safe than our current data suggests, our revenues could decline. We can give no assurance that we will find that our data is substantiated in studies involving more patients. In such a case, we may never achieve significant revenues or profitability.
 
Certain indications for use for the PTL light-based products are permitted in Europe and elsewhere in the world, but are not approved or cleared for marketing in the U.S. Such approvals/clearances in the U.S. could be costly and take significant time to obtain. If we are ultimately not approved or cleared to market the devices for these additional indications for use in the U.S., it is uncertain whether the products will be successful in the U.S.
 
If we are found to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or “off-label” uses or engaging in other noncompliant activities, we may be subject to recalls, fines, penalties, injunctions, prosecution, or other adverse actions, resulting in damage to our reputation and business.
 
Our labeling, advertising, promotional materials, and user training materials must comply with the FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of a medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA. Use of a device outside its cleared or approved indications is known as “off-label” use. If the FDA determines that our labeling, advertising, promotional materials, or user training materials include the promotion of an off-label use for the device, the agency could take the position that these materials have misbranded our devices and request that we modify our labeling, advertising, or user training or promotional materials and/or subject us to regulatory or legal enforcement actions, including the issuance of an Untitled Letter or a Warning Letter, injunction, seizure, recall, civil penalties, criminal penalties, or other adverse actions. It is also possible that other federal, state, or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our labeling, advertising, promotional, or user training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines, penalties, or other adverse actions under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of the products would be impaired. Although we intend to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of injury to patients, and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention and result in substantial damage awards against us.
 

 
- 26 -

 

We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.
 
While we do not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, many healthcare laws and regulations apply to our business. For example, we could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse and patient privacy regulation and enforcement by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:
 
 
 
the federal healthcare programs’ Anti-Kickback Law, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase order or recommendation of, any item or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;
 
 
 
federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent, or are for items or services not provided as claimed and which may apply to entities like us to the extent that our interactions with customers may affect their billing or coding practices;
 
 
 
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which established new federal crimes for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services, as well as leading to regulations imposing certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and
 
  
 
state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
 
Recently, the medical device industry has been under heightened scrutiny as the subject of government investigations and enforcement actions involving manufacturers who allegedly offered unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business, including arrangements with physician consultants. If our operations or arrangements are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, exclusions, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of these laws are broad and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we do business are found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on our business.
 
Our failure to obtain or maintain necessary FDA clearances or approvals, or equivalents thereof in relevant foreign markets, could hurt our ability to distribute and market our products.
 
Our laser products are considered medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and in foreign countries where we intend to do business. In addition, certain of our skincare products and product candidates may fall under the regulatory purview of various centers at the FDA and in other countries by similar health and regulatory authorities. As we seek to expand sales of our skincare products outside the U.S., we may encounter requirements that we did not anticipate or that we may not be able to satisfy.
 

 
- 27 -

 

Each medical device that we wish to market in the U.S. must first receive either 510(k) clearance or premarket approval from the FDA unless an exemption applies. Either process can be lengthy and expensive. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process may take from three to twelve months, or longer, and may or may not require human clinical data. The premarket approval process is much more costly and lengthy. It may take from eleven months to three years, or even longer, and will likely require significant supporting human clinical data. Delays in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Although we have obtained 510(k) clearances for our XTRAC system for use in treating psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis and leukoderma, and 510(k) clearances for our Omnilux devices as well as extensive 510(k) clearances for our surgical products, our clearances may be subject to revocation if post-marketing data demonstrates safety issues or lack of effectiveness. Similar clearance processes may apply in foreign countries. Further, more stringent regulatory requirements or safety and quality standards may be issued in the future with an adverse effect on our business.
 
Although cosmetic products are not subject to any FDA premarket approval or clearance process, they must, nonetheless, comply with the FDA’s formulation and labeling requirements or such products may be considered adulterated or misbranded by the agency which could subject us to potential regulatory enforcement actions. Similar, or more stringent, requirements may apply in foreign jurisdictions as well. We may also find that if our cosmetic products compete with a third-party’s drug product, competitive and regulatory pressure may be applied against the cosmetic products.
 
Certain indications for use for our PTL light-based products are permitted in Europe and elsewhere in the world, but are not cleared or approved for marketing in the U.S. Such clearances or approvals could be costly and take significant time to obtain. If we are not approved or cleared to market the indications for use in the U.S., it is uncertain whether the products will be successful in the U.S.
 
Our market acceptance in international markets requires regulatory approvals from foreign governments and may depend on third party reimbursement of participants’ cost.
 
We have introduced our XTRAC system into markets in more than 30 countries in Europe, the Middle East, the Far East Asia, Southeast Asia, Australia, South Africa, and parts of Central and South America. We intend to expand the number of countries in these markets where we distribute our products through the network of distributors which PTL and GlobalMed have built. We cannot be certain that our distributors will be successful in marketing XTRAC systems in these or other countries or that our distributors will purchase XTRAC systems beyond their current contractual obligations or in accordance with our expectations.
 
We are regularly audited on the compliance of our quality systems with applicable requirements, which can be extensive and complex and subject to change due to evolving interpretations and changing requirements. Adverse audit findings could negatively affect our ability to market our products.
 
Even if we obtain and maintain the necessary foreign regulatory registrations or approvals, market acceptance of our products in international markets may be dependent, in part, upon the availability of reimbursement within applicable healthcare payment systems. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country, and include both government-sponsored healthcare and private insurance. We may seek international reimbursement approvals for our products, but we cannot assure you that any such approvals will be obtained in a timely manner, if at all. Failure to receive international reimbursement approvals in any given market could have a material adverse effect on the acceptance or growth of our products in that market or others.
 
If we or our third-party manufacturers or suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation or any applicable state equivalent, our manufacturing operations could be interrupted and our potential product sales and operating results could suffer.
 
We and some of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers are required to comply with some or all of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, that delineates the design controls, document controls, purchasing controls, identification and traceability, production and process controls, acceptance activities, nonconforming product requirements, corrective and preventive action requirements, labeling and packaging controls, handling, storage, distribution, and installation requirements, records requirements, servicing requirements, and statistical techniques potentially applicable to the production of our medical devices. We and our manufacturers and suppliers
 

 
- 28 -

 

are also subject to the regulations of foreign jurisdictions regarding the manufacturing process if we market our products overseas. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic and announced or unannounced inspections of manufacturing facilities. Our facilities have been inspected by the FDA and other regulatory authorities, and we anticipate that we and certain of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers will be subject to additional future inspections. If our facilities or those of our manufacturers or suppliers are found to be in significant non-compliance or fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to adverse QSR inspectional findings, FDA could take enforcement actions against us and/or our products, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.
 
Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable FDA regulations, current regulations depend heavily on administrative interpretation. We are also subject to periodic inspections by the FDA, other governmental regulatory agencies, as well as certain third-party regulatory groups. Future interpretations made by the FDA or other regulatory bodies made during the course of these inspections may vary from current interpretations and may adversely affect our business and prospects. The FDA’s and foreign regulatory agencies’ statutes, regulations, or policies may change, and additional government regulation or statutes may be enacted, which could increase post-approval regulatory requirements, or delay, suspend, or prevent marketing of any cleared/approved products. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse governmental regulation that might arise from future legislative or administrative action, either in the U.S. or abroad.
 
Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Common Stock
 
Nevada law and our charter documents, as well as the SPA, contain provisions that could delay or prevent actual and potential changes in control, even if they would benefit stockholders.
 
As of December 30, 2010, PhotoMedex became a corporation chartered in the State of Nevada. We are subject to provisions of the Nevada corporate statutes which prohibit a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder, which is generally a stockholder holding 10% or more of the Company’s stock. Pursuant to the SPA, the holder of our Convertible Notes must consent to any change of control transaction, subject to certain exceptions. These provisions could delay or prevent actual and potential changes in control, even if they would benefit our stockholders.
 
Potential fluctuations in our operating results could lead to fluctuations in the market price for our common stock.
 
Our results of operations are expected to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, depending upon numerous factors, including:
 
 
 
the present macro-economic downturn in the global economy and financial industry and governmental monetary and fiscal programs to stimulate better economic conditions;
 
 
 
healthcare reform and reimbursement policies;
 
 
 
demand for our products;
 
 
 
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
 
 
 
increases in our manufacturing costs;
 
 
 
the number, timing and significance of product enhancements and new product announcements by ourselves and our competitors;
 
 
 
the termination or expiration of significant royalty-generating licensing contracts to which we are party;
 
 
 
the expiration of certain of our patents;


 
- 29 -

 


 
 
our ability to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of our products on a timely basis considering, among other things, delays associated with the FDA and other regulatory approval processes and the timing and results of future clinical trials; and
 
 
 
product quality problems, personnel changes and changes in our business strategy.
 
Variations in the above operating factors could lead to significant fluctuations in the market price of our stock. Our quarter-to-quarter operating results could also be affected by the timing and usage of individual laser units in the treatment of patients, since our revenue model for the XTRAC system is generally based on a payment-per-usage plan.
 
Our stock price has been and continues to be volatile.
 
The market price for our common stock could fluctuate due to various factors. These factors include, among others:
 
 
 
conversion of the Convertible Notes or outstanding stock options or warrants;
 
 
 
announcements by us or our competitors of new contracts, products, or technological innovations;
 
 
 
changes in government regulations;
 
 
 
fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results; and
 
 
 
general market and economic conditions.
 
In the event the Convertible Notes were to be converted to common stock, such common stock would represent 1,272,009 shares, or 29.30%, of our outstanding common stock, as of March 30, 2011. Such conversion could impact the price of our common stock by virtue of the overall dilution to our stockholders. Currently, $3,072,745 of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes has a conversion price of $11.25850 per share of common stock and $18,374,845 of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes has a conversion price of $18.39172 per share of common stock. In addition, the stock markets have, in recent years, experienced significant price fluctuations. These fluctuations often have been unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies whose stock is traded. Market fluctuations, as well as economic conditions, have adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the market price of our common stock.
 
Securities analysts may not initiate coverage for our common stock or may issue negative reports and this may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.
 
Securities analysts currently do not provide research coverage of our common stock. The lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. It may be difficult for companies such as ours, with smaller market capitalizations, to attract securities analysts that will cover our common stock. If one or more of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.
 
Shares eligible for future sale by our current or future stockholders may cause our stock price to decline.
 
If our stockholders or holders of our other securities sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued in completed acquisitions or upon the exercise of outstanding Convertible Notes, options and warrants, then the market price of our common stock could fall. As of March 30, 2011, the holder of the Convertible Notes had the right to convert the Convertible Notes into 1,272,009 shares of our common stock and holds a warrant to purchase 293,610 shares of our common stock.
 

 
- 30 -

 

Issuance of shares of our common stock upon conversion of our Convertible Notes and exercise of warrants, or payment of interest in kind, will dilute the ownership interest of our existing stockholders and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
As of March 30, 2011, we had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 65,527 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 632,973 shares of common stock and Convertible Notes convertible into 1,272,009 shares of common stock. In addition, we also have 280,996 and 29,913 shares of common stock authorized for issuance and not subject to reserve under our 2005 Equity Plan and our 2000 Non-Employee Director Plan, respectively.
 
The exercise of the stock options, warrants and Convertible Notes and the sales of stock issuable pursuant to them would further reduce a stockholder’s percentage voting and ownership interest. Further, the stock options, warrants and Convertible Notes are likely to be exercised when our common stock is trading at a price that is higher than the exercise price of these options and warrants and we would be able to obtain a higher price for our common stock than we would receive under such options and warrants. The exercise, or potential exercise, of these options, warrants and Convertible Notes could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the terms on which we could obtain additional financing.
 
In addition, we may issue additional convertible promissory notes as payment of interest in kind. Any of these issuances will further dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders. Any sales in the public market of this common stock could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of our note and our warrants may encourage short selling by market participants.
 
The terms of the Convertible Notes issued to one of our investors provides that, if on any date that is at least 31 trading days after the date of issuance, the market price for our common stock, as determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the SPA, exceeds 300% of the then-effective conversion price of the Convertible Notes, then the entire principal amount and all accrued but unpaid interest under the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at the then-effective conversion price. Such a mandatory conversion of the Convertible Notes will dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders.
 
The ownership interests of our existing stockholders may be further diluted through adjustments to the Convertible Notes and certain outstanding warrants under the terms of their anti-dilution provision.
 
We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future.
 
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, contractual arrangements, any limitations on payments of dividends present in any of our future debt agreements and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. If we do not pay dividends, a return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.
 
Our future capital needs could result in dilution of your investment.
 
Our Board of Directors may determine from time to time that there is a need to obtain additional capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities. These issuances would likely dilute the ownership interests of our current investors and may dilute the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors in subsequent offerings may also have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our current stockholders which may adversely impact our current stockholders.
 
Item 1B.                 Unresolved Staff Comments
 
There are no unresolved comments from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 

 
- 31 -

 


 
Item 2.  
 
We lease a 42,000 sq. ft. facility in Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania that houses our executive offices, warehousing operations for our skincare and our domestic PTL segments and surgical laser manufacturing operations. The term of the lease runs until July 2011. The base rent is $20,475 per month. We anticipate renewing this lease.
 
We lease an 8,000 sq. ft. facility consisting of office, manufacturing and warehousing space in Carlsbad, California. The lease expires on June 15, 2012. We have a right to cancellation after 5 years, provided that we pay off any remaining obligation for tenant improvements. The outstanding obligation for the tenant improvements was $77,239 as of December 31, 2009. The base rent is $7,256 per month. Our Carlsbad facility houses the manufacturing and development operations for our excimer laser business. We also lease a 6,643 sq. ft satellite facility consisting of office and warehousing space in Carlsbad, California. The lease expires on June 14, 2012. The base rent is $6,577 per month.
 
Additionally, PTL leases one facility in the United Kingdom. The lease is a 2,389 sq. ft. facility consisting of office space in Tamworth, UK. The lease expires on April 1, 2011, and we do not expect to renew the lease term. The base rent is $3,896 per month. Previously PTL leased a second facility in the United Kingdom: a 1,500 sq. ft. facility consisting of office space in Altrincham, UK. That lease expired on March 7, 2011. The base rent was $2,856 per month. We are transferring to our Montgomeryville facility the functions which were performed at Tamworth and Altrincham.
 
Item 3.  
 
Ra Medical
 
We have been involved in a number of disputes with Ra Medical Systems, Inc. and Dean Irwin, one of our former employees. We refer to Ra Medical Systems, Inc. and Dean Irwin, collectively, in this Report as Ra Medical. In January 2004, we brought an action against Ra Medical for falsely advertising that it had clearance from the Food and Drug Administration, for falsely claiming in March 2003 that its laser would be available for purchase in August 2003, and for falsely claiming the Irwin was the sole inventor of the XTRAC laser system. In November 2004, Ra Medical brought a malicious prosecution action against us, which was subsequently settled in May 2007, with the assistance of our insurer, St. Paul. In June 2006, Ra Medical brought an action against us for unfair competition. In that action, we brought counterclaims under Federal and State law addressing such issues as misappropriation, unfair competition and unfair advertising. In October 2008, Ra Medical brought a second malicious prosecution action against us and our outside counsel in California Superior Court, alleging that the action we brought in January 2004 against Ra Medical was initiated and maintained with malice. Ra Medical withdrew the complaint without prejudice in July 2010.
 
In the action we brought against Ra Medical in January 2004 in the United States District Court for the Southern District Court of California, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled, in April 2010, in our favor on two counts, and has reversed the summary judgments on those counts and remanded them back to the District Court. We are preparing for trial, which is scheduled in June 2011.
 
In the action brought by Ra Medical in June 2006 and which we removed to the United States District Court for the Southern District Court of California, all of our counterclaims against Ra Medical which the trial court had dismissed have been reinstated and remanded by the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals and remanded to the trial court. Among such counterclaims are one for misappropriation of our XTRAC technology and another for interference in the contracts we have with our customers. We have brought a motion to dismiss Ra Medical’s single claim against us for unfair competition under the California Business and Professions Code on the grounds that Ra Medical fails to meet the standing and evidentiary requirements of that Code. We await the decision of the Court. We expect that the case will soon move into active discovery phase. Trial has been targeted for the first quarter 2012.
 

 
- 32 -

 

St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
 
In January 2009, we brought a second coverage action against St. Paul in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania in which we argued that the policy provided coverage for the new malicious prosecution claim asserted by Ra Medical, and the court granted our motion for summary judgment on the issue of whether the policy covers malicious prosecution claims.  Accordingly, the only issue before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, where St. Paul had brought a declaratory judgment action, is whether St. Paul has been released from any further coverage arising out of a claim by Ra Medical for malicious prosecution.  The parties have filed cross-motions for summary judgment on the issue of the effect of the release.
 
Dermatologist’s action against Ra Medical and PhotoMedex
 
On or about October 14, 2009, a dermatologist brought an action against Ra Medical in the Circuit Court of the Sixth Judicial Circuit, Macon County, Illinois, docket no. 09-L-175. The plaintiff has two principal grievances against Ra Medical: (i) that Ra Medical sold the dermatologist one of its Pharos lasers in September 2006, before Ra Medical had the right under FDA regulations to sell the laser in the United States, and (ii) that the laser failed to perform according to its specifications in that it repeatedly failed to deliver the dosage of light demanded by the laser operator for the patient’s treatment, with the result that some patients were under-dosed and showed negligible or no improvement while other patients were over-dosed and their skin blistered. The plaintiff seeks damages from Ra Medical.
 
The plaintiff joined us as co-defendant. It seeks a declaratory judgment from the court that when PhotoMedex and the plaintiff had tested the performance of the laser from Ra Medical, they had not acted improperly – as alleged by an attorney for Ra Medical – but within their rights and privileges. We have answered the complaint and also lodged against Ra Medical a claim for interference with prospective economic advantage from the plaintiff and from other similarly situated customers of ours.
 
Ra Medical has moved that the Court should dismiss our claim against Ra Medical on various grounds. The Court heard the motion on March 24, 2011. The Court ruled that we must amend our counterclaim to exclude injury from any interference by Ra Medical in our contracts.
 
Other
 
We are involved in certain other legal actions and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We believe, based on discussions with legal counsel, that these other litigations and claims will likely be resolved without a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
Item 4.  
Removed and Reserved
 


 
- 33 -

 

PART II
Item 5.  
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
    As of March 30, 2011, we had 3,069,749 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, including 230,144 shares of issued and outstanding restricted stock. This did not include (i) options to purchase 65,527 shares of common stock, of which 44,909 were vested as of March 30, 2011, (ii) warrants to purchase up to 632,973 shares of common stock, all of which warrants were vested, or (iii) 1,272,009 shares that may be issued upon a presently vested right of conversion of the Convertible Notes.
 
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "PHMD." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices of our common stock, as adjusted for the reverse stock split of 1-for-7 effective January 26, 2009 and the reverse stock split of 1-for-6 effective February 3, 2010:
 
   
High
   
Low
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
           
Fourth Quarter
  $ 6.15     $ 4.84  
Third Quarter
    6.20       4.76  
Second Quarter
    10.70       5.11  
First Quarter
    13.74       5.70  
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 5.82     $ 3.78  
Third Quarter
    6.42       3.96  
Second Quarter
    12.30       5.52  
First Quarter
    22.80       8.16  
 
On March 30, 2011, the closing market price for our common stock in The Nasdaq National Market System (“Nasdaq”) was $7.35 per share. As of March 30, 2011, we had approximately 880 stockholders of record, without giving effect to determining the number of stockholders who held shares in “street name” or other nominee accounts.
 
Dividend Policy
 
We have not declared or paid any dividend on our common stock, since our inception. We do not anticipate that any dividends on our common stock will be declared or paid in the future.
 
Overview of Equity Compensation Plans
 
The following is a summary of all of our equity compensation plans, including plans that were assumed through acquisitions and individual arrangements that provide for the issuance of equity securities as compensation, as of December 31, 2010. See Notes 1 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.
 

 
- 34 -

 


   
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
 
   
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
   
Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
   
Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding securities reflected in column (A))
 
   
(A)
   
(B)
   
(C)
 
Equity compensation plans
                 
approved by security holders
    70,517     $ 28.70       535,957  
                         
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
      144     $ 77.70         -  
                         
Total
    70,661     $ 28.70       535,957  
 
Since January 1, 2006, no options have been granted to employees or consultants out of any of our equity compensation plans except the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan. Options to our outside directors will be made from our 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. Most warrants issued by us have been to investors or placement agents, and no warrants have been issued pursuant to equity compensation plans. Additionally, all outstanding options were granted as compensation for benefits inuring to us other than for benefits from capital-raising activities. With limited exceptions under Nasdaq membership requirements, we intend in the future to issue options pursuant to equity compensation plans which have already been approved by our stockholders without necessity of further, approval by our stockholders.
 
Recent Issuances of Unregistered Securities
 
On October 22, 2009, we closed a private placement of 4,165,765 common shares of our common stock at a price of $0.65 per share. Gross proceeds from the private placement were approximately $2.7 million. The purchasers were accredited investors some of which were institutions. On November 10, 2009, we issued to an affiliate of one of the accredited investors participating in the October 22, 2009 closing an additional 230,000 shares at a price of $0.65 per share, which yielded additional gross proceeds of $149,500 in the placement. No finders’ fees or warrants were involved in the placement. We intend to use the proceeds from the private placement for general working capital purposes.
 
In connection with the issuance of the Term Note to Clutterbuck, we issued on March 19, 2010, Clutterbuck Funds a warrant to purchase 102,180 shares of our common stock for an initial exercise price of $7.34. The warrant is exercisable at any time on or prior to the fifth anniversary of its issue date. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant, the exercise price is subject to a one-time downward adjustment if we make certain issuances of our equity securities at a price per share less than $7.34 during the 36-month period following the issuance of the warrant.

In connection with the amendment of the Term Note to Clutterbuck Funds, we issued to it on March 28, 2011 a warrant to purchase 109,650 shares of our common stock for an initial exercise price of $5.70. The warrant is exercisable at any time on or prior to the fifth anniversary of its issue date. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant, the exercise price is subject to a one-time downward adjustment if we make certain issuances of our equity securities at a price per share less than $5.70 during the 36-month period following the issuance of the warrant.

 
- 35 -

 


Item 6.  
Selected Financial Data
 
You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning in Item 7 below. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Report. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Report. The historical results presented here are not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
 

 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(In thousands, except per-share data)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                             
Revenues
  $ 34,802     $ 32,688     $ 34,770     $ 31,046     $ 26,246  
Costs of revenues
    18,720       17,426       16,995       13,486       12,768  
  Gross profit
    16,082       15,262       17,775       17,560       13,478  
Selling, general and administrative
    19,995       23,083       26,797       22,375       19,722  
Engineering and product development
    1,344       1,138       1,073       799       1,007  
  Loss from continuing operations before refinancing charge and interest
    (5,257 )     (8,959 )     (10,095 )     (5,614 )     (7,251 )
Interest income
    7       8       156       384       149  
Interest expense
    (3,276 )     (2,379 )     (1,189 )     (913 )     (671 )
Change in the fair value of warrant liability
    (197 )     809       -       -       -  
Refinancing charge
    -       -       -       (442 )     -  
  Loss from continuing operations
    (8,723 )     (10,521 )     (11,128 )     (6,585 )     (7,773 )
Discontinued operations:
                                       
  Income from discontinued operations
    -       -       286       231       281  
  Loss on sale of discontinued operations
    -       -       (449 )     -       -  
Net loss
  $ (8,723 )   $ (10,521 )   $ (11,291 )   $ (6,354 )   $ (7,492 )
                                         
Basic and diluted net loss per share(1):
                                       
  Continuing operations
  $ (3.37 )   $ (6.42 )   $ (7.41 )   $ (4.40 )   $ (6.02 )
  Discontinued operations
    (0.00 )     (0.00 )     (0.11 )     0.15       0.22  
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (3.37 )   $ (6.42 )   $ (7.52 )   $ (4.25 )   $ (5.80 )
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share (1)
     2,590        1,640        1,501        1,496        1,290  
Balance Sheet Data (At Period End):
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,524     $ 2,195     $ 3,737     $ 9,954       12,886  
Working capital
    3,123       2,215       3,408       13,706       16,070  
Total assets
    49,496       53,168       46,714       56,687       57,482  
Long-term debt (net of current portion)
    44       807       3,985       5,709       3,727  
Convertible Debt
    20,283       18,111       -       -          
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 18,678     $ 22,922     $ 29,682     $ 39,533       44,103  
 
 
(1)  
For all periods, all common stock equivalents and convertible issues are antidilutive and, therefore, are not included in the weighted shares outstanding during the years in which we incurred net losses. Share amounts and basic and diluted net loss per share amounts shown on the condensed statements of operations have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-7 reverse stock split effective January 26, 2009 and the 1-for-6 reverse stock split effective February 3, 2010.
 

 
- 36 -

 

 

 
Item 7.  
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Report.
 
Introduction, Outlook and Overview of Business Operations
 
Our current strategic focus is built upon four key components – leveraging our sales force through training focused on superior skin health expertise and incremental product offerings, expanded international capabilities, the development of alternate channels for our varied product lines and a renewed commitment to innovation of our technologies.
 
We concentrate our strategic efforts primarily in the physician market both domestically and internationally. Supporting those efforts management has initiated a renewed commitment to innovation, whereby we look to maximize the application of our technologies and utilize the significant scientific resources available to us in each of our product areas. In the U.S. we market and sell our products through a direct sales organization capable of addressing each product area with specific expertise. Our focus on enhanced training of the sales organization has created the ability to drive sales and to support our customer base with a leaner and more cost-effective sales force since the strategy change in 2009. And, finally we look to leverage our experience and substantial product advancements in the physician market into non-physician based markets, or alternate channels, that may benefit from those technological advancements.
 
On January 1, 2010, we reorganized our business into four operating units which resulted in a change in reportable segments. For financial reporting purposes, we view our current business as comprised of the following four business segments:
 
Physician Domestic;
 
 
Physician International;
 
 
Other Channels; and
 
 
Surgical Products.
 
Physician Domestic
 
In early 2010, we modified our discrete product sales approach for each of our segments and implemented a strategy to develop a skin health solutions-based sales force. We believe this solutions-based sales force is cost-efficient, more productive and scalable and can better increase sales and financial leverage while providing solutions across our product suite to our customers.
 
Our XTRAC treatment services are a U.S.-based business with revenues generally derived from procedures performed by dermatologists. We are engaged in the development, manufacturing and marketing of our proprietary XTRAC excimer laser and delivery systems and techniques used in the treatment of inflammatory skin disorders, including psoriasis, vitiligo, atopic dermatitis and leukoderma.
 
As part of our commercialization strategy in the United States, we generally offer the XTRAC laser system to targeted dermatologists at no initial capital cost to those dermatologists. Under this contractual arrangement, we maintain ownership of the laser and generally earn revenue each time a physician treats a patient with the equipment. We believe this arrangement will increase market penetration. We also may sell the laser directly to the customer for certain reasons, including the costs of logistical support and customer preference and as a means of addressing under-performing accounts while still preserving a vendor-customer relationship. We believe that we are thus able to reach, at reasonable margins, a sector of the laser market that is better suited to a sale model than a per-procedure model.
 

 
- 37 -

 

For the last several years we have sought to obtain health insurance coverage for XTRAC laser therapy to treat inflammatory skin disease, particularly psoriasis. We now benefit from the fact that, by our estimates, more than 90% of the insured United States population are covered by policies that provide nearly full reimbursement for the treatment of psoriasis by means of an excimer laser.
 
Our skincare products are aimed at the growing demand for skin health and hair care products, including products to enhance appearance and address the effects of aging on skin and hair. Our skincare products are formulated and branded for and targeted at specific markets. Our initial products addressed the dermatology and plastic and cosmetic surgery markets for use after various procedures. We added anti-aging skincare products to offer a comprehensive approach for a patient’s skincare regimen. In addition to our copper peptide based skincare products, in 2009, we introduced DNA topical products, which include DNA Nourishing Lotion and DNA Total Repair which use innovative technology to address the effects of photo-damage. In September 2010, we launched combination therapy products by uniquely combining Copper Peptide Complex and DNA repair technologies. These products are designed to activate self-healing, boost essential skin cell function and maximize results for sustained skin health. The products include Refining Eye Lift, Eye Therapy, Day Therapy SPF 30, Night Therapy, Crème De La Copper and Maximum Body Repair.
 
Our PTL products are non-laser light aesthetic devices for the treatment of a range of clinical and non-clinical dermatological conditions. We have incorporated our PTL technology offering into professional products comprising the Omnilux™ systems for the medical market. Our PTL business has a portfolio of independent, experimental research that supports the efficacy and safety of our Omnilux technology system. Based on a patented technology platform comprised of a unique light-emitting diode (“LED”) array, our Omnilux technology delivers narrow-band, spectrally pure light of specific intensity, wavelength and dose to achieve clinically proven results via a process called photo bio-modulation. Since this technology generates nearly no heat, a patient feels no pain or discomfort, resulting in improved regime compliance and a higher likelihood of repeat procedures; this is in direct contrast to the current laser light-based technologies serving the aesthetics market today. Our PTL LED products compete in the professional aesthetics device market for LED aesthetic medical procedures as well as other non-medical markets around the world.
 
Physician International
 
Our international operations and selling approach have been realigned and management believes our international organization has been dramatically enhanced through two initiatives. First, we have entered into an expanded management relationship with The Lotus Global Group, Inc., doing business as GlobalMed Technologies Co., or GlobalMed, with respect to our laser and light-based devices. GlobalMed is an international distribution and management company focused on creating increased market opportunity through the engagement and management of local in-country distributors and providing assistance in expediting regulatory approvals. Historically, GlobalMed managed our distribution relationships in the Pacific Rim for the XTRAC and VTRAC product lines, which represented a majority of our total international device sales. As a result of its success in managing our Pacific Rim distribution relationships, we have now expanded GlobalMed’s responsibilities to include all of our laser and light-based devices in substantially all markets outside of the U.S. Second, we have begun to undertake significant efforts to expand the international reach of our skincare business in both the physician and consumer channels by reformulating our current products to meet local standards and registering these products in major international markets. Third, we have made the XTRAC easier to maintain at the distributor locations, employing a modular approach to replacement of chambers. These are the first steps in the implementation of our international skincare expansion strategy.
 
In the international market, we derive revenues by selling our dermatology laser and lamp systems and replacement parts to distributors and directly to physicians. In this market, we have benefited from both our clinical studies and from the improved reliability and functionality of the XTRAC laser system. Compared to the domestic segment, the sales of laser and lamp systems in the international segment are influenced to a greater degree by competition from similar laser technologies as well as non-laser lamp alternatives. Over time, this competition has reduced the prices we are able to charge to international distributors for our XTRAC products. To compete with other non-laser UVB products, we offer a lower-priced, lamp-based system called the VTRAC. We have expanded
 

 
- 38 -

 

the international marketing of the VTRAC since its introduction in 2006. The VTRAC is used to treat psoriasis and vitiligo.
 
In addition, we also derive revenues by selling our skincare and PTL products to distributors in international markets.
 
Other Channels
 
In the Other Channels segment, we derive revenues by selling our skincare and haircare products through non-physician channels. In addition, through our PTL products we derive revenues from the sale of the Lumiere® systems in the non-medical professional market and our hand-held consumer devices in various on-line and television retail channels.
 
We are focused on expanding our sales to non-physician related channels, including the indoor tanning and spa markets and in-store, on-line and television retail channels. We access the indoor tanning and spa markets either through direct relationships with multiple-location market participants or indirectly through industry-leading distributors. To further expand our retail channels, we have entered into a relationship with GlobalBeauty Group, or GlobalBeauty, to assist in the development of new sales channels in the direct to consumer skincare market, including in-store, on-line and television retail channels. GlobalBeauty connects product-focused companies with emerging retail channels in order to expand domestic and international market opportunities.
 
Surgical Products
 
Our Surgical Products segment generates revenues by selling laser products and disposables to hospitals and surgery centers both within and outside of the United States. Also included in this segment are various non-laser surgical products (e.g. the ClearEss® II suction-irrigation system). We believe that sales of surgical laser systems and the related disposable base will tend to erode as hospitals continue to seek outsourcing solutions instead of purchasing lasers and related disposables for their operating rooms. We are working to offset such erosion by increasing sales of the Diode surgical laser, including original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) arrangements.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
As of December 31, 2010, our sales and marketing personnel consisted of 65 full-time positions directed to sales as follows: 59 in Physician Domestic, three in Physician International and three in Other Channels.
 
Sale of Surgical Services Business
 
Our Surgical Services segment was a fee-based procedures business using mobile surgical laser equipment operated by our technicians at hospitals and surgery centers in the United States. We decided to sell this division primarily because the growth rates and operating margins of the division had decreased as the business changed to rely more heavily upon procedures performed using equipment from third-party suppliers, thereby limiting the profit potential of these services. On August 8, 2008, we sold certain assets of the business, including accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, for $3,149,737.
 
Reverse Stock Split
 
On February 3, 2010, we completed a reverse split of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock at a ratio of 1-for-6, whereby, once effective, every six shares of our common stock was exchanged for one share of our common stock. Our common stock began trading on Nasdaq on a reverse stock split-adjusted basis at the market opening on February 4, 2010. As of December 31, 2010 we had 2,843,749 shares of common stock outstanding on a post-split basis, taking into account the rounding up of fractional shares.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in this Report are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
 

 
- 39 -

 

generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures at the date of the financial statements. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, accounts receivable, inventories, impairment of property and equipment and of intangibles, and accruals for warranty claims. We use authoritative pronouncements, historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for making estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management believes that the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. These critical accounting policies and the significant estimates made in accordance with these policies have been discussed with our Audit Committee.
 
Revenue Recognition.
 
XTRAC-Related Operations
 
We have two distribution channels for our phototherapy treatment equipment. We either (x) sell the laser through a distributor or directly to a physician or (y) place the laser in a physician’s offices (at no charge to the physician) and generally charge the physician a fee for an agreed-upon number of treatments. In some cases, we and the customer stipulate to a quarterly or other periodic target of procedures to be performed, and accordingly revenue is recognized ratably over the period. When we sell an XTRAC laser to a distributor or directly to a foreign or domestic physician, revenue is recognized when the following four criteria have been met: (i) the product has been shipped and we have no significant remaining obligations; (ii) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (iii) the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection is probable. The criteria described in the clauses (i) through (iv) are collectively referred to as the Criteria. At times, units are shipped, but revenue is not recognized until all of the Criteria have been met, and until that time, the unit is carried on our books as inventory.
 
We ship most of our products FOB shipping point, although from time to time certain customers, for example governmental customers, will insist upon FOB destination. Among the factors we take into account in determining the proper time at which to recognize revenue are when title to the goods transfers and when the risk of loss transfers. Shipments to distributors or physicians that do not fully satisfy the collection criteria are recognized when invoiced amounts are fully paid or assured.
 
Under the terms of our distributor agreements, distributors do not have a unilateral right to return any unit that they have purchased. However, we do allow products to be returned, under warranty, by our distributors for product defects or other claims.
 
When we place a laser in a physician’s office, we generally recognize service revenue based on the number of patient treatments performed, or purchased under a periodic commitment, by the physician. Treatments to be performed through random laser-access codes that are sold to physicians free of a periodic commitment, but not yet used, are deferred and recognized as a liability until the physician performs the treatment. Unused treatments remain an obligation of ours because the treatments can only be performed on our equipment. Once the treatments are delivered to a patient, this obligation has been satisfied.
 
We defer substantially all sales of treatment codes ordered by and delivered to our customers within the last two weeks of the period in determining the amount of procedures performed by our physician-customers. Our management believes this approach closely approximates the actual number of unused treatments that existed at the end of a period. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we deferred $229,099 and $303,868, respectively, under this approach.
 
Skin Care Operations
 
We generate revenues from our Skin Care business primarily through product sales for skin health, hair care and wound care. We recognize revenues on the products and copper peptide compound when they are shipped, net of returns and allowances. We ship the products FOB shipping point.
 

 
- 40 -

 

Photo Therapeutics Operations
 
We have generated revenues from our Photo Therapeutics business primarily from two channels. The first is through product sales of LEDs and skincare products. The second has been through milestone payments and potential royalty payments from a licensing agreement. We have recognized revenues from the product sales, including sales to distributors and other customers, when the Criteria have been met. We recognize the milestone payments when the milestones have been achieved and potential royalty revenues as they are earned from the licensee. The licensee has opted not to continue its development activities under the license, and therefore we anticipate no further milestone payments unless and until we secure a replacement distribution partner.
 
Surgical Products and Service Operations
 
We generate revenues from our surgical products business primarily from product sales of laser systems, related maintenance service agreements, recurring laser delivery systems and laser accessories. Domestic sales generally are direct to the end-user, though we have some sales to or through a small number of domestic distributors; foreign sales are to distributors. We recognize revenues from surgical laser and other product sales, including sales to distributors and other customers, when the Criteria have been met.
 
Revenue from maintenance service agreements is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreements. Revenue from billable services, including repair activity, is recognized when the service is provided.
 
Inventory.  We account for inventory at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. Cost is determined to be purchased cost for raw materials and the production cost (materials, labor and indirect manufacturing cost) for work-in-process and finished goods. Throughout the laser manufacturing process, the related production costs are recorded within inventory. Work-in-process is immaterial, given the typically short manufacturing cycle, and therefore is disclosed in conjunction with raw materials. We perform full physical inventory counts for XTRAC and cycle counts on the other inventory to maintain controls and obtain accurate data.
 
Our XTRAC laser is either (i) sold to distributors or physicians directly or (ii) placed in a physician's office and remains our property. The cost to build a laser, whether for sale or for placement, is accumulated in inventory. When a laser is placed in a physician’s office, the cost is transferred from inventory to “lasers in service” within property and equipment. At times, units are shipped to distributors, but revenue is not recognized until all of the Criteria have been met, and until that time, the unit is carried on our books as inventory. Revenue is not recognized from these distributors until payment is either assured or paid in full.
 
Reserves for slow-moving and obsolete inventories are provided based on historical experience and product demand. Management evaluates the adequacy of these reserves periodically based on forecasted sales and market trends.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the future. The majority of receivables related to phototherapy sales are due from various distributors located outside of the United States and from physicians located inside the United States. The majority of receivables related to skincare products and surgical products are due from various customers and distributors located inside the United States. From time to time, our customers dispute the amounts due to us, and, in other cases, our customers experience financial difficulties and cannot pay on a timely basis. In certain instances, these factors ultimately result in uncollectible accounts. The determination of the appropriate reserve needed for uncollectible accounts involves significant judgment. Such factors include changes in the financial condition of our customers as a result of industry, economic or customer-specific factors. A change in the factors used to evaluate collectability could result in a significant change in the reserve needed.
 
Property and Equipment.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had net property and equipment of $6,918,944 and $9,293,482, respectively. The most significant component of these amounts relates to the XTRAC lasers placed by us in physicians’ offices. We own the equipment and charge the physician on a per-treatment basis for use of the equipment. The recoverability of the net carrying value of the lasers is predicated on continuing
 

 
- 41 -

 

revenues from the physicians’ use of the lasers. If the physician does not generate sufficient treatments, then we may remove the laser from the physician’s office and redeploy elsewhere. XTRAC lasers placed in service are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five-years. For other property and equipment, including property and equipment acquired from ProCyte, depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, primarily three to seven years for computer hardware and software, furniture and fixtures, automobiles, and machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful lives or lease terms. Useful lives are determined based upon an estimate of either physical or economic obsolescence, or both.
 
Goodwill and Intangibles Assets.  Our balance sheet includes goodwill and other intangible assets which affect the amount of future period amortization expense and possible impairment expense that we will incur. Management’s judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on various factors, including market conditions and operational performance of our business. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had $28,071,080 and $29,244,974, respectively, of goodwill and other intangibles, accounting for 57% and 55% of our total assets at the respective dates. The goodwill is not amortizable; the other intangibles are. The determination of the value of such intangible assets requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect our consolidated financial statements. We test our goodwill for impairment, at least annually. This test is usually conducted in December of each year in connection with the annual budgeting and forecast process. Also, on a quarterly basis, we evaluate whether events have occurred that would negatively impact the realizable value of our intangibles or goodwill.
 
We reorganized our business into four operating units which resulted in a change in reporting segments effective January 1, 2010. For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, our reporting units are defined as Physicians Domestic, Physicians International and Other Channels. The balance of our goodwill for each of our segments as of December 31, 2010 is as follows: Physician Domestic $12,793,455, Physician International $4,037,934 and Other Channels $2,737,811. We completed our annual goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 2010. Our assessment concluded that there was not any impairment of goodwill. Our analysis employed the use of both a market and income approach, with each method given equal weighting. Significant assumptions used in the income approach include growth and discount rates, margins and the Company’s weighted average cost of capital. We used historical performance and management estimates of future performance to determine margins and growth rates. Discount rates selected for each reporting unit varied. Our weighted average cost of capital included a review and assessment of market and capital structure assumptions. Of the three reporting units with goodwill, Physicians Domestic has a fair value that is in excess of its carrying value by approximately 28%, while Physicians International has a fair value that is approximately 25% in excess of its carrying value. The third reporting unit, Other Channels has a fair value that is approximately 14% in excess of its carrying value. Considerable management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating changes and to estimate future cash flows. Changes in our actual results and/or estimates or any of our other assumptions used in our analysis could result in a different conclusion.
 
In connection with the acquisition of Photo Therapeutics on February 27, 2009, we acquired certain intangibles recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition and allocated them fully to the Photo Therapeutics segment.
 
The balances of these acquired intangibles, net of amortization, were:
 
   
December 31, 2010
 
PTL Customer Relationships
  $ 408,333  
PTL Tradename
    816,667  
PTL Patented Technologies
    6,043,333  
Goodwill
    2,651,392  
     Total
  $ 9,919,725  
 

 

 
- 42 -

 

 
Derivative Financial Instruments.  We recognize all derivative financial instruments as assets or liabilities in the financial statements and measures them at fair value with changes in fair value reflected as current period income or loss unless the derivatives qualify as hedges. As a result, certain warrants are now accounted for as derivatives. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had $938,623 and $741,525, respectively, in derivative financial instruments.
 
Fair Value Measurements.  We measure fair value in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”). ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework and gives guidance regarding the methods used for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions there exists a three-tier fair-value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. Our derivative financial instruments are considered to be significant unobservable inputs (level 3).
 
Deferred Income Taxes.  We have a deferred tax asset that is fully reserved by a valuation allowance. We have not recognized the deferred tax asset, given our historical losses and the lack of certainty of future taxable income. However, if and when we become profitable and can reasonably foresee continuing profitability, then under FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”) we may recognize some of the deferred tax asset. The recognized portion may variously reduce acquired goodwill, increase stockholders’ equity directly and/or benefit the statement of operations.
 
Warranty Accruals.  We establish a liability for warranty repairs based on estimated future claims for XTRAC systems and based on historical analysis of the cost of the repairs for surgical laser systems. However, future returns of defective laser systems and related warranty liability could differ significantly from estimates, and historical patterns, which would adversely affect our operating results.
 
Results of Operations
 
Revenues
 
The following table illustrates revenues from our four business segments for the periods listed below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Physician Domestic
  $ 20,196,688     $ 18,844,995     $ 21,058,919  
Physician International
    8,381,136       6,665,199       6,005,170  
Other Channels
    2,551,429       3,555,310       1,968,155  
Total Dermatology Revenues
    31,129,253       29,065,504       29,032,244  
                         
Surgical Products
    3,672,282       3,622,580       5,738,048  
                         
Total Revenues
  $ 34,801,535     $ 32,688,084     $ 34,770,292  
 
Revenues from our Surgical Services segment, in the amount of $4,398,047 through August 4, 2008, the date of sale, have been accounted for in 2008 as a discontinued operation.
 

 
- 43 -

 

 
Physician Domestic Segment
 
The following table illustrates the key changes in the revenues of the Physician Domestic segment for the periods reflected below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
XTRAC treatments
  $ 9,492,465     $ 9,736,800     $ 8,500,452  
XTRAC laser sales
    4,227,061       3,054,148       3,919,520  
Skincare products
    5,136,617       4,982,763       8,638,947  
PTL products
    1,051,854       1,071,284       -  
Metvixia
    288,691       -       -  
                         
Total Physician Domestic Revenues
  $ 20,196,688     $ 18,844,995     $ 21,058,919  
 
XTRAC Treatments
 
Recognized treatment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $9,492,465, $9,736,800 and $8,500,452, respectively, reflecting billed procedures of 145,083, 145,521 and 133,594, respectively. In addition, 6,163, 6,567 and 6,899 procedures were performed for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, without billing from us, in connection with clinical research and customer evaluations of the XTRAC laser. Increases in procedures are dependent upon building market acceptance through marketing programs with our physician partners and their patients that the XTRAC procedures will be of clinical benefit and be generally reimbursed.
 
We have a program to support certain physicians who may be denied reimbursement by private insurance carriers for XTRAC treatments. We recognize service revenue during this program from the sale of XTRAC procedures or equivalent treatments to physicians participating in this program only to the extent the physician has been reimbursed for the treatments. In addition, we defer substantially all sales of treatment codes ordered by and delivered to the customer within the last two weeks of the period in determining the amount of procedures performed by our physician-customers. Management believes this approach closely approximates the actual amount of unused treatments that existed at the end of a period. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized net revenues of $38,704 (594 procedures) and for the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized net revenues of $278,343 (4,282 procedures), respectively, under this approach. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we deferred net revenues of $216,987 (3,325 procedures) under this approach.
 
The following table illustrates the above analysis for the Domestic XTRAC segment for the periods reflected below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Recognized treatment revenue
  $ 9,492,465     $ 9,736,800     $ 8,500,452  
   Change in deferred treatment revenue
    (38,704 )     (278,343 )     216,987  
Net billed revenue
  $ 9,453,761     $ 9,458,457     $ 8,717,439  
   Procedure volume total
    151,246       152,088       140,493  
   Less: Non-billed procedures
    (6,163 )     (6,567 )     (6,899 )
Net billed procedures
    145,083       145,521       133,594  
   Avg. price of treatments billed
  $ 65.15     $ 65.00     $ 65.25  
Change in procedures with deferred treatment revenue, net
    (594 )     (4,282 )     3,325  
 
 
 
 
- 44 -

 
 
 
The average price for an XTRAC treatment may be reduced in some instances based on the volume of treatments performed. The average price for a treatment also varies based upon the mix of mild and moderate psoriasis patients treated by our physician partners. We charge a higher price per treatment for moderate psoriasis patients due to the increased body surface area required to be treated, although there are fewer patients with moderate psoriasis than there are with mild psoriasis.
 
XTRAC laser sales
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, domestic XTRAC laser sales were $4,227,061 and $3,054,148, respectively. There were 99 and 84 lasers sold, respectively. There were 78 XTRAC lasers sold for the year ended December 31, 2008 for a total of $3,919,520. Included in the year ended December 31, 2008 laser sales was a sale of one Omnilux product from PTL for which we had been acting as a distributor in the United States. We sell the laser directly to the customer for certain reasons, including the costs of logistical support and customer preference as well as a means of addressing under-performing accounts while preserving the vendor-customer relationship. We believe that we are able to reach, at reasonable margins, a sector of the laser market that is better suited to a sale model than a per-procedure, or consignment, model.
 
Skincare products
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010 revenues were $5,136,617 compared to $4,982,763 and $8,638,947 in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These revenues are generated from the sale of various skin, hair care and wound products to physicians in the domestic market. We believe our skincare products are more susceptible to the macro-economic conditions than our other products because cosmetic products are more likely to be discretionary and not medically necessary.
 
PTL products
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, PTL product revenues were $1,051,854. These revenues are generated from the sale of LED devices. There were 93 LED units sold during the year ended December 31, 2010. From the date of acquisition of Photo Therapeutics on February 27, 2009 through December 31, 2009, revenues from the PTL products were $1,071,284 representing 39 LED units. There were no corresponding revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Metvixia
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, Metvixia revenues were $288,691. There were no corresponding revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 as the co-promotion agreement with Galderma began in January 2010 and concluded in December 2010.
 
Physician International Segment
 
The following table illustrates the key changes in the revenues of the Physician International segment for the periods reflected below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
International dermatology equipment
  $ 6,110,610     $ 3,996,067     $ 3,782,456  
Skincare products
    1,341,121       1,057,397       2,222,714  
PTL products
    929,405       1,611,735       -  
                         
Total Physician International Revenues
  $ 8,381,136     $ 6,665,199     $ 6,005,170  
 
International dermatology equipment
 
International sales of our XTRAC and VTRAC systems and related parts were $6,110,610 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $3,996,067 and $3,782,456 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We sold 161 systems in the year ended December 31, 2010 which compared to 94 and 86
 

 
- 45 -

 

systems in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The average price of dermatology equipment sold internationally varies due to the quantities of VTRAC systems and refurbished domestic XTRAC systems sold. Both of these products have lower average selling prices than new XTRAC laser systems. However, by adding these to our product offerings along with expanding into new geographic territories where the products are sold, we have been able to increase overall international dermatology equipment revenues.
 
 
We sold 75 lasers to Amico Group, our distributor in the Middle East, as part of the multi-million dollar purchase order received in July 2010. We sold 10 and 11 lasers to Amico Group in the comparable years of 2009 and 2008, respectively; and
 
 
We also sell refurbished domestic XTRAC laser systems into the international market. The selling price for used equipment is substantially less than new equipment, some of which may be substantially depreciated in connection with its use in the domestic market. We sold 16 of these used lasers in the year ended December 31, 2010 at an average price of $21,900. We sold 25 and 11 of these used lasers, at an average price of $23,500 and $33,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively; and
 
 
In addition to the XTRAC laser system (both new and used), we sell the VTRAC, a lamp-based alternative UVB light source that has a wholesale sales price that is below our competitors’ international dermatology equipment and below our XTRAC laser. We sold 58 of these lasers in the year ended December 31, 2010 at an average price of $24,800. We sold 35 and 34 of these lasers, at an average price of $25,000 and $25,800 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The following table illustrates the key changes in the International dermatology equipment for the periods reflected below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
  $ 6,110,610     $ 3,996,067     $ 3,782,456  
   Less: part sales
    (1,039,360 )     (852,767 )     (664,456 )
Laser/lamp revenues
    5,071,250       3,143,300       3,118,000  
   Laser/lamp systems sold
    161       94       86  
Average revenue per laser/lamp
  $ 31,498     $ 33,439     $ 36,256  
 
International Skincare products
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010 revenues were $1,341,121 compared to $1,057,397 and $2,222,714 in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These revenues are generated from the sale of various skin, hair care and wound products to distributors in international markets. We believe our skincare products are more susceptible to the macro-economic conditions than our other products because cosmetic products are more likely to be discretionary and not medically necessary.
 
International PTL products
 
These revenues are generated from the sale of LED devices. For the year ended December 31, 2010, PTL product revenues were $929,405, representing 109 LED units. From the date of acquisition of Photo Therapeutics on February 27, 2009 through December 31, 2009, revenues from the PTL products were $1,611,735 representing 69 LED units. There were no corresponding revenues for the year ended December 2008. The decline in PTL product revenues in the 2010 period described above was due to a large decrease in handheld unit sales as compared to the prior year periods. In addition, the decrease in the year also resulted from the renegotiation of international distribution relationships and associated contracts, due to the transition of distributor management responsibilities to GlobalMed Technologies, the Company’s master distributor.
 

 
- 46 -

 

Other Channels Segment
 
The following table illustrates the key changes in the revenues of the Other Channels segment for the periods reflected below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Skincare products
  $ 1,327,036     $ 1,855,314     $ 1,968,155  
PTL products
    1,224,393       1,699,996       -  
                         
Total Other Channels revenues
  $ 2,551,429     $ 3,555,310     $ 1,968,155  
 
Skincare products
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010 revenues from our skincare products were $1,327,036 compared to $1,855,314 and $1,968,155 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These revenues are generated from the sale of various skin, hair care and wound and from the sale of copper peptide compound in non-physician related channels. Included in the skincare product revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $239,760 and $256,000 from bulk compound sales, respectively. There were no such sales in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
PTL products
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010 PTL product revenues were $1,221,393. From the date of acquisition of Photo Therapeutics on February 27, 2009 through December 31, 2009, revenues from the PTL products were $1,855,314. PTL revenues are generated from the sale of LED devices in the spa and indoor tanning markets and milestone payments on a licensing agreement targeting the mass consumer acne market. There were no corresponding revenues for the year ended December 2008. Included in the year ended December 31, 2009, there were milestone payments of $407,971; inasmuch as the licensee terminated the license in the quarter ended September 30, 2010, we do not anticipate further milestone payments. There was no such milestone payments in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
We are actively seeking distribution channels to reach the home-use consumer market with our Clear-U™ and New-U™ hand-held LED devices.
 
Surgical Products Segment
 
The following table illustrates the key changes in our Surgical Products segment for the periods reflected below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
  $ 3,672,282     $ 3,622,580     $ 5,738,048  
Percent increase/(decrease)
    1.4 %     (36.9 %)        
   Laser systems sold
    35       30       145  
Laser system revenues
  $ 943,480     $ 600,841     $ 2,236,000  
   Average revenue per laser
  $ 26,957     $ 20,028     $ 15,422  
 
Surgical Products segment revenues include revenues derived from the sales of surgical laser systems together with sales of related laser fibers and laser disposables. Laser fibers and laser disposables are more profitable than laser systems, but the sales of laser systems generate subsequent recurring sales of fibers and disposables.
 

 
- 47 -

 

 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, surgical products revenues were $3,672,282 compared to $3,622,580 in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in the year was mainly due to the increase in laser sales. Offsetting the increase was a decrease in fiber and other disposables sales by 10% with the comparable year ended December 31, 2009. We expect that our disposables base will continue to erode over time as hospitals continue to seek outsourcing solutions instead of purchasing lasers and related disposables for their operating rooms. For the year ended December 31, 2008, surgical products revenues were $5,738,048. The decrease was mainly related to the termination of an OEM contract in 2008 with AngioDynamics. Sales to AngioDynamics were $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The change in average price per laser between the periods, as set forth in the table below, was largely due to the mix of lasers sold and partly due to the trade level at which the lasers were sold (i.e. wholesale versus retail). Our diode laser has replaced our Nd:YAG laser, which had a substantially higher sales price. Included in laser sales during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were sales of 28, 26 and 141 diode lasers, respectively. The diode lasers have lower sales prices than our other types of lasers. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we sold our last six holmium laser systems, which completed the phase out of these laser systems.
 
Cost of Revenues: all segments
 
Our cost of revenues is comprised of product cost of revenues and service cost of revenues. Within product cost of revenues are the costs of products sold in our Physicians Domestic segment (with XTRAC treatments included in the services side of the segment), Physician International segment, Other Channels (with royalties and licensing fees included in the services side of the segment), and our Surgical Products segment (with laser maintenance fees included in the services side of this segment). Within services cost of revenues are the costs associated with our XTRAC treatment revenues, as well as costs associated with royalties and licensing fees and maintenance revenue.
 
Product cost of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2010 were $13,024,156, compared to $11,675,233 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The $1,348,923 increase is due to the increases in laser sales for XTRAC lasers in the international segment of $2,080,000. This increases in costs was offset in part by the relocation our skincare and PTL facilities into our Pennsylvania facility, during 2009, which allowed us to reduce some of the fixed costs.
 
Product cost of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2009 were $11,675,233, compared to $11,968,222 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $292,989 decrease is due to decreases in product cost of sales for surgical products of $1,216,902 related to the decrease in laser sales, a decrease in skincare products of $1,792,332 resulting from the switch to our internally produced Neova product and a decrease in domestic XTRAC laser sales of $338,810. These decreases were partly offset, by an increase in international dermatology equipment sales in the amount of $716,725. In addition, there was an increase due to the inclusion of $2,338,330 in product costs for our PTL business.
 
Services cost of revenues was $5,695,746 in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $5,750,733 in the year ended December 31, 2009, representing a decrease of $54,986. The decrease is directly related to the decrease in Physician Domestic segment costs of $54,013 related to our XTRAC treatments.
 
Services cost of revenues was $5,750,733 in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $5,027,095 in the year ended December 31, 2008, representing an increase of $723,638. The increase is directly related to the increase in our Domestic XTRAC segment costs of $706,393.
 
Certain allocable XTRAC manufacturing overhead costs are charged against the XTRAC service revenues. Our manufacturing facility in Carlsbad, California is used exclusively for the production of the XTRAC lasers. The unabsorbed costs are allocated to the Physician Domestic and the Physician International segments based on actual production of lasers for each segment. Included in these allocated manufacturing costs are unabsorbed labor and direct plant costs.
 

 
- 48 -

 

The following table illustrates the key changes in cost of revenues for the periods reflected below:
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Product:
                 
Physician Domestic
  $ 3,895,225     $ 3,659,679     $ 4,746,097  
Physician International
    6,110,186       3,966,749       2,657,928  
Other Channels
    1,467,293       1,397,902       696,388  
Surgical Products
    1,551,452       2,650,903       3,867,809  
Total Product costs
  $ 13,024,156     $ 11,675,233     $ 11,968,222  
                         
Services:
                       
Physician Domestic
  $ 5,569,766     $ 5,623,780     $ 4,917,389  
Surgical Products
    125,980       126,953       109,706  
Total Services costs
  $ 5,695,746     $ 5,750,733     $ 5,027,095  
                         
Total Costs of Revenues
  $ 18,719,902     $ 17,425,966     $ 16,995,317  
 
Gross Profit Analysis
 
Gross profit increased to $16,081,633 during the year ended December 31, 2010 from $15,262,118 during the same period in 2009. As a percentage of revenues, the gross margin decreased to 46.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 46.7% for the same period in 2009.
 
Gross profit decreased to $15,262,118 during the year ended December 31, 2009 from $17,774,975 during the same period in 2008. As a percentage of revenues, the gross margin decreased to 46.7% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 51.1% for the same period in 2008.
 
The following table analyzes changes in our gross margin for the periods presented below:
 
Company Profit Analysis
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
  $ 34,801,535     $ 32,688,084     $ 34,770,292  
Percent increase/(decrease)
    6.5 %     (6.0 %)        
Cost of revenues
    18,719,902       17,425,966       16,995,317  
Percent increase
    7.4 %     2.5 %        
Gross profit
  $ 16,081,633     $ 15,262,118     $ 17,774,975  
Gross margin percentage
    46.2 %     46.7 %     51.1 %
 
The primary reasons for the changes in gross profit and the gross margin percentage for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to the same period in 2009 were as follows:
 
 
In the Physicians International segment, we sold 103 XTRAC laser systems and 58 VTRAC lamp-based excimer systems during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 55 XTRAC laser systems and 39 VTRAC systems in the comparable period in 2009. Included in the 103 XTRAC lasers systems sold were 75 laser systems to Amico Group, our distributor in the Middle East and 16 used laser systems, both of which have a lower average selling price and gross margin percentage, compared to 25 used laser systems sold in the year ended December 31, 2009. Consequently, gross profit in the Physicians International segment decreased as a result of the mix of units sold. The gross margin percentage for the VTRAC is higher than for the XTRAC.


 
- 49 -

 


   
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 included milestone payments to us from a licensee of $407,971 under a certain licensing arrangement for the Clear U™ hand-held device.
       
   
There was additional excess and obsolete expense of $93,000 for the Skincare products due to discontinuation and/or reformulation of some of the products during the year ended December 31, 2010.
       
   
Offsetting the above items that had a negative impact on gross profit, we sold approximately $1,173,000 more in domestic XTRAC lasers in the year ended December 31, 2010 in addition, the cost of sales associated with these sales decreased $60,000 between the comparable periods. The margin on these capital equipment sales was 67% in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 52% in the comparable period in 2009. Certain of these lasers were being depreciated until the time of sale, since they were previously utilized as field placements.
       
   
The revenues for Metvixia products of $288,691 for the year ended December 31, 2010 have no associated cost of sales. There were no such revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
The primary reasons for changes in gross profit and the gross margin percentage for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008 were as follows:
 
   
Our skincare products are more susceptible to the macro economic conditions than our other products because cosmetic products are more likely to be discretionary and not medically necessary. Product sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 were approximately $7.7 million down from approximately $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our skincare products’ margins are substantially higher than the other products and consequently substantive swings in the revenues attributed to Skin Care’s sales will have a significant impact on our overall margins.
       
   
In our Surgical Products segment there were 115 fewer laser systems sold in the year ended December 31, 2009 than in the comparable period of 2008. This included 100 sales due to our OEM arrangement, but in the second half of 2008, AngioDynamics elected out of the OEM contract. Since that time, our sales to AngioDynamics have been $0. Additionally, the higher manufacturing levels in 2008 caused better absorption of fixed overheads which lowered average unit costs and resulted in a higher gross margin in 2008 compared to 2009.
       
   
We sold approximately $865,000 less in domestic XTRAC lasers in the year ended December 31, 2009 than in the comparable period of 2008. In addition, the current year sales were at lower margins compared to the same period in 2008. Certain of these lasers were previously being depreciated, since they were previously placements. The margin on these capital equipment sales was 52% in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 59% in the year ended December 31, 2008.
       
   
We recorded severance and lease liability of approximately $226,000 related to the integration of the PTL acquisition and the relocation of our Skin Care facility.
       
   
Additional gross profit was realized from our PTL products. We acquired PTL on February 27, 2009; therefore only the activity after that date is recorded in our financial statements. There was no activity recorded in our financial statements in 2008.
       
   
We decreased the number of laser systems placed with our customers but sold a greater number of XTRAC treatment procedures in the year ended December 31, 2009 than in the year ended December 31, 2008. Procedure volume increased 8.9% from 133,594 to 145,521 billed procedures in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. Increased usage at existing sites carries negligible variable cost thereby enhancing profit margins. Our ability to increase the number of procedures sold is a direct result of improved insurance reimbursement and increased marketing efforts.
 
 
 
- 50 -

 
 
 
 
The following table analyzes the gross profit for our Physician Domestic segment for the periods presented below:
 
Physician Domestic Segment
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
  $ 20,196,688     $ 18,844,995     $ 21,058,919  
Percent increase/(decrease)
    7.2 %     (10.5 %)        
Cost of revenues
    9,464,991       9,283,459       9,663,486  
Percent increase/(decrease)
    5.5 %     (3.9 %)        
Gross profit
  $ 10,731,697     $ 9,561,536     $ 11,395,433  
Gross margin percentage
    53.1 %     50.7 %     54.1 %
 
Gross profit increased for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 from the comparable period in 2009 by $1,170,161. The key factors for the increase were as follows:
 
 
We sold approximately $1,173,000 more in domestic XTRAC lasers in the year ended December 31, 2010, although the cost of sales associated with these sales decreased $60,000 between the comparable periods. The margin on these capital equipment sales was 67% in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 52% in the comparable period in 2009. Certain of these lasers were being depreciated until the time of sale, since they were previously utilized as field placements.
     
 
There was a decrease in certain allocable XTRAC manufacturing overhead costs due to better absorption of the overhead costs of approximately $156,000. This decrease was due to greater production during the year ended December 31, 2010.
     
 
The revenues for Metvixia products of $288,691 for the year ended December 31, 2010 have no associated cost of sales. There were no such revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     
 
Offsetting the above items that had a positive impact on gross profit and gross margin, there was additional excess and obsolete expense for the Skincare products due to discontinuation and/or reformulation of some of the products during the year ended December 31, 2010. The portion allocated to the physician domestic segment was approximately $62,000.
     
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, PTL product revenues decreased $19,000 over the prior year period, while the cost of sales for these products increased $270,000 for the same comparable periods. Due to the acquisition, an additional amortization of $740,000 is allocated to the segments based on each segment’s revenues for PTL products. In addition, the average selling price of the units decreased due to competitive pricing.
 
Gross profit decreased for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2009 from the comparable period in 2008 by $1,833,897. The key factors for this decrease were as follows:
 
 
We sold approximately $865,000 less domestic XTRAC lasers in the year ended December 31, 2009, although the cost of sales associated with these sales only decreased $339,000 between the comparable periods. The margin on these capital equipment sales was 52% in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 59% in the comparable period in 2008. Certain of these lasers were being depreciated until the time of sale, since they were previously utilized as field placements.
     
 
There was an increase in certain allocable XTRAC manufacturing overhead costs due to an under absorption of the overhead costs of approximately $390,000. This increase was due to less production during the year ended December 31, 2009.


 
- 51 -

 


 
Skincare product sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 were approximately $5.0 million down from approximately $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. These revenues are generated from the sale of various skin, hair care and wound products to physicians in the domestic market. We believe our skincare products are more susceptible to the macro-economic conditions than our other products because cosmetic products are more likely to be discretionary and not medically necessary. Our Skin Care margins are substantially higher than the other business segments and consequently substantive swings in the revenues attributed to Skin Care’s sales will have a significant impact on our overall margins.
     
 
We recorded severance and lease liability related to the integration of the PTL acquisition and the relocation of our Skin Care facility of which approximately $142,000 was allocated to the Physician Domestic segment.
     
 
Offsetting the above items that had a negative impact on gross profit, we decreased the number of laser systems placed with our customers but sold a greater number of XTRAC treatment procedures in the year ended December 31, 2009 than in the year ended December 31, 2008. Procedure volume increased 8.9% from 133,594 to 145,521 billed procedures in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. Increased usage at existing sites carries negligible variable cost thereby enhancing profit margins. Our ability to increase the number of procedures sold is a direct result of improved insurance reimbursement and increased marketing efforts.
     
 
Additional gross profit was realized from our PTL segment of $495,000. We acquired PTL on February 27, 2009; therefore only the activity after that date is recorded in our financial statements. There was no activity recorded in our financial statements in 2008.
 
The following table analyzes the gross profit for our Physician International segment for the periods presented below:
 
Physician International Segment
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
  $ 8,381,136     $ 6,665,199     $ 6,005,170  
   Percent increase
    25.7 %     11.0 %        
Cost of revenues
    6,110,186       3,966,749       2,657,928  
   Percent increase
    54.0 %     49.2 %        
Gross profit
  $ 2,270,950     $ 2,698,450     $ 3,347,242  
Gross margin percentage
    27.1 %     40.5 %     55.7 %
 
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased by $427,500 from the comparable period in 2009. The key factors for the decrease were as follows:
 
 
We sold 103 XTRAC laser systems and 58 VTRAC lamp-based excimer systems during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 55 XTRAC laser systems and 39 VTRAC systems in the comparable period in 2009. Included in the 103 XTRAC lasers systems sold were 75 laser systems to Amico Group, our distributor in the Middle East and 16 used laser systems, both of which have a lower average selling price and gross margin percentage, compared to 25 used laser systems sold in the year ended December 31, 2009. Consequently, gross profit decreased as a result of the mix of units sold. The gross margin percentage for the VTRAC is higher than for the XTRAC.
     
 
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 was negatively impacted by increases in certain allocable XTRAC manufacturing overhead costs that are charged against international dermatology equipment. These increased costs, which approximated $69,000, related to an overall increase in international production.

 
- 52 -

 


 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, skincare product revenues increased $284,000 over the prior year period, while the cost of sales for these products increased $162,000 for the same comparable periods, including additional excess and obsolete expense of approximately $16,000.
     
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, PTL product revenues decreased $682,000 over the prior year period, while the cost of sales for these products decreased $298,000 for the same comparable periods. This cost of sales was due to the acquisition of Photo Therapeutics which occurred on February 27, 2009, so there was only ten months’ activity in the comparable prior year period. Due to the acquisition there is additional amortization of $740,000 that is allocated to the segments based on each segment’s revenues for PTL products.
     
 
Offsetting the above items that had a negative impact on gross profit, international XTRAC part sales, which have a higher margin percentage than system sales, increased 22% or $186,600 for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009.

 
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $648,792 from the comparable prior year period. The key factors for the decrease were as follows:
 
 
We sold 59 XTRAC laser systems and 35 VTRAC lamp-based excimer systems during the year ended December 31, 2009 and 52 XTRAC laser systems and 34 VTRAC systems in the comparable period in 2008. Included in the 59 XTRAC lasers systems sold were 25 used laser systems, which
     
   
have a lower average selling price and gross margin percentage, compared to 11 used laser systems sold in the year ended December 31, 2008. Consequently, gross profit decreased as a result of the mix of units sold. The gross margin percentage for the VTRAC is higher than for the XTRAC.
     
 
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2009 was negatively impacted by increases in certain allocable XTRAC manufacturing overhead costs that are charged against international dermatology equipment. These increased costs, which approximated $375,000, related to an under-absorption of manufacturing costs.
     
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, skincare product revenues decreased $1,165,000 over the prior year period. These revenues are generated from the sale of various skin, hair care and wound products to physicians in the domestic market. We believe our skincare products are more susceptible to the macro-economic conditions than our other products because cosmetic products are more likely to be discretionary and not medically necessary. Our Skin Care margins are substantially higher than the other business segments and consequently substantive swings in the revenues attributed to Skin Care’s sales will have a significant impact on our overall margins.
     
 
Offsetting the above items that had a negative impact on gross profit, international XTRAC part sales, which have a higher margin percentage than system sales, increased 28% or $188,300 for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008.
     
 
Additional gross profit was realized from our PTL products of $565,000. We acquired PTL on February 27, 2009; therefore, only the activity after that date is recorded in our financial statements. There was no activity recorded in our financial statements in 2008.
 

 

 
- 53 -

 

 
The following table analyzes the gross profit for our Other Channels segment for the periods presented below:
 
Other Channels Segment
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
  $ 2,551,429     $ 3,555,310     $ 1,968,155  
    Percent (decrease)/increase
    (28.2 %)     80.6 %        
Cost of revenues
    1,467,293       1,397,902       696,388  
    Percent increase
    5.0 %     100.7 %        
Gross profit
  $ 1,084,136     $ 2,157,408     $ 1,271,767  
Gross margin percentage
    42.5 %     60.7 %     64.6 %
 
Gross profit decreased for the year ended December 31, 2010 by $1,073,272 from the comparable period in 2009. The key factors for the changes in this business segment were as follows:
 
 
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 included milestone payments of $407,000 under a certain licensing arrangement for the Clear U™ hand-held device. There are no costs associated with this revenue stream.
     
 
The cost of sales for the PTL business increased mainly due to the fact that it was acquired on February 27, 2009, and consequently the comparable prior year period reflects only ten months of activity. In addition, due to the acquisition there is additional amortization of $740,000 that is allocated to the segments based on each segment’s revenues for PTL products.
 
Gross profit increased for the year ended December 31, 2009 by $885,641 from the comparable period in 2008. The key factors for the changes in this business segment were as follows:
 
 
Additional gross profit was realized from our PTL products of $985,000, including milestone payments of $213,000 under a certain licensing arrangement for the Clear U™ hand-held device. There are no costs associated with this revenue stream. We acquired PTL on February 27, 2009; therefore only the activity after that date is recorded in our financial statements. There was no activity recorded in our financial statements in 2008.
     
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, skincare product revenues decreased $113,000 over the prior year period, while the cost of sales for these products decreased $14,000 for the same comparable periods. Included in the year ended December 31, 2009 was $239,760 in bulk compound revenues compared to $256,000 in the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following table analyzes our gross profit for our Surgical Products segment for the periods presented below:
 
Surgical Products Segment
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
  $ 3,672,282     $ 3,622,580     $ 5,738,048  
Percent increase/(decrease)
    1.4 %     (36.9 %)        
Cost of revenues
    1,677,432       2,777,856       3,977,515  
Percent decrease
    (39.6 %)     (30.2 %)        
Gross profit
  $ 1,994,850     $ 844,724     $ 1,760,533  
Gross margin percentage
    54.3 %     23.3 %     30.1 %

 
- 54 -

 

 
Gross profit for our Surgical Products segment in the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $1,150,126 from the comparable period in 2009. The key factors impacting gross profit were as follows:
 
 
This segment includes product sales of surgical laser systems and laser disposables. Disposables are more profitable than laser systems, but the sale of laser systems generates the subsequent recurring sale of laser disposables.
     
 
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $50,000 from the year ended December 31, 2009. There were 5 additional laser systems sold in the year ended December 31, 2010 than in the comparable period of 2009. Additionally, the lasers sold in the 2010 period were sold at higher prices than those sold in the comparable period in 2009. The increase in average price per laser was largely due to the mix of lasers sold and volume discounts. Included in the laser sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were sales of diode lasers of $676,000, representing 28 systems, and $435,000, representing 26 systems respectively, which have substantially lower list sales prices than our other types of surgical lasers.
     
 
Beginning in 2010, the various allocable manufacturing costs of the Pennsylvania facility are allocated to surgical products, skincare and PTL products. In prior years, these costs were allocated to surgical products only. During 2009 we relocated our skincare and PTL facilities into our Pennsylvania facility and are now able to spread these fixed costs over many product lines.

 
Offsetting the above items that had a positive impact on gross profit, there was a decrease in sales of disposables between the periods, which have a higher gross margin as a percent of revenues than lasers. Fiber and other disposables sales decreased 10% between the comparable periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $915,809 from the comparable period in 2008. The key factors impacting gross profit were as follows:
 
 
This segment includes product sales of surgical laser systems and laser disposables. Disposables are more profitable than laser systems, but the sale of laser systems generates the subsequent recurring sale of laser disposables.
     
 
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by $2,115,468 from the year ended December 31, 2008 while cost of revenues decreased by $1,199,657 between the same periods. There were 115 fewer laser systems sold in the year ended December 31, 2009 than in the comparable period of 2008.
     
 
The sales of diode systems, in the year ended December 31, 2008, included 100 sales due to our OEM arrangement, but in the second half of 2008 AngioDynamics elected not to continue the contract. Since that time, our sales to AngioDynamics have been $0. Additionally, the higher manufacturing levels in 2008 caused better absorption of fixed overhead costs, which lowered average unit costs resulting in a higher gross margin in 2008 compared to 2009.

 
Additionally, there was a decrease in sales of disposables between the periods, which have a higher gross margin as a percent of revenues than lasers. Fiber and other disposables sales decreased 14% between the comparable period in 2008.
 

 

 
- 55 -

 

 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to $19,995,463 from $23,083,278 for the year ended December 31, 2009 for the following reasons:
 
 
There was a decrease related to a $816,000 decrease in salaries, benefits and travel expenses associated with a decrease in the sales and marketing force.
 
 
In the year ended December 31, 2009, we expensed $432,000 of legal and transaction costs under ASC Topic 718 incurred in connection with the acquisition of Photo Therapeutics. There was no such corresponding expense in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
 
We expensed approximately $987,000 during the year ended December 31, 2009 related to severance and accelerated vesting of restricted stock and options in connection with the termination of our former chief executive officer. In addition there was a decrease in general and administrative salary and benefit expenses of approximately $214,000.
 
 
There was a decrease of approximately $401,000 in legal costs in the current year period.
 
 
There was also a decrease in marketing expense of $143,000 which resulted from improved control over marketing efforts.
 
 
Additionally, there was a decrease in amortization expense of $243,000 related to intangibles that are fully amortized.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to $23,083,278 from $26,797,107 for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the following reasons:
 
 
The majority of the decrease related to a $1,505,000 in salaries, benefits and travel expenses associated with a decrease in the sales force and decreased revenues which generated lower commission expenses, particularly in our Skin Care segment.
 
 
There was a decrease in marketing expense of $411,000 which resulted from improved control over marketing efforts.
 
 
There was a decrease of bonus expense of $853,000 due to the fact that no bonus accrual was recorded in the current year.
 
 
There was a decrease in amortization expense of $480,000 related to the impairment of certain intangibles as of the year end December 31, 2008.
 
 
There was a decrease in stock compensation expense of $722,000, mainly due to the reduction in the sales force as well as the termination of an executive officer.
 
 
We expensed $432,000 of legal and transaction costs under ASC Topic 718 incurred in connection with the acquisition of Photo Therapeutics compared to $1,533,000 in the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
 
Additionally in 2008, we wrote off $353,000 for the investment in AzurTec and the related intangibles, net, due to the dissolution of AzurTec and the impairment of the assets and we wrote down the Neutrogena Agreement intangible due to impairment by $582,000 to its fair value.
 
 
Offsetting the above decreases was an increase in the selling, general and administrative expenses related to our PTL segment of $2,072,091. Additionally, we expensed approximately $987,000 related to severance and accelerated vesting of restricted stock and options in connection with the termination of our former chief executive officer.
 

 

 
- 56 -

 

 
Engineering and Product Development
 
Engineering and product development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to $1,343,356 from $1,137,725 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is directly related to engineering and product development expenses related to the PTL products. PTL was acquired on February 27, 2009, and therefore only ten months of expense was included in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a full year in 2010. In addition, there we recorded $188,089 in severance and related closing costs due to the closing of the offices in the UK.
 
Engineering and product development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased to $1,137,725 from $1,073,215 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2009 was due to the engineering and product development expenses of our PTL segment of $286,806 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Offsetting this increase was meeting our financial sponsorship obligations of $189,000 in March 2008 for the severe psoriasis study by John Koo, MD, of the University of California San Francisco Medical Center.
 
Interest Expense, Net
 
Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to $3,268,905, as compared to $2,370,676 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The change in net interest expense was the result of the interest expense on the convertible debt which was issued on February 27, 2009. The following table illustrates the change in net interest expense:
 
   
December 31, 2010
   
December 31, 2009
   
Change
 
                   
Interest expense
  $ 3,275,720     $ 2,378,863     $ 896,857  
Interest income
    (6,815 )     (8,187 )     1,372  
Net interest expense
  $ 3,268,905     $ 2,370,676     $ 898,229  
                         
 
Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased to $2,370,676, as compared to $1,032,597 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in net interest expense was the result of the interest expense on the convertible debt which was issued on February 27, 2009. The following table illustrates the change in net interest expense:
 
   
December 31, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
   
Change
 
                   
Interest expense
  $ 2,378,863     $ 1,188,783     $ 1,190,080  
Interest income
    (8,187 )     (156,186 )     147,999  
Net interest expense
  $ 2,370,676     $ 1,032,597     $ 1,338,079  
                         
 
Change in Fair Value of Warrants
 
In accordance with FASB ASC 470, “Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options” (“ASC Topic 470”) warrants issued in connection with the financing to acquire PTL were recorded at fair value and recognized as liabilities. In accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”), we measured the fair value of these warrants as of December 31, 2010, and recorded $197,098 for the year ended December 31, 2010, in other expense in recording the liabilities associated with these warrants at their fair value as of December 31, 2010. We measured the fair value of these warrants as of December 31, 2009, and recognized $808,786 for the year ended December 31, 2009, in other income in recording the liabilities associated with these warrants at their fair value as of December 31, 2009.
 

 
- 57 -

 

Net Loss
 
The factors discussed above resulted in a net loss of $8,723,189 during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to a net loss of $10,520,775 during the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of 17.1%.
 
Management utilizes certain non-GAAP financial measures to monitor our performance. While we believe the presentation of non-GAAP financial measures provides additional insight into our operating performance, readers of this report are urged to review the GAAP results as presented in the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in Item 8 below.
 
We present a computation of non-GAAP adjusted net loss and non-GAAP adjusted loss per share. We define non-GAAP adjusted net loss as net loss before depreciation and amortization, stock based compensation expense, severance costs, interest expense - net, change in fair value of warrants, inventory valuation expense, bad debt expense, impairment on intangibles and other long lived assets and loss on sale of discontinued operations. We believe that non-GAAP adjusted net loss is a meaningful measure which may be used when making period-to-period comparisons. Non-GAAP adjusted net loss is considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure and should be viewed in conjunction with net loss on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
We also present non-GAAP adjusted income (loss) per share which is derived by dividing non-GAAP adjusted income (loss) by the shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share. Non-GAAP adjusted income (loss) per share is considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure and should be viewed in conjunction with basic and diluted net loss per share on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
The following table illustrates the impact of major expenses, in particular depreciation, amortization and stock option expense, between the periods:
 
   
For the Year ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
Change
 
                   
Net loss
  $ (8,723,189 )   $ (10,520,775 )   $ 1,797,586  
                         
Components included in net loss:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 4,369,841     $ 4,610,265     $ ( 240,424 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    973,143       1,262,027       (288,884 )
Inventory valuation, severance and bad debt expenses
    723,961       301,931       422,030  
Interest expense, net
    3,268,905       2,370,676       898,229  
Change in fair value of warrants
    197,098       (808,786 )     1,005,884  
Non-GAAP adjusted income (loss)
  $ 809,759     $ (2,784,662 )   $ 3,594,421  
                         
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    2,589,519       1,640,006          
                         
Non-GAAP adjusted income (loss) per share
  $ 0.31     $ (1.70 )   $ 2.01  
 
 
The factors discussed above resulted in a net loss of $10,520,775 during the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to a net loss of $11,290,907 during the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of 6.8%. The year ended December 31, 2008 included a loss on sale of discontinued operations of $448,675.
 

 
- 58 -

 

The following table illustrates the impact of major expenses, namely depreciation, amortization, interest and stock option expense between the periods:
 
   
For the Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
                   
Net loss
  $ (10,520,775 )   $ (11,290,907 )   $ 770,132  
                         
Components included in net loss:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    4,610,265       4,542,038       68,227  
Stock-based compensation expense
    1,262,027       1,395,538       (133,511 )
Interest expense, net
    2,370,676       1,032,597       1,338,079  
Change in fair value of warrants
    (808,786 )     -       (808,786 )
Inventory valuation, severance and bad debt expenses
    301,931       374,060       (72,129 )
Impairment on intangibles and other long-lived asset
    -       934,612       (934,612 )
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
    -       448,675       (448,675 )
Non-GAAP adjusted income (loss)
  $ (2,784,662 )   $ ( 2,563,387 )   $ ( 221,275 )
                         
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    1,640,006       1,500,767          
                         
Non-GAAP adjusted income (loss) per share
  $ (1.70 )   $ (1.71 )   $ 0.01  
 
 
 
 
Income taxes were immaterial, given our current period losses and operating loss carryforwards.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We have historically financed our operations with cash provided by equity financing and from lines of credit.
 
At December 31, 2010, our current ratio was 1.30 compared to 1.20 at December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009 we had $3,122,545 of working capital compared to $2,214,505 as of December 31, 2009. Cash and cash equivalents were $3,523,948 as of December 31, 2010, as compared to $2,194,788 as of December 31, 2009. We had $0 and $78,000 of cash that was classified as restricted as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Based on our resources available at December 31, 2010, including the public offering of our securities described below, and the substantial reduction in the use of cash in the last year, we believe that we can fund our operations through and beyond the first quarter of 2012. However, given the uncertainty in the general economic conditions and its impact on our business and industry, and in light of our historical operating losses and negative cash flows, there is no assurance that we will not require additional funds in order to continue as a going concern beyond the first quarter of 2012.
 
We have restructured our operations and redirected our efforts in a manner that management believes will continue to improve results of operations. As part of such redirected efforts, management continues comprehensive efforts to minimize our operational costs and capital expenditures and continues the implementation of strategies that were developed to increase ongoing revenue streams.
 
On October 22, 2009, we closed a private placement of our common shares with several accredited investors, which yielded gross proceeds of approximately $2.7 million and which improved our available cash. On November 10, 2009, we issued to an affiliate of one of the accredited investors participating in the October 22, 2009 private placement an additional 230,000 shares, which yielded additional gross proceeds of $149,500. Although this financing, together with our other resources and arrangements with creditors, satisfied our immediate liquidity constraints at such time, we continue to explore additional opportunities to secure capital which might be used to continue to develop new business opportunities or, if necessary, to fund operations.
 

 
- 59 -

 

On March 19, 2010, we entered into the Clutterbuck Agreement the Term Note with Clutterbuck Funds. We received net proceeds of $2,373,000 in the transaction. The secured term note has a principal amount of $2.5 million (the “Term Note”), which accrues interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Term Note requires us to make monthly payments of interest only. The principal matures in 18 months and may be prepaid without penalty at any time. The Term Note is secured by XTRAC lasers that we have consigned to physician customers and that are not otherwise pledged to CIT Healthcare LLC and Life Sciences Capital LLC pursuant to our outstanding term notes with such lenders. In connection with the issuance of the Term Note to Clutterbuck, we issued Clutterbuck Funds a warrant to purchase 102,180 shares of our common stock for an initial exercise price of $7.34. The warrant is exercisable at any time on or prior to the fifth anniversary of its issue date. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant, the exercise price is subject to a one-time downward adjustment if we make certain issuances of our equity securities at a price per share less than $7.34 during the 36-month period following the issuance of the warrant.
 
In order to consummate the bridge financing, it was necessary to secure the consent of the holder of Convertible Notes. As of March 19, 2010, the outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Convertible Notes was $19,546,676. In order to obtain the Holder’s consent, we agreed to the following modifications to the Convertible Notes:
 
 
We combined the aggregate outstanding obligations under the Convertible Notes into two convertible notes. Each note matures on February 27, 2014 and is identical to the original form of convertible note except as noted below;
     
 
The larger note has a principal amount of $16,746,270. The note remains subject to the same down-round anti-provision adjustment to the conversion price which was in the unmodified notes. The interest rate of this note was increased from 8% to 10%. The incremental 2% increase in the interest rate may be paid in cash, and may not be paid in convertible PIK notes unless and until our stockholders vote to approve payment in the form of a convertible PIK note, which the stockholders have done on October 28, 2010;
     
 
The smaller note has a principal amount of $2,800,406. The conversion price of this note was reduced to $11.25850 and the down-round anti-dilution adjustment to the conversion price was removed. The interest rate of this note was increased from 8% to 10%. The full amount of the accrued interest remains payable in cash or convertible PIK notes;
     
 
The collateral securing the Convertible Note was expanded by adding a first-priority lien against all of our assets other than the assets pledged with first-priority liens to CIT and to Clutterbuck Funds. When assets are released from the lien of CIT, such assets will become subject to the first-priority lien of Clutterbuck Funds and a second-priority lien of the Investor. Finally, when assets are released from the lien of Clutterbuck Funds, such assets will become subject to the first-priority lien of the Investor; and
     
 
Three of our subsidiaries (ProCyte Corporation, Photo Therapeutics, Inc. and SLT Technology, Inc.) have guaranteed our obligations under the modified Convertible Notes.
 
In conjunction with this, the conversion price of the larger convertible note and the exercise price of the warrants were adjusted by contract using a weighted-average formula specified in the convertible note to have a conversion price and exercise price of $21.47 per share for 780,025 and 251,528, respectively.
 
In conjunction with the May 7, 2010 public offering of our common stock, the larger convertible note and the warrant were adjusted by contract using a weighted-average formula as specified in the convertible note to have conversion prices and exercise price of $18.39 per share for 910,533 and 293,611 shares, respectively. No change was made to the smaller note, as it has no down-round provision.
 
Interest at 10% was paid on September 1, 2010 in the form of additional convertible notes of $126,018 and $753,582 for the Series B-1 Convertible Note and Series B-2 Convertible Note, respectively.
 

 
- 60 -

 

Interest at 10% was paid on March 1, 2011 in the form of additional convertible notes of $146,321 and $874,993 for the Series B-1 Convertible Note and Series B-2 Convertible Note, and the their related additional Convertible Notes, respectively.
 
On May 7, 2010, we closed on a public offering of our common shares. We sold 534,000 shares of our common stock at an offering price of $6.00 per share. The sale resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $2.0 million. The net proceeds will be used for general working capital purposes and potentially for pay-down of outstanding debt. The underwriters are also entitled to warrants to purchase, in aggregate, 25,000 shares of our common stock at $7.50 per share.
 
On March 28, 2011, Clutterbuck Funds agreed to extend the maturity date of its loan of to us, of which the principal of $2.5 million was to be paid at maturity. Previously, the loan matured on September 19, 2011; it will now mature on December 1, 2012. Starting in August 2011, we will begin monthly installments of principal such that the final payment at maturity will be $75,000. To induce the modifications to the terms of its loan, we have issued to Clutterbuck Funds a second warrant which has been modeled after the first warrant issued on March 19, 2010 but which will be to purchase 109,650 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.70 per share. The collateral securing the first-position security interest of Clutterbuck Funds and the second-position security interest of the holder of our convertible notes will remain in place.
 
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities – continuing operations was $106,210 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to cash used of $2,254,247 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was mostly due to the overall decrease in net loss.
 
Net cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities – continuing operations was $2,254,247 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash used of $1,294,070 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in cash used between the years was mostly due to the decreases in accounts receivable and inventories.
 
Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities – continuing operations was $631,328 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $14,656,266 for the year ended December 31, 2009. This was primarily due to acquisition costs, net of cash received, of $12,578,022 in connection with the Photo Therapeutics acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2009. The balance of the increase was mainly for the placement of lasers into service.
 
Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities – continuing operations was $14,656,266 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2,766,153 for the year ended December 31, 2008. This was primarily due to acquisition costs, net of cash received, of $12,578,022 in connection with the Photo Therapeutics acquisition. The balance of the increase was mainly for the placement of lasers into service.
 
The placement of lasers into service is shown net of the remaining net book value of the lasers that we sold during the period presented. When we retire a laser from service, we transfer the laser into inventory and then write off the net book value of the laser, which is typically negligible. Over the last few years the retirements of lasers from service have been minor or immaterial and, therefore, they are reported with placements on a net basis.
 
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities was $1,904,500 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $15,263,633 for the year ended December 31, 2009. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we received $3,773,000 in proceeds from the issuance of common stock and $2,500,000 in proceeds from debt financing, which were partially offset by repayment of $3,198,954 on the line of credit, $493,627 for certain notes payable and $754,153 in registration costs.
 
Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities was $15,263,633 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $2,634,849 for the year ended December 31, 2008. In the year ended December 31, 2009 we received $18 million in proceeds in the convertible debt financing and $2,857,250 from private placement equity financing, both of which were partially offset by repayment of $4,717,381 on the line of credit, $415,905 for certain notes payable and registration costs of $460,614.
 

 
- 61 -

 

Contractual Obligations
 
Set forth below is a summary of our current obligations as of December 31, 2010 to make future payments due by the period indicated below, excluding payables and accruals. We expect to be able to meet our obligations in the ordinary course. The obligations under the credit facility from CIT are term notes. Operating lease and rental obligations are respectively for personal and real property which we use in our business. The obligations relating to the Convertible Notes are stated at the principal amount due and are not discounted for related warrants or origination costs.
 
   
Payments due by period
 
 
Contractual Obligations
 
Total
   
Less than 1 year
   
1 – 3 years
   
4 – 5 years
 
                         
Convertible notes
  $ 20,426,276     $ -     $ 20,426,276     $ -  
Credit facility obligations
    779,343       779,343       -       -  
Term note obligations
    2,500,000       500,000       2,000,000       -  
Capital lease obligations
    49,225       19,292       29,933       -  
Rental and Operating lease obligations
    456,244       363,311       92,933       -  
Notes payable
    46,477       32,660       13,817       -  
     Total
  $ 24,257,565     $ 1,694,606     $ 22,562,959     $ -  
 
Our ability to expand our business operations is currently dependent in significant part on financing from external sources. There can be no assurance that changes in our manufacturing and marketing, research and development plans or other changes affecting our operating expenses and business strategy will not require financing from external sources before we will be able to develop profitable operations. Under the terms of the SPA, we must secure the approval of the holder of the convertible notes for the incurrence of debt. Equity securities must first be offered to the holder of the Convertible Notes. There can be no assurance that additional capital will be available on terms favorable to us, if at all. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in additional dilution to our common stockholders. Moreover, our cash requirements may vary materially from those now planned because of marketing results, product testing, changes in the focus and direction of our marketing programs, competitive and technological advances, the level of working capital required to sustain our planned growth, litigation, operating results, including the extent and duration of operating losses, and other factors. In the event that we experience the need for additional capital, and are not able to generate capital from financing sources or from future operations, management may be required to modify, suspend or discontinue our business plan.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
At December 31, 2010, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Impact of Inflation
 
We have not operated in a highly inflationary period, and we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our sales or expenses.
 
Item 7A.  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
            
Certain of our outstanding warrants are accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The derivative financial instruments are revalued each period, which may cause material fluctuations in our results from operations. As a result of this volatility, we may experience material swings in our net loss or income attributable to common stockholders. We are presenting pro-forma information which shows the effect on the derivative liability if our common stock price of $5.94 on December 31, 2010 had been increased or decreased by $1.50.
 

 
- 62 -

 

The following table shows the effect of changes in the price of our common stock prices on the derivative financial instruments shown in the condensed consolidated balance sheets and the increase in fair value of derivative financial instruments and net loss attributable to our common stockholders shown in the condensed consolidated statement of operations as of December 31, 2010.
 
         
Pro-forma Information
 
   
As Reported December 31, 2010
   
Common Stock Price Reduction
   
Common Stock Price Increase
 
                   
Common stock price
  $ 5.94     $ 4.44     $ 7.44  
                         
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet:
                       
Derivative financial instruments
  $ 938,623     $ 634,562     $ 1,261,293  
                         
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
  $ -     $ (304,061 )   $ 322,670  
                         
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations:
                       
Increase (decrease) in fair value of derivative financial instruments
  $ 197,098     $ (106,963 )   $ 519,768  
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (8,723,189 )   $ (8,419,128 )   $ (9,045,859 )
 
Foreign Exchange Risk
 
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to the operation of our international subsidiary. The subsidiary’s main operating currency is pounds sterling. At the end of each reporting period, revenue and expense of the subsidiary are converted into U.S .dollars using the average currency rate in effect for the period and assets and liabilities are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the end of the period.
 
Additionally, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations relating to payments we make to vendors and suppliers using foreign currencies. We currently do not hedge against this foreign currency risk. Fluctuations in exchange rates may impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Item 8.  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
The financial statements required by this Item 8 are included in this Report and begin on page F-1.
 
Item 9.  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
    On August 16, 2010, the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors has engaged EisnerAmper LLP to serve as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm, after it was notified on August 16, 2010 that Amper, Politziner & Mattia, LLP (“Amper”), an independent registered public accounting firm, would not be able to stand for re-appointment because it combined its practice on that date with that of Eisner LLP (“Eisner”) to form EisnerAmper LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. . The Company previously filed Form 8-K on August 26, 2010 acknowledging this change.
 
    During the Company’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and through the date we engaged EisnerAmper LLP, the Company did not consult with Eisner regarding any of the matters or reportable events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K.
 
    The audit report of Amper on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
 

 
- 63 -

 

In connection with the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and through August 16, 2010, there were (i) no disagreements between the Company and Amper on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Amper, would have caused Amper to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in their report on the Company’s financial statements for such year or for any reporting period since the Company’s last fiscal year end and (ii) no reportable events within the meaning set forth in item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
 
Item 9A.  
Controls and Procedures
 
Controls and Procedures
 
As of December 31, 2010, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operations of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”).
 
Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that as of the evaluation date, such disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Commission, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. A control system cannot provide absolute assurance, however, that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, with the company have been detected.
 
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2010 that materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.
 
Management’s report on our internal controls over financial reporting can be found in the following captioned discussion.
 
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting. Our system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
·  
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of  our assets;
 
·  
provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and our directors; and
 
·  
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting may vary over time. Our system contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.
 

 
- 64 -

 

Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the system of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our system of internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010.
 
This annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Management’s report was not required to be nor was subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the.
 
Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the system of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treasury Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our system of internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Amper, Poliziner & Mattia, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
 
 
Item 9B.  
Other Information
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.  
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
                 
Our directors currently have terms which will end at our next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify, subject to their prior death, resignation or removal. Officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers. Members of our Board of Directors are encouraged to attend meetings of the Board of Directors and the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Board of Directors held 13 meetings and executed eight unanimous written consents in lieu of a meeting in 2010.
 
The following sets forth certain biographical information concerning our current directors and our executive officers.
 
         
Name
  
Position
  
Age
Richard J. DePiano
  
Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors
  
69
James W. Sight
 
Non-Executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Director (since May 26, 2010)
 
55
Dennis M. McGrath
  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
  
54
Christina L. Allgeier
  
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  
38
Michael R. Stewart
  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
  
53
David W. Anderson
  
Director
  
58
Stephen P. Connelly
  
Director
  
59
Leonard L. Mazur
  
Director
  
66
Alan R. Novak
  
Director
  
76
Paul J. Denby
 
Director (since May 26, 2010)
 
56

 
- 65 -

 

 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
Richard J. DePiano was appointed to our Board of Directors in May 2000 and was unanimously elected to serve as Non-Executive Chairman of the Board on January 31, 2003. Since February, 1996 Mr. DePiano has been a director of Escalon Medical Corp., a publicly traded healthcare business specializing in the development and marketing of ophthalmic devices and pharmaceutical and vascular access products, and has served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since March 1997. Mr. DePiano has been the Chief Executive Officer of the Sandhurst Company, L.P. and Managing Director of the Sandhurst Venture Fund since 1986. Mr. DePiano was also the Chairman of the Board of Directors of SLT prior to our acquisition of SLT. Mr. DePiano serves on the Board of Trustees for Drexel University and Salus University. Mr. DePiano brings professional experience and executive management experience with a health-care company to the Board.
 
James W. Sight was appointed to our Board of Directors on May 26, 2010 and serves as Non-Executive Vice Chairman. Mr. Sight, an investor serving on the board of directors of various other public companies, has over 20 years of experience in corporate restructurings and financings. Within his experience Mr. Sight has been, since November 2007, a significant shareholder of Feldman Mall Properties, Inc., a real estate investment trust formerly listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol FLMP, and has served in the office of the REIT’s President; acted since 1998 to the present as a consultant to LSB Industries (NYSE: LXU); and from 1995 to 2006, was a large shareholder in Westmoreland Coal (AMEX: WLB), and was active on its board of directors in directing the reorganization of the company and its emergence from Chapter 11.  Mr. Sight’s experience in corporate restructurings and financings makes him a valuable member of our Board of Directors.
 

Dennis M. McGrath was appointed as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director in July 2009. Mr. McGrath also served as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President—Finance and Administration from January 2000 through November 2009. Mr. McGrath has held several senior level positions including, from February 1999 to January 2000, serving as the Chief Operating Officer of Internet Practice, the largest division for AnswerThink Consulting Group, Inc., a public company specializing in business consulting and technology integration. Concurrently, from August 1999 until January 2000, Mr. McGrath served as Chief Financial Officer of Think New Ideas, Inc., a public company specializing in interactive marketing services and business solutions. In addition to the financial reporting responsibilities, Mr. McGrath was responsible for the merger integration of Think New Ideas, Inc. and AnswerThink Consulting Group, Inc. From September 1996 to February 1999, Mr. McGrath was the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice-President–Operations of TriSpan, Inc., an internet commerce solutions and technology consulting company, which was acquired by AnswerThink Consulting Group, Inc. in 1999. Mr. McGrath is currently a director of RICOMM Systems, Inc. and Noninvasive Medical Technologies, Inc. Mr. McGrath graduated with a B.S. in accounting from LaSalle University in 1979. Mr. McGrath’s extensive experience in management and finance and his service as Chief Executive Officer make him a valuable member of our Board of Directors
 
Christina L. Allgeier was appointed as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in October 2009. Prior to this time, Ms. Allgeier served as our corporate controller since December 2002. Ms. Allgeier graduated with a B.S. in accounting from Penn State University. Ms. Allgeier holds a license from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a certified public accountant.
 
Michael R. Stewart was appointed as our Executive Vice President of Corporate Operations on December 27, 2002, immediately following the acquisition of SLT and, on July 19, 2005, he was appointed our Chief Operating Officer. From July 1999 to the acquisition of SLT, Mr. Stewart was the President and Chief Executive Officer of SLT and, from October 1990 to July 1999 he served as SLT’s Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Stewart graduated from LaSalle University with a B.S. in accounting and received an M.B.A. from LaSalle University in 1986. Mr. Stewart passed the CPA examination in New York in 1986.
 

 
- 66 -

 

David W. Anderson was appointed to our Board of Directors on September 28, 2004. Mr. Anderson has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Gentis, Inc. since November 2004. He has over twenty years of entrepreneurial management experience in the medical device, orthopedics and pharmaceutical field. He has served as President and CEO of Sterilox Technologies, Inc., the world’s leader in the development and marketing of non-toxic biocides; Bionx Implants, Inc., a publicly traded orthopedic sports medicine and trauma company, and Kensey Nash Corporation, a publicly traded cardiology and biomaterials company. In addition, Mr. Anderson was previously Vice President of LFC Financial Corp., a venture capital and leasing company, where he was responsible for LFC’s entry into the healthcare market; and was a founder and Executive Vice President of Osteotech, Inc., a high-technology orthopedic start-up. Mr. Anderson is also on the Board of Directors of Vision Sciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: VSCI). Mr. Anderson has executive experience in a variety of health-care companies, which makes him a valuable member of our Board of Directors.
 
Stephen P. Connelly was appointed to our Board of Directors on May 3, 2007. Mr. Connelly joined Viasys Healthcare, Inc., a medical technology and device company in August 2001 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer from November 2002 until August 2004. In addition, Mr. Connelly was formerly Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Americas as well as a member of the Executive Committee of Rhone Poulenc Rorer. Mr. Connelly’s broad background includes over twenty-five years of experience in the planning, development and management of rapid-growth marketing-driven businesses in the medical device and pharmaceutical fields. Since 1999, Mr. Connelly has been an adjunct professor at St. Joseph’s University, teaching international management and global strategy in the MBA program in the Haub School of Business. In addition, Mr. Connelly has a diverse and comprehensive business background, with expertise in such areas as strategic and tactical business development, joint ventures, mergers, acquisitions and corporate partnering, structuring and finance. Mr. Connelly is well-versed in every aspect of marketing, sales, general management, research and development of high-technology products and processes. Mr. Connelly possesses extensive international experience, having lived in Asia and having had operational P&L responsibility in many developed countries. Mr. Connelly has executive experience in seasoned healthcare companies, with particular expertise in international dealings, making him well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.
 
Leonard L. Mazur was appointed to our Board of Directors on May 13, 2009. Mr. Mazur is the co-founder of Triax Pharmaceuticals, LLC, or Triax, where he has served as Chief Operating Officer since January 2005. Prior to joining Triax, he was the founder and, from 1995 to 2005, Chief Executive Officer of Genesis Pharmaceutical, Inc., a skincare company that dispenses products through dermatologists’ offices. In addition, Mr. Mazur has extensive sales, marketing and business development experience from his tenures at Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation, ICN Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Knoll Pharma (a division of BASF), and Cooper Laboratories, Inc. Mr. Mazur is a member of the Board of Trustees of Manor College in Jenkintown, PA. Mr. Mazur has entrepreneurial experience in the healthcare industry, and his experiences in marketing and with dermatological products make him a valuable member of our Board of Directors.
 

Alan R. Novak was appointed to our Board of Directors in October 1997. Mr. Novak is a managing member of City Interests, LLC, a fully integrated real estate investment and development company. Mr. Novak’s and CityInterests’ projects include the Mandarin Oriental Hotel in Washington, DC; Harbourside & the Swedish Embassy, a mixed-use office and residential project on the Georgetown waterfront in Washington, DC; and Parkside, a mixed-use development on the Metro in Washington DC.  Mr. Novak is a graduate of Yale University, Yale Law School and Oxford University as a Marshall Scholar. Mr. Novak practiced law at Cravath, Swaine & Moore and Swidler & Berlin, Chartered. His public service includes three years as an officer in the U.S. Marine Corps, a U.S. Supreme Court clerkship with Justice Potter Stewart, and service as Senior Counsel to Senator Edward M. Kennedy, Senior Executive Assistant to Undersecretary of State, Eugene Rostow and the Executive Director of President Johnson’s Telecommunications Task Force. Mr. Novak was appointed by President Carter and served for five years as Federal Fine Arts Commissioner. Mr. Novak brings professional experience to the Board and business experience from the vantage point of a non-healthcare company, allowing him to provide our Board of Directors with a valuable outside perspective.
 

 
- 67 -

 

Paul J. Denby was appointed to our Board of Directors on May 26, 2010. Mr. Denby has over 30 years of experience, through Denby Enterprises, Inc., in the professional hair care industry. He has represented over 100 companies covering a gamut of professional appliances, cosmetics, and skincare products. Mr. Denby has served some of the largest beauty companies in the industry, in such capacities as: sales manager and direct agent in marketing, merchandising, positioning and promoting their products. Mr. Denby has extensive experience in sales and marketing of dermatological products, allowing him to provide valuable advice as a member of our Board of Directors.
 
With respect to the incumbent members of the Board of Directors, none of the members has, in the past 10 years, been subject to a federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to any legal proceedings, which include judicial or administrative proceedings resulting from involvement in mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity or based on violations of federal or state securities, commodities, banking, or insurance laws and regulations, or any settlement to such actions, and any disciplinary sanction or order imposed by a stock, commodities or derivatives exchange other self-regulatory organization.
 
Board Leadership Structure
 
In accordance with the provisions of our Bylaws and the Securities Purchase Agreement with the holder of our Convertible Notes (the “Investor”), the total number of directors who serve on our Board of Directors is currently set at eight. In order to increase the number of directors serving on the Board from seven to eight, it was necessary to secure the consent of the Investor. The Investor consented to an eight-member Board until such time as the Investor acts on its continuing right under the Securities Purchase Agreement to designate a member for election or appointment to the Board. Upon such designation, we shall take all such actions as are necessary to cause the Board to consist of only seven members, including the member designated by the Investor, even if that should necessitate the resignation of then-incumbent members of the Board. Each incumbent member of the Board has agreed that in such an eventuality, the Chairman may determine which members may be obliged to resign.
 
We choose to separate the position of our Chief Executive Officer from that of our Chairman of the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has made this decision based on their belief that an independent Chairman of the Board can act as a balance to the Chief Executive Officer, who also serves as a non-independent director. The Board of Directors also has provided for the post of Vice Chairman, who will fulfill the duties of the Chairman when circumstances preclude the Chairman from fulfilling the duties of the chairmanship.
 

Our Board of Directors administers its risk oversight function as a whole by making risk oversight a matter of collective consideration. While management is responsible for identifying risks, our Board of Directors has charged the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors with evaluating financial and accounting risk, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors with evaluating risks associated with employees and compensation. Investor-related risks are usually addressed by the Board as a whole. We believe an independent Chairman of the Board adds an additional layer of insight to our Board of Directors’ risk oversight process.
 
Compensation, Nominations and Corporate Governance and Audit Committees
 
General.    Our Board of Directors maintains charters for select committees. In addition, our Board of Directors has adopted a written set of corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct and ethics and a code of conduct for our chief executive and senior financial officers that generally formalize practices that we already had in place. We have adopted a Code of Ethics on Interactions with Health Care Professionals and an Anti-Fraud Program. To view the charters of our Audit, Compensation and Nominations and Corporate Governance Committees, Code of Ethics, corporate governance guidelines, codes of conduct and whistle blower policy, please visit our website at www.photomedex.com, under the Corporate Governance section of the Investor Relations page (this website address is not intended to function as a hyperlink and the information contained on our website is not intended to be a part of this Report). In compliance with Nasdaq rules, the majority of our Board of Directors is comprised of independent directors. The Board of Directors determined in 2010 that, except for Mr. McGrath, who is our Chief Executive Officer, all current members of the Board of Directors are independent under the revised listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC (“Nasdaq”). Additionally, our Board of Directors believes that it is desirable to have at least one financial expert serving on the Audit Committee.
 

 
- 68 -

 

Compensation Committee.    Our Compensation Committee discharges the Board of Director’s responsibilities relating to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, produces an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our annual proxy statement that is included in this Report and provides general oversight of compensation structure. Other specific duties and responsibilities of the Compensation Committee include:
 
 
reviewing and approving objectives relevant to executive officer compensation;
 
 
evaluating performance and recommending to the Board the compensation, including any incentive compensation, of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers in accordance with those objectives;
 
 
reviewing employment agreements for executive officers;
 
 
recommending to the Board of Directors the compensation for our directors;
 
 
administering our equity compensation plans (except the Non-Employee Director Plan) and other employee benefit plans;
 
 
evaluating human resources and compensation strategies, as needed; and
 
 
evaluating periodically the Compensation Committee charter.
 
Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is currently composed of Messrs. Novak, Connelly and Mazur. Mr. Connelly serves as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Our Board of Directors determined that each member of the Compensation Committee in 2010 satisfies the independence requirements of the Commission and Nasdaq. The Compensation Committee held one formal meeting during 2010.
 
The Compensation Committee reviews executive compensation from time to time and reports to the Board of Directors, which makes all final decisions with respect to executive compensation. The Compensation Committee adheres to several guidelines in carrying out its responsibilities, including performance by the employees, our performance, enhancement of stockholder value, growth of new businesses and new markets and competitive levels of fixed and variable compensation. The report of the Compensation Committee for 2010 is presented below.
 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.    Our Board of Directors has established a Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee for the purpose of reviewing all Board of Director-recommended and stockholder-recommended nominees, determining each nominee’s qualifications and making a recommendation to the full Board of Directors as to which persons should be our Board of Directors’ nominees. Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is composed of Messrs. DePiano, Anderson, Denby and Connelly. Mr. Anderson serves as the Chairman of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Board of Directors determined in 2010 that each member of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee satisfies the independence requirements of the Commission and Nasdaq. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee held one formal meeting during 2010 in conjunction with a meeting of the full Board of Directors.
 

 
- 69 -

 

The duties and responsibilities of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee include:
 
identifying and recommending to our Board of Directors individuals qualified to become members of our Board of Directors and to fill vacant positions on our Board of Directors;
 
 
recommending to our Board of Directors the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders;
 
 
recommending to our Board of Directors director committee assignments;
 
 
reviewing and evaluating succession planning for our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;
 
 
monitoring the independence of our board members;
 
 
developing and overseeing the corporate governance principles applicable to members of our Board of Directors, officers and employees;
 
 
reviewing and approving director compensation and administering the Non-Employee Director Plan;
 
 
monitoring the continuing education for our directors; and
 
 
evaluating annually the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee charter.

 
The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee considers these requirements when recommending nominees to our Board of Directors. Our Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee utilizes a variety of methods for identifying and evaluating nominees for our directors. Our Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee will regularly assess the appropriate size of our Board of Directors and whether any vacancies on the Board of Directors are expected due to retirement or other circumstances. When considering potential director nominees, the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee also considers the candidate’s character, judgment, diversity, age, skills, including financial literacy and experience in the context of the needs of PhotoMedex and of our existing directors. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee also seeks director nominees who are from diverse backgrounds and who possess a range of experiences as well as a reputation for integrity. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee considers all of these factors to ensure that our Board of Directors as a whole possesses a broad range of skills, knowledge and experience useful to the effective oversight and leadership of the Company.
 
Audit Committee.    Our Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to assist it in fulfilling its responsibilities for general oversight of the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, the performance of our independent auditors and an internal audit function and risk assessment and risk management. The duties of our Audit Committee include:
 
 
appointing, evaluating and determining the compensation of our independent auditors;
 
 
reviewing and approving the scope of the annual audit, the audit fee and the financial statements;
 
 
reviewing disclosure controls and procedures, internal control over financial reporting, any internal audit function and corporate policies with respect to financial information;
 
 
reviewing other risks that may have a significant impact on our financial statements;
 
 
preparing the Audit Committee report for inclusion in the annual proxy statement;
 
 
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting and auditing matters;
 
 
approving all related party transactions, as defined by applicable NASD Rules, to which the Company is a party; and
 
 
evaluating annually the Audit Committee charter.

 
- 70 -

 

 
The Audit Committee works closely with management as well as our independent auditors. The Audit Committee has the authority to obtain advice and assistance from, and receive appropriate funding from us for, outside legal, accounting or other advisors as the Audit Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties.
 
Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which charter meets the applicable standards of the Commission and Nasdaq. The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. DePiano, Anderson and Connelly. Mr. DePiano serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee meets regularly and held seven meetings during 2010.
 
The Board of Directors determined in 2010 that each member of the Audit Committee satisfies the independence and other composition requirements of the Commission and Nasdaq. Our Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and has the requisite accounting or related financial expertise required by applicable Nasdaq rules.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
No interlocking relationship exists between any member of our Board or Compensation Committee and any member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other companies, nor has such interlocking relationship existed in the past.
 
Stockholder Communications with the Board of Directors
 
Our Board of Directors has established a process for stockholders to communicate with the Board of Directors or with individual directors. Stockholders who wish to communicate with our Board of Directors or with individual directors should direct written correspondence to Davis Woodward, Corporate Counsel at dwoodward@photomedex.com or to the following address (our principal executive offices): Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania 18936. Any such communication must contain:
 
 
a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of our capital stock;
 
 
the name and address, as they appear on our books, of the stockholder sending such communication; and
 
 
the class and number of shares of our capital stock that are beneficially owned by such stockholder.
 
Mr. Woodward or the Corporate Secretary, as the case may be, will forward such communications to our Board of Directors or the specified individual director to whom the communication is directed unless such communication is unduly hostile, threatening, illegal or similarly inappropriate, in which case Mr. Woodward or the Corporate Secretary, as the case may be, has the authority to discard the communication or to take appropriate legal action regarding such communication.
 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
 
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers and beneficial holders of more than 10% of our common stock to file with the Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our equity securities. As of March 30, 2011, we believe, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us and representations of these persons that no other reports were filed and that all reports needed to be filed have been filed for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 

 
- 71 -

 

Item 11.  
Executive Compensation
                  
 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
Introduction
 
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing and approving the annual compensation of our executive officers. The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation of our non-employee directors.
 
The Compensation Committee is composed solely of directors who are not our current or former employees, and each is independent under the revised listing standards of Nasdaq. Our Board of Directors has delegated to the Compensation Committee the responsibility to review and approve our compensation and benefits plans, programs and policies, including the compensation of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers as well as middle-level management and other key employees. The Compensation Committee administers all of our executive compensation programs, incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans and provides oversight for all of our other compensation and benefit programs.
 
The key components of the compensation program for executive officers are base salary and bonus, and long-term incentives in the form of stock options and now, under our 2005 Equity Plan in the form of restricted shares of our common stock. These components are administered with the goal of providing total compensation that is competitive in the marketplace, recognizes meaningful differences in individual performance and offers the opportunity to earn superior rewards when merited by individual and corporate performance.
 
Objectives of Compensation Program
 
The Compensation Committee intends to govern and administer compensation plans to support the achievement of our long-term strategic objectives, to enhance stockholder value, to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified employees by paying them competitively and rewarding them for their own and our success. Included in this evaluation is an analysis whether the Company’s incentive compensation arrangements, including short-term (annual cash incentive) and long-term (equity awards) components, encourage unnecessary or excessive risks by any of the executives. Although incentive compensation is discretionary, the Compensation Committee typically considers overall performance of the Company when granting cash incentive awards and considers each executive’s contributions to the growth of the Company for the benefit of the stockholders when granting incentive equity awards. We have no retirement plans or deferred compensation programs in effect for our non-employee directors and our executive officers, except for our 401(k) plan in which our executive officers are eligible to participate. Compensation is generally paid as earned. We do not have a specific formula for allocating between cash and non-cash compensation, which has been in the form of stock options and awards of stock.
 
In order to assess whether the compensation program we had been providing to our executive officers was competitive and effective, the Compensation Committee relied on its own comparative review of peer companies. As an ongoing matter, the Compensation Committee does not regularly engage third-party consultants to advise on our compensation policies. Furthermore, our Compensation Committee does not delegate its responsibilities for reviewing and approving executive compensation.
 
To the extent consistent with the foregoing objectives, the Compensation Committee also intends to maximize the deductibility of compensation for tax purposes. The Compensation Committee may, however, decide to exceed the tax deductible limits established under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Code, when such a decision appears to be warranted based upon competitive and other factors.
 

 
- 72 -

 

What Our Compensation Program is Designed to Reward
 
The key components of the compensation program for our executive officers are base salary, bonus and long-term incentives under the 2005 Equity Plan. These components are administered with the goal of providing total compensation that is competitive in the marketplace, recognizes meaningful differences in individual performance and offers the opportunity to earn superior rewards when merited by individual and corporate performance.
 
Stock price performance has not been a factor in determining annual compensation insofar as the price of our common stock is subject to a number of factors outside of our control. We have endeavored through grants of stock options to our executive officers to incentivize individual and team performance by providing a meaningful stake in us that links their compensation to our overall success. Through awards of restricted stock, we have attempted to forge a closer link by tying the vesting of the restricted stock to certain milestone prices of our common stock.
 
Elements of Company’s Compensation Plan and How Each Element Relates to Objectives
 
There are three primary elements in the compensation package of our executive officers: base salary, bonus and long-term incentives. Compensation payable in the event of the termination of an executive’s employment with the Company is a secondary but material element in the package.
 
Base Salaries.    Base salaries for our executive officers are designed to provide a base pay opportunity that is appropriately competitive within the marketplace. As an officer’s level of responsibility increases, a greater proportion of his or her total compensation will be dependent on our financial performance and stock price appreciation rather than base salary. Adjustments to each individual’s base salary are made in connection with annual performance reviews and an assessment of market competitiveness.
 
Bonus.    Generally, at the outset of a fiscal year, the Compensation Committee establishes a bonus program for executive officers and other managers and key employees eligible to participate in the program. The program is based on a financial plan for the fiscal year and other business factors. The amount of bonus, if any, hinges on corporate performance and financial condition and on the performance of the participant in the program. A program will typically allow some partial or discretionary awards based on an evaluation of the relevant factors. Provision for bonus expense is typically made over the course of a fiscal year. The provision becomes fixed, based on the final review of the Compensation Committee, which is usually made after the financial results of the fiscal year have been reviewed by our independent accountants.
 
For 2010, Messrs. McGrath and Stewart were eligible to earn a bonus of 60% of base salary. The bonus opportunity was pre-set against a sliding scale based on adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in the second half of 2010.
 
Long-Term Incentives.    Grants of stock options under our stock option plans are designed to provide our executive officers and other managers and key employees with an opportunity to share, along with stockholders, in our long-term performance. Stock option grants are generally made annually to all executive officers, with additional grants being made following a significant change in job responsibility, scope or title or a significant achievement. The size of the option grant to each executive officer is set by the Compensation Committee at a level that is intended to create a meaningful opportunity for stock ownership based upon the individual’s current position with us, the individual’s personal performance in recent periods and his or her potential for future responsibility and promotion over the option term. The Compensation Committee also takes into account the number of unvested options held by the executive officer in order to maintain an appropriate level of equity incentive for that individual. The relevant weight given to each of these factors varies from individual to individual.
 
Prior to 2006, stock options granted under the various stock option plans generally had a four-year vesting schedule depending upon the size of the grant, and generally were set to expire five years from the date of grant. In 2006, the Compensation Committee determined that such grants would be for 10 years and vest over five years. The exercise price of options granted under the stock option plans is at no less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The number of stock options granted to each executive officer is determined by the Compensation Committee based upon several factors, including the executive officer’s salary grade,
 

 
- 73 -

 

performance and the estimated value of the stock at the time of grant, but the Compensation Committee has the flexibility to make adjustments to those factors at its discretion. The options granted to executives as a rule have provisions by which vesting and exercisability are accelerated in the event of a change of control or a termination of employment initiated by us other than for cause.
 
Similar criteria are applied in making awards of restricted shares of our common stock under the 2005 Equity Plan, but in the case of restricted stock, we can base the vesting schedule of the restricted stock on the price performance of our common stock.
 
The vast majority of the stock options outstanding under our equity plans have exercise prices which are well above the current market price of our common stock. The decline in our stock price over recent years has made our goal of attracting, retaining and motivating employees more challenging. Accordingly, our Board of Directors approved an exchange of certain underwater options held by our named executive officers, other current employees, members of our Scientific Advisory Board and other active consultants and nonemployee members of our Board of Directors. The program concluded on December 30, 2010: participants surrendered 68,653 options and received in exchange 22,063 registered, unrestricted shares from the 2005 Equity Plan.
 
Compensation on Termination of Employment or Change of Control.    We have employment agreements with Messrs. McGrath and Stewart. The employment agreement with Mr. O’Donnell terminated on July 31, 2009 as a result of his separation. Each of these agreements provides for severance upon termination of employment, whether in context of a change of control or not. We have an at-will employment agreement with Ms. Allgeier, which provides for severance upon termination of employment after a change in control without cause or for good reason.
 
In the event of an involuntary termination not in connection with a change in control of the Company, an executive will be vested in those options that were unvested as of the termination but that would have vested in the 12 months following termination. In the event of a change of control, all of an executive’s unvested options will vest. Any unvested shares of restricted stock will vest upon a change of control to the extent that the acquisition price exceeds a milestone price or if an acquirer elects not to continue to employ the services of the executive.
 
How Amounts Were Selected for Each Element of an Executive’s Compensation
 
Each executive’s current and prior compensation is considered in setting future compensation. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews from time to time the compensation practices of other companies, particularly our peer companies. To some extent, our compensation plan is based on the market and the companies we compete against for executives. Base salary and the long-term incentives are not set with reference to a formula.
 
An executive’s target bonus amount is set by an executive’s employment agreement, which was negotiated at arm’s length. A target bonus, or a portion thereof, is earned, based on fulfillment of conditions, which are set by the Compensation Committee at the outset of a fiscal year.
 
As a general rule, options and restricted stock awards are made in the first or second fiscal quarter of a year and after the financial results for the prior year have been audited and reported to our Board of Directors. Grants and awards are valued, and exercise prices are set, as of the date the grant or award is made. Exceptions to the general rule may arise for grants made to recognize a promotion or to address the effect of expiring options. The Compensation Committee may elect to defer a grant until after the Company has made public disclosure of its financial results, typically in a conference call on earnings. In such a case, the exercise price is set at the higher of the closing price on the approval date or the fixed grant date. In these deliberations, the Compensation Committee does not delegate any related function, unless to the Board of Directors as a whole, and the grants or awards made to executives are valued under the same measurement standards as grants made to other grantees.
 

 
- 74 -

 

Accounting and Tax Considerations
 
On January 1, 2006, we adopted FASB ASC Topic 718. Under this accounting standard, we are required to value stock options granted, and restricted stock awarded, in 2006 and beyond under the fair value method and expense those amounts in our income statement over the vesting period of the stock option or restricted stock. We were also required to value unvested stock options granted prior to our adoption of FASB ASC Topic 718 under the fair value method and amortize such expense in our income statement over the stock option’s remaining vesting period. A material portion of such amortizing expense relates to stock option grants made to our executive officers and future option grants and stock awards made in 2006 and beyond to our executive officers will also have a material impact on such expense.
 
Our compensation program has been structured to comply with Sections 409A and 162(m) of the Code. If an executive is entitled to nonqualified deferred compensation benefits that are subject to Section 409A, and such benefits do not comply with Section 409A, then the benefits are taxable in the first year they are not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. In such case, the executive service-provider is subject to regular federal income tax, interest and an additional federal income tax of 20% of the benefit includible in income.
 
Under Section 162(m) of the Code, a limitation was placed on tax deductions of any publicly-held corporation for individual compensation to certain executives of such corporation exceeding $1,000,000 in any taxable year, unless the compensation is performance-based. The Compensation Committee has been advised that based upon prior stockholder approval on January 26, 2009 of the material terms of our 2005 Equity Plan, compensation under our 2005 Equity Plan is excluded from this limitation, provided that the other requirements of Section 162(m) are met. However, when warranted based upon competitive and other factors, the Compensation Committee may decide to exceed the tax deductible limits established under Section 162(m). The base salary provided to each of our executives in 2008, 2009 and 2010 did not exceed the limits under Section 162(m) for tax deductibility. None of our executives exercised any options in 2008, 2009 or 2010.
 
Overview of Executive Employment Agreements and Option Awards
 
Employment Agreement with Dennis M. McGrath.    In November 1999, we entered into an employment agreement with Dennis M. McGrath to serve as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President-Finance and Administration. We amended and restated that agreement in August 2002, September 2007 and May 6, 2008. On July 2, 2009, Mr. McGrath became our President and Chief Executive Officer following Mr. O’Donnell’s separation. Mr. McGrath’s employment agreement has been renewed in accordance with its terms through December 31, 2011. Mr. McGrath’s annual base salary was approximately $300,000 in 2008 and 2009.
 
Mr. McGrath’s 2010 annual base salary was $325,000. The severance arrangements contained in Mr. McGrath’s employment agreement are summarized in the section below entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”
 
On February 1, 2008, Mr. McGrath was awarded under the 2005 Equity Plan 3,886 options to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $37.38 per share. These options vest over five years and will expire on February 1, 2018.
 
On June 15, 2009, Mr. McGrath was awarded under the 2005 Equity Plan 2,917 restricted shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.06 per share. We have the right to repurchase the shares at $0.06 per share if we do not have positive adjusted net income in the year 2010. “Adjusted net income” is defined as “net income after income taxes, excluding expense from options and warrants.” Mr. McGrath was also granted 8,750 options to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.24 per share. The options vest over five years and will expire on June 15, 2019.
 
Pursuant to the Company’s Proxy Statement, the stockholders approved on October 28, 2010 the request of the Board of Directors to increase the shares authorized under the 2005 Equity Plan so that, among other purposes set forth in the Proxy Statement, the Board could provide long-term incentive compensation to Messrs. McGrath and Stewart. On March 29, 2011, the Board of Directors awarded Mr. McGrath 100,000 restricted shares of common stock. The shares vest 10% a year for the first ten years after the award and may be accelerated in the event of a change in control. Taxes imposed in the first year due to vesting of shares will be grossed up for taxes and paid provided conditions of cash availability are met.
 
 

 
- 75 -

 

Employment Agreement with Michael R. Stewart. Effective August 1, 2002, Michael R. Stewart became our Executive Vice President of Corporate Operations, pursuant to an employment agreement. The employment agreement was amended and restated in September 2007. Mr. Stewart became our Chief Operating Officer on July 19, 2005, at which time he was granted 5,000 options. Mr. Stewart’s annual base salary was $262,500 in 2008 and 2009. Mr. Stewart’s 2010 annual base salary was $300,000. Mr. Stewart’s employment agreement has been renewed in accordance with its terms through December 31, 2011. The severance arrangements contained in Mr. Stewart’s employment agreement are summarized in the section below entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”
 
On February 1, 2008, Mr. Stewart was awarded 3,110 options to purchase shares of our common stock under the 2005 Equity Plan at an exercise price of $37.38 per share. The options vest over five years and will expire on February 1, 2018.
 
On June 15, 2009, Mr. Stewart was awarded 1,750 restricted shares of common stock under the 2005 Equity Plan at a purchase price of $0.06 per share. We have the right to repurchase the shares at $0.06 per share if we do not have positive adjusted net income in the year 2010. Mr. Stewart was also granted 5,250 options to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.24 per share. The options vest over five years and will expire on June 15, 2019.
 
Pursuant to the Company’s Proxy Statement, the stockholders approved on October 28, 2010 the request of the Board of Directors to increase the shares authorized under the 2005 Equity Plan so that, among other purposes set forth in the Proxy Statement, the Board could provide long-term incentive compensation to Messrs. McGrath and Stewart. On March 29, 2011, the Board of Directors awarded Mr. Stewart 100,000 restricted shares of common stock. The shares vest 10% a year for the first ten years after the award and may be accelerated in the event of a change in control. Taxes imposed in the first year due to vesting of shares will be grossed up for taxes and paid provided conditions of cash availability are met.
 
Employment Agreement with Christina L. Allgeier. We have an at-will employment agreement with Ms. Allgeier, which provides for severance upon termination of employment after a change in control without cause or for good reason. If, following a change in control of the Company, Ms. Allgeier’s employment is terminated (a) by the Company without cause or (b) by Ms. Allgeier for good reason, she will be entitled to six months’ salary continuation. On March 29, 2011, Ms. Allgeier was awarded under the 2005 Equity Plan 10,000 restricted shares of common stock. The shares vest 20% a year for the first five years after the award and may be accelerated in the event of a change in control.
 
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
The following table includes information for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 concerning compensation for our named executive officers. Mr. O’Donnell was Chief Executive Officer and President until July 2, 2009, at which time the Board of Directors appointed Mr. McGrath to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and President. Ms. Allgeier was appointed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer on November 4, 2009.
 

 
- 76 -

 


 
Name and Principal Position
Year
 
Salary ($)
   
Bonus ($) (1)
   
Stock Awards ($) (2)
   
Option Awards ($) (2)
   
All Other Compensation ($) (3)
   
Total ($)
 
                                       
Dennis M. McGrath, President and Chief Executive Officer
2010
    324,010       161,379       0       0       21,195       506,584  
2009
    300,000       0       18,025       45,045       20,156       383,226  
                                                   
Michael R. Stewart, Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President
2010
    298,558       148,965       0       0       19,368       466,891  
2009
    262,500       0       10,815       27,027       19,097       319,439  
                                                   
Christina L. Allgeier, Chief Financial Officer & Vice President
2010
    130,385       25,000       0       0       13,004       168,389  
2009
    101,521       0       0       4,290       2,766       108,577  
                                                   
 

 
 (1)
“Bonus” in the foregoing table is the bonus earned in 2010 and 2009, even though such bonus will have been paid in a subsequent period. No bonus has been accrued for 2009 as the condition for accrual has not been met.
 
 (2)
The amounts shown for option awards, restricted stock awards and stock purchase rights relate to shares granted under our 2005 Equity Plan. These amounts are equal to the aggregate grant-date fair value with respect to the awards made in 2009, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (formerly SFAS 123R), before amortization and without giving effect to estimated forfeitures. For information regarding the number of shares subject to 2009 awards, other features of those awards, and the grant-date fair value of the awards, see the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below.
 
 (3)
“All Other Compensation” includes car allowance ($1,000 per month), premiums for supplementary life and/or disability insurance and matching 401(k) plan contributions for Messrs. McGrath and Stewart and Ms. Allgeier. Ms. Allgeier’s Other Compensation in 2009 reflects car allowance for November and December, after she had became the Chief Financial Officer.
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan; Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
 
We do not have a non-equity incentive plan, nor do we have a plan or program of non-qualified deferred compensation.
 
Potential Payments on Termination of Employment or Change of Control
 
Potential payments to our named executive officers on termination of employment or upon a change of control of the Company are governed by their respective employment agreements and by the terms of their option agreements and restricted stock agreements.
 
Pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements, should (1) the Company terminate Mr. McGrath’s or Mr. Stewart’s employment without cause, (2) Mr. McGrath or Mr. Stewart resign for good reason or (3) the Company fail to renew the applicable employment agreement, then the affected individual will become entitled to the following benefits upon his delivery of an effective release to the Company:
 
 
(i)
a cash payment equal to his annual base salary in effect at the time of such termination, payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices based on the terms of the agreement;
 
 
(ii)
a pro-rated bonus for the year in which such termination occurs;
 
 
(iii)
continued medical and dental coverage for himself and his eligible dependents for the 12-month period following such termination;
 
 
(iv)
continued coverage under the Company’s long-term and short-term disability plans for the 12-month period following such termination;

 
- 77 -

 


 
(v)
a monthly cash payment for a period of 12 months equal to the premium cost to maintain the individual’s life insurance coverage at the level of coverage in effect at the time of such termination;
 
 
(vi)
a tax gross-up to the extent to which the amounts in subparagraphs (iv) or (v) above are taxable to the individual; and
 
 
(vii)
full acceleration of all outstanding equity awards held by the individual at the time of such termination. Each outstanding option will remain exercisable until the earlier of the 12-month anniversary of his termination date and the option’s expiration date.
If, during the one-year period immediately following a change in control of the Company, Mr. McGrath’s or Mr. Stewart’s employment is terminated (1) by the Company without cause, (2) by the individual for good reason or (3) due to non-renewal of the applicable employment agreement, and the individual delivers an effective release to the Company, the affected individual will become entitled to receive the following benefits:
 
 
(i)
a cash payment equal to two times his annual base salary in effect at the time of such termination, payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices based on the terms of the agreement;
 
 
(ii)
a pro-rated bonus for the year in which such termination occurs;
 
 
(iii)
continued medical and dental coverage for himself and his eligible dependents for the 24-month period following such termination;
 
 
(iv)
continued coverage under the Company’s long-term and short-term disability plans for the 24-month period following such termination;
 
 
(v)
a monthly cash payment for a period of 24 months equal to the premium cost to maintain the individual’s life insurance coverage at the level of coverage in effect at the time of such termination;
 
 
(vi)
a full tax gross-up to the extent to which the amounts in subparagraphs (iv) or (v) above are taxable to the individual;
 
 
(vii)
full acceleration of all outstanding equity awards held by the individual at the time of such termination, and each outstanding option will remain exercisable until the earlier of the 12-month anniversary of his termination date and the option’s expiration date; and
 
 
(viii)
a full tax gross-up with respect to any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code on any payments or benefits received in connection with such change in control (including any accelerated vesting of his equity awards) that are deemed to constitute parachute payments under Section 280G of the Code.
 
If, following a change in control of the Company, Ms. Allgeier’s employment is terminated (a) by the Company without cause or (b) by Ms. Allgeier for good reason, she shall be entitled to six months’ salary continuation.
 
If any of the events set forth in the table below had occurred by December 31, 2010, then we estimate the value of the benefits that would have been triggered and thus accrued to Messrs. McGrath and Stewart and Ms. Allgeier had the triggering event occurred on December 31, 2010, would be as set forth below.
 

 
- 78 -

 

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL TABLE
 
Name
 
 
Benefit
 
 
Before Change in Control Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason ($)
 
 
After Change in Control Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason ($)
 
 
Voluntary
Termination
 
 
Death (1)
 
 
Disability (1)
 
 
Change in Control
 
 
               
Dennis McGrath
Salary & bonus  (1)(2)
$  325,000
$  650,000
0
0
0
N/A
 
Health continuation
8,199
16,398
0
0
0
N/A
 
AD&D insurance
1,046
2,092
0
0
0
N/A
 
Executive life ins.
5,852
11,705
0
0
0
N/A
 
Accelerated vesting (3)
69,580
69,580
0
0
0
N/A
 
Tax gross-up (4)
2,578
5,156
0
0
0
N/A
 
TOTAL
$ 387,255
$  704,931
0
0
0
N/A
               
Michael Stewart
Salary & bonus  (1)(2)
$  300,000
$  600,000
0
0
0
N/A
 
Health continuation
8,199
16,398
0
0
0
N/A
 
AD&D insurance
1,046
2,092
0
0
0
N/A
 
Executive life ins.
5,076
10,152
0
0
0
N/A
 
Accelerated vesting (3)
38,486
38,486
0
0
0
N/A
 
Tax gross-up (4)
2,236
4,472
0
0
0
N/A
 
TOTAL
$  317,543
$  596,600
0
0
0
N/A
               
Christina L. Allgeier
Salary & bonus  (1)(2)
N/A
$  72,500
0
0
0
N/A
 
Health continuation
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
N/A
 
AD&D insurance
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
N/A
 
Executive life ins.
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
N/A
 
Accelerated vesting (3)
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
N/A
 
Tax gross-up (4)
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
N/A
 
TOTAL
N/A
$  72,500
0
0
0
N/A
 
 

(1)
An executive’s salary and benefits are paid through the end of the month of termination due to death or disability, except that we will pay the disability premiums during the period of disability.
 
 
(2)
Severance based on 2010 salary levels.
 
 
(3)
If upon a change of control, the acquirer does not desire the services of the executive, then any unvested restricted stock will vest. The closing price of our stock on December 31, 2010 was $5.94 per share All shares were unvested at that date. For stock awarded prior to January 26, 2009, the date of our 1-for-7 reverse stock split, such shares were purchased for $0.42 (par value of $0.01 per share adjusted for the 1-for-7 reverse stock split and the assumed 1-for-6 reverse stock split). For stock awarded after January 26, 2009, such shares were purchased for $0.06 (par value of $0.01 per share adjusted for the 1-for-6 reverse stock split).
The gain associated with the acceleration of a share of restricted stock upon a change of control is calculated as the difference between the closing price of our common stock on the date of such event and the purchase price of such share of restricted stock.
 
 
 
All unvested options generally become exercisable by reason of a change of control. However, none of the executives’ unvested options were in the money as of December 31, 2010, and therefore there would have been no benefit as of December 31, 2010. Similarly, in the event of an involuntary termination without cause, the executive optionee becomes vested in those options that would otherwise have vested in twelve months following the date of termination. As in the hypothetical change of control, so in this case of hypothetical involuntary termination, there would have been no benefit to the optionee inasmuch as no option was in the money at December 31, 2010.
 
 
(4)
Tax gross-ups are with respect to supplementary executive life and/or disability insurance benefits.
 
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
Our 2005 Equity Plan is the vehicle by which restricted stock awards and option grants are made to the executives and other service-providers. At the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 Equity Plan was increased to 650,000 shares of our common stock and to 60,000 shares of our common stock for our 2000 Outside Director Plan.
 

 
- 79 -

 


 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
 
None.
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards Value at Fiscal Year-End Table
 
The following table includes certain information with respect to the value of all unexercised options previously awarded to the executive officers named above at the fiscal year end, December 31, 2010.
 

 
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END TABLE, AS ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE 1-FOR-6 REVERSE STOCK SPLIT EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 3, 2010
 
 
 
Option Awards
 
 
Stock Awards
 
 
 
 Name
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#)
Exercisable (2)
 
 
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#)
Unexercisable (2)
 
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)
 
 
Option Exercise Price ($)
 
 
Option Expiration
Date
 
 
Number of
Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)
 
 
Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(1)
 
 
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)
 
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards:
Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($) (1)
 
 
Dennis McGrath
0
N/A
0
N/A
N/A
0
0
7,977
47,383
 
0
N/A
0
N/A
N/A
0
0
2,084
12,379
 
1,750
7,000
0
6.24
6/15/19
0
0
2,917
17,327
                   
Michael Stewart
0
N/A
0
N/A
N/A
0
0
1,667
9,902
 
0
N/A
0
N/A
N/A
0
0
3,750
22,275
 
1,050
4,200
0
6.24
6/15/19
0
0
1,750
10,395
                   
Christina Allgeier
167
667
0
6.24
6/15/19
0
0
N/A
N/A
                   
 
(1)
The market value of unvested shares of restricted stock is based on $5.94 per share, which was the closing price of our stock on December 31, 2010.
 
(2)
All options granted to Messrs. McGrath and Stewart and Ms. Allgeier were under the 2005 Equity Plan. Options with portions unvested as of December 31, 2010 vest ratably on each of the five anniversary dates from the respective grant dates.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table
 
None.
 
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation
 
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management certain Compensation Discussion and Analysis provisions to be included herein. Based on the review and discussion referred to above, the Compensation Committee recommended to our Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis referred to above be included herein.
 

 
- 80 -

 

Compensation Committee
 

Stephen P. Connelly
Alan R. Novak
Leonard L. Mazur
 
Director Compensation
 
Directors who are also our employees receive no separate compensation for serving as directors or as members of committees of our Board of Directors. Directors who are not our employees are compensated under the Non-Employee Director Plan. Each such director received in 2010 non-qualified options to purchase up to 834 shares of our common stock on an annual basis, but starting in 2011, each such director will instead receive 1,000 shares of our common stock. The shares, like the options before them, vest quarterly in the year of grant, vesting on the last day of service within a quarter. Each outside director receives an annual cash retainer of $20,000, payable quarterly; other fees, such as those based on a director’s chairmanship or the length or manner of a meeting, will no longer be earned or paid. The Board will have the discretion to pay the quarterly portion of the retainer in cash or in shares of our common stock. If the Board determines to pay the quarterly portion of the retainer fees in shares of our common stock, the number of shares issued to each director will be calculated by dividing the dollar amount owed by the closing price of our common stock as of the sooner to occur of the close of the quarter, or the resignation date of a director. In December 2010, the directors received unrestricted shares of Company stock in settlement of $274,833 of accrued but unpaid fees of which $125,333 of such fees were earned in 2010. Such shares were issued out of the 2005 Equity Plan. The table below sets forth our non-employee directors’ compensation through December 31, 2010.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE
 
 
Name
 
Fees Earned ($)
   
Option Awards ($) (1)(2)
   
Total ($)
 
                   
Richard J. DePiano
    31,917       3,818       35,735  
                         
James W. Sight (3)
    12,000       3,041       15,041  
                         
Alan R. Novak
    23,500       3,818       27,318  
                         
David W. Anderson
    28,458       3,818       32,276  
                         
Stephen P. Connelly
    28,958       3,818       32,776  
                         
Leonard L. Mazur
    23,500       3,818       27,318  
                         
Paul J. Denby (3)
    12,000       3,041       15,041  
 

 
 (1)
The amounts shown for option awards relate to shares granted under our Non-Employee Director Plan. These amounts are equal to the aggregate grant-date fair value with respect to the option awards for financial statement purposes, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, but without giving effect to estimated forfeitures.
 (2)
The grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718 was $5.70 on January 1, 2010 and $4.87 on May 26, 2010.
 (3)
Mr. Sight and Mr. Denby joined our Board of Directors effective May 26, 2010.
 

 

 
- 81 -

 

 
Limitation on Directors' Liabilities; Indemnification of Officers and Directors
 
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws designate the relative duties and responsibilities of our officers, establish procedures for actions by directors and stockholders and other items. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws also contain extensive indemnification provisions, which will permit us to indemnify our officers and directors to the maximum extent provided by Nevada law. Pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation and under Nevada law, our directors are not liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for breaches which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law.
 
Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance
 
We have obtained directors' and officers' liability insurance which expires on April 15, 2011. We are required under our indemnification agreements to maintain such insurance for us and members of our Board of Directors.
 
Item 12.  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information set forth in Item 5 of this Annual Report under the heading “Overview of Equity Compensation Plans” is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
The following table reflects, as of March 30, 2011, the beneficial common stock ownership of: (a) each of our directors, (b) each executive officer, (c) each person known by us to be a beneficial holder of five percent (5%) or more of our common stock, and (d) all of our executive officers and directors as a group. Unless otherwise provided in the accompanying footnotes, the information used in the table below was obtained from the referenced beneficial owner.
 
Name and Address Of Beneficial Owner (1)
 
Number of Shares Beneficially Owned (Post February 3, 2010 1-for-6 reverse stock split)
 
Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned (1)
 
Richard J. DePiano (2)
14,895
*
James W. Sight (3)
189,702
6.63
Dennis M. McGrath (4)
118,438
*
Michael R. Stewart (5)
110,174
*
Christina L. Allgeier (6)
10,560
*
Alan R. Novak (7)
11,330
*
David W. Anderson (8)
10,662
*
Stephen P. Connelly (9)
10,516
*
Leonard L. Mazur( 10)
7,887
*
Paul J. Denby (11)
229,959
8.04
Perseus Partners VII, LP (12)
1,566,244
33.78
Goldman Capital Management, Inc. (13)
288,289
10.08
Corsair Capital Management, LLC(14)
256,412
8.97
Leap Tide Management Inc.(15)
210,063
7.35
Charles L. Frischer (16)
155,479
5.44
LB I Group, Inc. (17)
146,694
5.13
Clutterbuck Funds LLC (18)
234,650
7.10
All directors and officers as a group (ten persons) (19)
714,123
23.20

*           Less than 1%.

 
- 82 -

 
 
(1)  
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Commission. Shares of common stock subject to delivery, or subject to options or warrants currently exercisable or exercisable, within 60 days of March 30, 2011, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the stockholder holding the options or warrants, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe stockholders named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such stockholder’s name. Unless otherwise indicated, the listed officers, directors and stockholders can be reached at our principal offices. Percentage of ownership is based on 3,069,749 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 30, 2011.
 
(2)  
Includes 14,062 shares of common stock and options to purchase up to 833 shares of common stock. Mr. DePiano’s address is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936.
 
(3)  
Includes 189,077 shares of common stock and options to purchase up to 625 shares of common stock. Mr. Sight’s address is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936.
 
(4)  
Includes 3,711 shares of common stock, 112,977 additional shares of common stock subject to restriction agreements with us and vested options to purchase 1,750 shares of common stock. Does not include options to purchase up to 7,000 shares of common stock, which may vest more than 60 days after March 30, 2011.
 
(5)  
Includes 1,957 shares of common stock, 107,167 additional shares of common stock subject to restriction agreements with us and vested options to purchase 1,050 shares of common stock. Does not include options to purchase up to 4,200 shares of common stock, which may vest more than 60 days after March 30, 2011.
 
(6)  
Includes 394 shares of common stock, 10,000 additional shares of common stock subject to a restricted agreement with us and options to purchase up to 166 shares of common stock. Does not include options to purchase up to 667 shares of common stock, which may vest more than 60 days after March 30, 2011.
 
(7)  
Includes 10,497 shares of common stock and options to purchase up to 833 shares of common stock. Mr. Novak’s address is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936.
 
(8)  
Includes 9,829 shares of common stock and options to purchase up to 833 shares of common stock. Mr. Anderson’s address is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936.
 
(9)  
Includes 9,683 shares of common stock and options to purchase up to 833 shares of common stock. Mr. Connelly’s address is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936.
 
(10)  
Includes 6,429 shares of common stock and options to purchase up to 1,458 shares of common stock. Mr. Mazur’s address is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936.
 
(11)  
Includes 2,000 shares of common stock and options to purchase up to 833 shares of common stock. In addition, Paul J. Denby is deemed to own 227,334 shares of common stock. The Paul J. Denby Revocable Trust holds 112,000 shares of common stock and various custodians of Mr. Denby’s IRAs hold 115,334 shares of common stock. Mr. Denby’s address is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936.
 
(12)  
Includes (a) $21,447,590 aggregate principal amount of promissory notes convertible into 1,272,009 shares of common stock (272,927 of such shares are issuable upon conversion of the “Series B-1 Note” and  its additional convertible notes issued September 1, 2010 and March 1, 2011 at a conversion price of $11.25850 per share, and 999,082 of such shares are issuable upon conversion of the “Series B-2 Note” and its additional convertible notes issued September 1, 2010 and March 1, 2011 at a conversion price of $18.39172 per share); (b) warrants exercisable into 293,610 shares of common stock at $18.39172 per share and (c) options to purchase up to 625 shares of common stock. Parties related to Perseus Partners VII, L.P. include Perseus Partners VII GP, L.L.C., Perseus Partners VII GP, L.P., Perseus L.L.C., and Perseuspur, L.L.C. The address of Perseus Partners VII, L.P. is c/o Perseus, L.L.C., 2099 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Ninth Floor, Washington, D.C. 20006.
 

 
- 83 -

 
 
 
(13)  
Includes 288,289 shares of common stock which Goldman Capital Management Inc. owns directly and indirectly through related entities, including without limitation the Goldman Capital Management Money Purchase Plan dated 12/23/87. The foregoing information has been derived in part from a Schedule 13F-HR filed by Goldman Capital Management on October 28, 2009 and from information obtained from the investor on December 22, 2009. The address of Goldman Capital Management is 320 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
 
(14)  
Corsair Capital Management LLC is deemed to own 256,412 shares of common stock held through the following affiliates: Corsair Capital Partners LP owns 211,539 shares of common stock; Corsair Capital Investors, Ltd. owns 26,667 shares of common stock, and Corsair Capital Partners 100, L.P. owns 18,206 shares of common stock. The foregoing information has been derived in part from a Schedule 13G filed by Goldman Capital Management on February 10, 2011. The address of Corsair Capital Management LLC is 350 Madison Avenue, Ninth Floor, New York, NY 10017.
 
(15)  
Leap Tide Management Inc. owns 210,063 shares of common stock. The foregoing information has been derived in part from a Schedule 13G filed on February 16, 2010. The address of Leap Tide Management Inc. is 10451 Mill Run Circle, Suite 400, Owings Mills, MD 21117.
 
(16)  
Charles L. Frischer owns 155,479 shares of common stock, of which he holds 151,851 directly and 3,628 through a family partnership. Abigail Francis, who is Mr. Frischer’s spouse, owns 5,000 shares directly. Each spouse disclaims ownership in the other spouse’s direct holdings, but each spouse claims beneficial ownership in the 3,628 shares owned by the partnership. The foregoing information has been obtained from a Schedule 13D filed by Mr. Frischer on May 17, 2010. The address of Mr. Frischer is 803 Prospect Street, Seattle, WA  98012.
 
(17)  
LB I Group Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Inc, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. LB I Group Inc. owns 146,694 shares of common stock and warrants which became exercisable on May 15, 2007 to purchase up to 149,039 shares of common stock but which cannot be exercised if LBI owns more than 4.999% of our stock. The foregoing information has been derived from a Schedule 13G/A filed on behalf of LB I Group, Inc. on February 13, 2008. The address of LB I Group is 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019.
 
(18)  
Clutterbuck Funds LLC has warrants exercisable into 234,650 shares of common stock. The address of Clutterbuck Funds is 200 Public Square, Suite 2910, Cleveland, OH 44114.
 
(19)  
Includes 474,973 unrestricted shares of common stock and 230,144 restricted shares of common stock and vested options to purchase 9,006 shares of common stock. Does not include options to purchase up to 11,867 shares of common stock, which may vest more than 60 days after March 30, 2011.
 
 
 
Item 13.  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, Director Independence
 
As of March 30, 2011, Messrs. Michael R. Matthias and Jeffrey P. Berg, shareholders in Baker & Hostetler LLP, outside counsel to us in certain litigation, held in the aggregate 1,034 shares of our common stock. Messrs. Matthias and Berg acquired such shares through the exercise of stock options that they accepted from us in exchange for legal services performed from July 1998 to May 2000.
 
On February 27, 2009, we issued one of the Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $18.0 million to one of our investors. This Convertible Note was initially convertible into 581,225 shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $30.96912 per share. In connection with the issuance of this Convertible Note, we also issued to this investor a warrant to purchase 174,368 shares of our common stock at price per share of $30.96912. On September 1, 2009, as payment of interest in kind, we issued a second Convertible Note in an aggregate principal amount of $720,000 to this same investor, which Convertible Note was initially convertible into 23,249 shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $30.96912 per share. On March 1, 2010, as payment of interest in kind, we issued two additional Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $748,800. These Convertible Notes were initially convertible into an aggregate of 33,869 shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $22.10844 per share. Following the amendments to the Convertible Notes described herein and the issuance as of September 1, 2010 and as of March 1, 2011 of Additional Convertible Notes in payment of accrued interest, as of March 30, 2011, the Convertible Notes are convertible into 1,272,009 shares and the warrant and the option are exercisable into 293,610 and 625 shares of our common stock, which in aggregate would represent 33.78% of our outstanding common stock if converted and exercised.
 

 
- 84 -

 

Perseus, L.L.C. is the manager of an investment fund that is the holder of the Convertible Notes and related warrant described above and that beneficially owns approximately 33.78% of our voting securities. In addition, such investment fund has the right to appoint a director to our Board of Directors and has certain approval and negative control rights.
 
We also have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify each director against claims brought against them in their capacities as our directors. These indemnification agreements also require us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our directors.
 
We believe that all transactions with our affiliates have been entered into on terms no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from independent third parties. We intend that any transactions with officers, directors and 5% or greater stockholders will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent third parties and will be approved by a majority of our independent, disinterested directors and will comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other securities laws and regulations.
 
Item 14.  
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
Our Audit Committee appointed EisnerAmper LLP as our independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010 and Amper, Politziner & Mattia, LLP for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009.
 
The following table shows the fees paid or accrued by us for the audit and other services provided by EisnerAmper LLP for 2010 and Amper, Politziner & Mattia, LLP (“Amper”) for 2009:
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Audit Fees – Amper (1)
  $ 34,000     $ 307,000  
Audit Fees –EisnerAmper (1)
    181,000       -  
Audit-Related Fees – Amper (2)
    69,000       126,350  
Audit-Related Fees – EisnerAmper (2)
    40,000       -  
All Other Fees – Amper (3)
    -       11,000  
Total
  $ 324,000     $ 444,350  
 
(1)  
Consists of fees billed for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of financial statements included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and services that are normally provided by the auditors in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
 
(2)  
Consists of assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit and reviews of our financial statements and are not included in “audit fees: in this table.
 
(3)  
Consists of all other products and services provided other than the services reported under audit fees and audit related fees.
 
Engagement of the Independent Auditor. The Audit Committee is responsible for approving every engagement of EisnerAmper LLP to perform audit or non-audit services for us before EisnerAmper LLP is engaged to provide those services. Under applicable Commission rules, the Audit Committee is required to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors in order to ensure that they do not impair the auditors’ independence. The Commission’s rules specify the types of non-audit services that an independent auditor may not provide to its audit client and establish the Audit Committee’s responsibility for administration of the engagement of the independent auditors.
 
Consistent with the Commission’s rules, the Audit Committee Charter requires that the Audit Committee review and pre-approve all audit services and permitted non-audit services provided by the independent auditors to us or any of our subsidiaries. The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to a member of the Audit Committee and if it does, the decisions of that member must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.
 

 
- 85 -

 

The Audit Committee’s pre-approval policy provides as follows:
 
·      First, once a year when the base audit engagement is reviewed and approved, management will identify all other services (including fee ranges) for which management knows it will engage EisnerAmper LLP for the next 12 months. Those services typically include quarterly reviews, specified tax matters, certifications to the lenders as required by financing documents, consultation on new accounting and disclosure standards and, in future years, reporting on management’s internal controls assessment.
 
·      Second, if any new “unlisted” proposed engagement arises during the year, the engagement will require approval of the Audit Committee.
 
All fees to our independent accounting firms were approved by the Audit Committee.
 
Auditor Selection for Fiscal 2011 The Audit Committee has selected EisnerAmper LLP to serve as our independent auditors for the year ending December 31, 2011. The Committee’s selection will be submitted to our stockholders for verification at our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.  
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
           
(a)(1)           Financial Statements
 
Consolidated balance sheet of PhotoMedex, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010.
 
(a)(2)           Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)(3)           Exhibits
 
The exhibits listed under subsections (b) of this Item 15 are hereby incorporated by reference.
 
All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise set forth in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
(b)      Exhibits
 
1.1
Underwriting Agreement dated May 4, 2010 between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. (34)
2.1
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 25, 2002, between PhotoMedex, Inc., J Merger Corp., Inc. and Surgical Laser Technologies, Inc. (1)
2.2
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 1, 2004, between PhotoMedex, Inc., Gold Acquisition Merger Corp. and ProCyte Corporation (2)
2.3
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, by and between PhotoMedex, Inc. and each purchaser a party thereto (3)
2.4
Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2008, by and among PhotoMedex, Inc., Photo Therapeutics Group Limited and Neil Crabb. (21)
2.5
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2008, by and between PhotoMedex, Inc. and PRI Medical Technologies, Inc. (21)
2.6
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 22, 2009, between PhotoMedex, Inc. and each Purchaser (29)
2.7
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 28, 2010, between PhotoMedex, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and PhotoMedex, Inc. (a Nevada corporation).  (36)

 
- 86 -

 

 
2.8
Certificate of Merger, dated December 29, 2010, issued by Delaware Secretary of State (36)
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed on August 8, 2000 (4)
3.2
Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed on January 6, 2004 (22)
3.3
Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed on January 26, 2009 (26)
3.4
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed on February 3, 2010 (32)
3.5
Amended and Restated Bylaws (5)
3.6
Amended Section 6.01 of the By-Laws, October 30, 2007 (19)
3.7
Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PhotoMedex, Inc., filed on February 3, 2010 (32)
3.8
Articles of Incorporation of PhotoMedex, Inc. (a Nevada corporation), filed on December 28, 2010 (36)
3.9
Bylaws of PhotoMedex, Inc. (a Nevada corporation), adopted December 28, 2010 (36)
4.1
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2008, by and between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Perseus Partners VII, LP, including Form of Convertible Note, Form of Warrant and Registration Rights Agreement (21)
4.2
Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated February 27, 2009. (24)
4.3
First Tranche Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 27, 2009. (24)
4.4
Pledge and Security Agreement, dated February 27, 2009. (24)
4.5
First Tranche Warrant, dated February 27, 2009. (24)
4.6
Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 27, 2009 (26)
4.7
PhotoMedex Inc. Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated September 1, 2009 (30)
4.8
Amendment No. 2 to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 19, 2010 between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (33)
4.9
Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Series B-2 Note, dated March 19, 2010 between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (33)
4.10
Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Series B-1 Note, dated March 19, 2010 between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (33)
4.11
Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated March 19, 2010 between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (33)
4.12
Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010 between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Clutterbuck Funds LLC (33)
4.13
Term Note, dated March 19, 2010, between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Clutterbuck Funds, LLC (33)
4.14
Warrant, dated March 19, 2010, issued to Clutterbuck Funds, LLC (33)
4.15
Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated September 1, 2010, in favor of Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (Series B-1, at 10%) (35)
4.16
Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated September 1, 2010, in favor of Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (Series B-2, at 8%) (35)
4.17
Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated effective September 1, 2010, in favor of Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (Series B-2, at 2%) (36)
4.18
Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 1, 2011, in favor of Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (Series B-1, at 10%) (36)
4.19
Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 1, 2011, in favor of Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (Series B-2, at 10%) (36)
4.20
Amendment No. 1 to Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 30, 2010 (36)
4.21
Amendment No. 2 to Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 28, 2011 (36)
4.22
Warrant, dated March 28, 2011, issued to Clutterbuck Funds, LLC (36)
10.1
Lease Agreement dated May 29, 1996, between Surgical Laser Technologies, Inc. and Nappen & Associates (Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania) (5)
10.2
Lease Renewal Agreement, dated January 18, 2001, between Surgical Laser Technologies, Inc. and Nappen & Associates (5)
10.3
Lease Agreement, dated July 10, 2006, PhotoMedex, Inc. and Nappen & Associates (6)
10.4
Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease - Net, dated July 30, 2008 (additional facility at Carlsbad, California) (26)
10.5
Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease  Net, dated March 17, 2005 (Carlsbad, California) (8)
10.6
Industrial Real Estate Lease, dated May 3, 2007, and delivered December 14, 2007 (26)
10.7
License and Development Agreement, dated May 22, 2002, between Surgical Laser Technologies, Inc. and Reliant Technologies, Inc. (5)
10.8
Settlement Agreement and Release, dated November 11, 2008, by and among Allergan, Inc., Murray A. Johnstone, MD, PhotoMedex, Inc. and ProCyte Corporation. (26)
10.9
Master Purchase Agreement, dated September 7, 2004, between PhotoMedex, Inc. and Stern Laser, srl (9)
10.10
Master Lease Agreement, dated June 25, 2004, between PhotoMedex, Inc. and GE Capital Corporation. (10)
10.11
Investment Agreement, dated March 30, 2006, between AzurTec, Inc. and PhotoMedex, Inc. (11)
 
 

 
- 87 -

 

10.12
License Agreement, dated March 30, 3006, between AzurTec, Inc. and PhotoMedex, Inc. (11)
10.13
License Agreement, dated March 31, 2006, and effective April 1, 1006, between the Mount Sinai School of Medicine and PhotoMedex, Inc. (12)
10.14
2005 Equity Compensation Plan, approved December 28, 2005 (13) *
10.15
2005 Investment Plan, approved December 28, 2005 (13) *
10.16
Amended and Restated 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (1) *
10.17
Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan (1) *
10.18
2004 Stock Option Plan, assumed from ProCyte (14) *
10.19
1996 Stock Option Plan, assumed from ProCyte (14) *
10.20
1991 Restated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, assumed from ProCyte (14) *
10.21
1989 Restated Stock Option Plan, assumed from ProCyte (14) *
10.22
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Jeffrey F. O'Donnell, dated October 30, 2007 (19) *
10.23
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Dennis M. McGrath, dated September 1, 2007 (19) *
10.24
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Michael R. Stewart, dated September 1, 2007 (19) *
10.25
Employment Agreement of John F. Clifford, dated March 18, 2005 (2) *
10.26
Employment Agreement of Robin L. Carmichael, dated March 18, 2005 (2) *
10.27
Separation Agreement, effective June 30, 2006, between PhotoMedex, Inc. and John F. Clifford. (15) *
10.28
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Jeffrey F. O’Donnell, dated January 15, 2006 (8) *
10.29
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Dennis M. McGrath, dated January 15, 2006 (8)  *
10.30
Consulting Agreement dated January 21, 1998 between the Company and R. Rox Anderson, M.D. (7)
10.31
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Jeffrey F. O’Donnell, dated May 1, 2007 (17) *
10.32
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Dennis M. McGrath, dated May 1, 2007 (17) *
10.33
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Michael R. Stewart, dated May 1, 2007 (17) *
10.34
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Michael R. Stewart, dated August 13, 2007 (18) *
10.35
Amended and Restated 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, dated as of June 26, 2007 (17) *
10.36
Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, dated as of June 26, 2007, as amended on October 28, 2008 (25) *
10.37
Master Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 31, 2007 among PhotoMedex, Inc., CIT Healthcare LLC, as Agent and Lender, and Life Sciences Capital LLC, as Lender (20)
10.38
Omnibus Amendment dated September 30, 2008 by and among CIT Healthcare LLC, Life Sciences Capital LLC and PhotoMedex, Inc. (23)
10.39
Amendment No. 1 to Omnibus Amendment, dated February 27, 2009 (24)
10.40
Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers of PhotoMedex, Inc. (24)
10.41
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Dennis M. McGrath, dated June 15, 2009 (28) *
10.42
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement of Michael R. Stewart, dated June 15, 2009 (28) *
10.43
Co-Promotion Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2010, between PhotoMedex, Inc and Galderma Laboratories, L.P. (31)
10.44
Amended and Restated 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, dated as of August 3, 2010 (36) *
10.45
Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, dated as of August 3, 2010. (36) *
10.46
Restricted Stock Agreement of Dennis M. McGrath, dated March 30, 2011 (36) *
10.47
Restricted Stock Agreement of Michael R. Stewart, dated March 30, 2011 (36) *
10.48
Restricted Stock Agreement of Christina L. Allgeier, dated March 30, 2011 (36) *
22.1
List of subsidiaries of the Company
23.1
Consent of EisnerAmper LLP
23.2
Consent of Amper, Politziner & Mattia LLP
31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certificate of Chief Executive Officer
31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certificate of Chief Financial Officer
32.1
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   

 
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(1)  
Filed as part of our Registration Statement on Form S-4, as filed with the Commission on October 18, 2002, and as amended.
 

 
- 88 -

 

(2)  
Filed as part of our Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed with the Commission on January 21, 2005, and as amended.
 
(3)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 6, 2006.
 
(4)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000.
 
(5)  
Filed as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
 
(6)  
Filed as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
(7)  
Filed as part of our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the Commission on January 28, 1998, as amended.
 
(8)  
Filed as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(9)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 10, 2004.
 
(10)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.
 
(11)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 6, 2006.
 
(12)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 10, 2006.
 
(13)  
Filed as part of our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, as filed with the Commission on November 15, 2005.
 
(14)  
Filed as part of our Registration Statement on Form S-8, as filed with the Commission on April 13, 2005.
 
(15)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
 
(16)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003.
 
(17)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007.
 
(18)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.
 
(19)  
Filed as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
(20)  
Filed as part of our amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
(21)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2008.
 
(22)  
Fled as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
(23)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on February 27, 2009.
 
(24)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on March 5, 2009.
 
(25)  
Filed as part of our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A on December 18, 2008.
 
(26)  
Filed as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
(27)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on January 26, 2009.
 
(28)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.
 
(29)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on October 23, 2009.
 
(30)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.
 
(31)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on January 11, 2010.
 
(32)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on February 3, 2010.
 
(33)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on March 23, 2010.
 
(34)  
Filed as part of our Current Report on Form 8-K on May 4, 2010.
 
(35)  
Filed as part of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010.
 
(36)  
Filed with this Form 10-K.
 

 
- 89 -

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
We are a reporting company and file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. You may inspect and copy these materials at the Public Reference Room maintained by the Commission at Room 100 F Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the Public Reference Room. You can also find our Commission filings at the Commission's website at www.sec.gov. You may also inspect reports and other information concerning us at the offices of the Nasdaq Stock Market at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and such other periodic reports as we may determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law.
 
Our primary Internet address is www.photomedex.com. Corporate information can be located by clicking on the “Investor Relations” link in the top-middle of the page, and then clicking on “SEC Filing” in the menu. We make our periodic Commission Reports (Forms 10-Q and Forms 10-K) and current reports (Form 8-K) available free of charge through our Web site as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the Commission. We may from time to time provide important disclosures to investors by posting them in the Investor Relations section of our Web site, as allowed by Commission’s rules. The information on the website listed above is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is intended to be an inactive textual reference only.
 

 
- 90 -

 

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
     
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
         
 
Date:  March 31, 2011
 
By:/s/ Dennis M. McGrath
 
     
Dennis M. McGrath
 
     
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 

 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
 
Capacity in Which Signed
 
Date
/s/ Richard J. DePiano
 
Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
March 31, 2011
Richard J. DePiano
 
       
/s/ James W. Sight
 
Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
March 31, 2011
James W. Sight
 
       
/s/ Dennis M. McGrath
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
 
March 31, 2011
Dennis M. McGrath
 
       
/s/ Christina L. Allgeier
 
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
March 31, 2011
Christina L. Allgeier
 
       
/s/ Alan R. Novak
 
Director
 
March 31, 2011
Alan R. Novak
 
       
/s/ David W. Anderson
 
Director
 
March 31, 2011
David W. Anderson
 
       
/s/ Stephen P. Connelly
 
Director
 
March 31, 2011
Stephen P. Connelly
 
       
/s/ Leonard L. Mazur
 
Director
 
March 31, 2011
Leonard L. Mazur
 
       
/s/ Paul J. Denby
 
Director
 
March 31,2011
Paul J. Denby
       


 
- 91 -

 


PHOTOMEDEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES44
 
 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 Page
 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2010 and 2009
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations, Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, Years ended December 31, 2010,
 
   2009 and 2008
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-8

 

 

 

 
F - 1

 


 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of
   PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropri­ate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ EisnerAmper LLP
March 31, 2011
Edison, New Jersey

 
F - 2

 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of
   PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009. We also have audited PhotoMedex, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). PhotoMedex, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Internal Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).



/s/ Amper, Politziner & Mattia, LLP
March 23, 2010
Edison, New Jersey

 

 
 
F - 3

 

 PHOTOMEDEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
ASSETS
 
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,523,948     $ 2,116,788  
Restricted cash
    -       78,000  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $265,000 and $400,000, respectively
    3,277,095       3,998,785  
Inventories
    6,141,179       7,002,850  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    671,192       345,673  
Total current assets
    13,613,414       13,542,096  
                 
Property and equipment, net
    6,918,944       9,293,482  
Patents and licensed technologies, net
    6,813,528       7,751,662  
Goodwill, net
    19,569,200       19,472,686  
Other intangible assets, net
    1,688,352       2,020,625  
Other assets
    892,280       1,087,595  
Total assets
  $ 49,495,718     $ 53,168,146  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
                 
Current liabilities:
               
Current portion of notes payable
  $ 77,796     $ 129,696  
   Current portion of long-term debt
    2,867,720       3,179,469  
Accounts payable
    2,801,568       4,171,707  
Accrued compensation and related expenses
    1,782,793       1,133,346  
Accrued interest payable
    699,025       499,200  
Other accrued liabilities
    1,765,523       1,601,414  
Deferred revenues
    496,443       612,757  
Total current liabilities
    10,490,868       11,327,589  
                 
Long-term liabilities:
               
Notes payable, net of current maturities
    13,817       46,477  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    29,933       760,783  
Convertible debt
    19,344,136       17,369,943  
Warrants related to convertible debt
    938,623       741,525  
Total liabilities
    30,817,377       30,246,317  
                 
Commitment and contingencies
               
                 
Stockholders' Equity:
               
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 35,000,000 shares authorized; 2,843,749 and 2,238,157 shares issued and outstanding
    28,437       22,382  
Additional paid-in capital
    143,106,355       138,639,143  
Accumulated deficit
    (124,564,120 )     (115,840,931 )
    Cumulative translation adjustment
    107,669       101,235  
Total stockholders' equity
    18,678,341       22,921,829  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 49,495,718     $ 53,168,146  
 

 


 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
 
F - 4

 

PHOTOMEDEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
               
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Revenues:
           
Product sales
 
$ 25,191,017
 
$ 22,452,724
 
$ 26,144,084
Services
 
9,610,518
 
10,235,360
 
8,626,208
   
34,801,535
 
32,688,084
 
34,770,292
             
Cost of revenues:
           
Product cost of revenues
 
13,024,156
 
11,675,233
 
11,968,222
Services cost of revenues
 
5,695,746
 
5,750,733
 
5,027,095
   
18,719,902
 
17,425,966
 
16,995,317
             
Gross profit
 
16,081,633
 
15,262,118
 
17,774,975
             
Operating expenses:
           
Selling, general and administrative
 
19,995,463
 
23,083,278
 
26,797,107
Engineering and product development
 
1,343,356
 
1,137,725
 
1,073,215
   
21,338,819
 
24,221,003
 
27,870,322
 
Operating loss from continuing operations
 
(5,257,186)
 
(8,958,885)
 
(10,095,347)
             
Other income (loss):
           
Interest expense, net
 
(3,268,905)
 
(2,370,676)
 
(1,032,597)
Change in fair value of warrants (see Note 1)
 
(197,098)
 
808,786
 
-
             
Loss from continuing operations
 
(8,723,189)
 
(10,520,775)
 
(11,127,944)
             
Discontinued operations:
           
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
-
 
-
 
285,712
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
 
-
 
-
 
(448,675)
             
Net loss
 
($8,723,189)
 
($10,520,775)
 
($11,290,907)
             
Basic and diluted net loss per share (Note 1):
           
Continuing operations
 
($  3.37)
 
($  6.42)
 
($  7.41)
Discontinued operations
 
(0.00)
 
(0.00)
 
(0.11)
Basic and diluted net loss per share
 
($  3.37)
 
($  6.42)
 
($  7.52)
             
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share (Note 1)
 
2,589,519
 
1,640,006
 
1,500,767
             
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

 
 
F - 5

 

PHOTOMEDEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                     
Accumulated
       
   
Common Stock
   
Additional
         
Other
       
         
Paid-In
   
Accumulated
   
Comprehensive
       
   
Shares (1)
   
Amount (1)
   
Capital (1)
   
Deficit
   
Income
   
Total
 
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2008
    1,500,767     $ 15,008     $ 133,547,671     $ (94,029,249 )   $ -     $ 39,533,430  
Stock options issued to consultants for services
    -       -       92,501       -       -       92,501  
Share-based compensation expense related to employee options
    -       -       888,546       -       -       888,546  
Share-based compensation related to restricted stock
    -       -       414,491       -       -       414,491  
Issuance of warrants for draws under line of credit
    -       -       44,366       -       -       44,366  
Net loss
    -       -       -       (11,290,907 )     -       (11,290,907 )
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2008
    1,500,767       15,008       134,987,575       (105,320,156 )     -       29,682,427  
Stock options issued to consultants for services
    -       -       54,181       -               54,181  
Share-based compensation expense related to employee options
    -       -       552,608       -       -       552,608  
Share-based compensation related to restricted stock
    -       -       655,237       -       -       655,237  
Round up for fractional shares due to the reverse stock split
    96       1       (1 )     -       -       -  
Sale of stock net of expenses
    732,627       7,326       2,824,146       -       -       2,831,472  
Registration costs
    -       -       (434,836 )     -       -       (434,836 )
Issuance of restricted stock
    4,667       47       233       -       -       280  
Change in cumulative translation adjustment
    -       -       -       -       101,235       101,235  
Net loss
    -       -       -       (10,520,775 )     -       (10,520,775 )
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2009
    2,238,157       22,382       138,639,143       (115,840,931 )     -       22,921,829  
Stock options issued to consultants for services
    -       -       102,532       -               102,532  
Share-based compensation expense related to employee options
    -       -       375,772       -       -       375,772  
Share-based compensation related to restricted stock
    -       -       206,128       -       -       206,128  
Round up for fractional shares due to the reverse stock split
    480       4       (4 )     -       -       -  
Issuance of common stock in connection with a public offering
    534,000       5,340       3,198,660       -       -       3,204,000  
Registration costs in connection with a public offering
    -       -       (743,166 )     -       -       (743,166 )
Registrations costs
    -       -       (10,987 )     -       -       (10,987 )
Issuance of stock in connection with an option exchange program
    22,063       221       288,490       -       -       288,711  
Issuance of stock in connection with payment of board director fees
    49,049       490       280,033       -       -       280,523  
Issuance of warrants related to debt financing
    -       -       769,754       -       -       769,754  
Change in cumulative translation adjustment
    -       -       -       -       6,434       6,434  
Net loss
    -       -       -       (8,723,189 )     -       (8,723,189 )
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010
    2,843,749     $ 28,437     $ 143,106,355     $ (124,564,120 )   $ 107,669     $ 18,678,341  
 

 

(1)  Adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of 1-for-7 effective January 26, 2009 and to reflect the reverse stock split of 1-for-6 effective February 3, 2010.
 

 
 

 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F - 6

 

PHOTOMEDEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
                 
Net loss
  $ (8,723,189 )   $ (10,520,775 )   $ (11,290,907 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities-continuing operations:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    4,369,841       4,610,265       4,172,436  
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
    -       -       448,675  
Impairment on intangibles and other long-lived assets
    -       -       934,611  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
    2,306       904       4,658  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    118,892       93,741       137,766  
Stock options issued to consultants for services
    102,532       54,181       92,501  
Stock-based compensation
    581,900       1,207,845       1,303,037  
Change in estimated fair value of warrant liability (See Note 1)
    197,098       (808,786 )     -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from discontinued operations:
                       
Accounts receivable
    588,565       2,172,169       238,166  
Inventories
    733,138       1,995,795       (63,946 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    890,131       524,123       932,306  
Accounts payable
    (1,362,685 )     (1,968,726 )     1,569,815  
Accrued compensation and related expenses
    649,417       (389,713 )     (93,889 )
Other accrued liabilities
    168,477       317,798       190,058  
Interest accrued on convertible debt
    1,906,101       1,219,200       -  
Deferred revenues
    (116,314 )     (762,267 )     130,643  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities-continuing operations
    106,210       (2,254,246 )     (1,294,070 )
Net cash provided by operating activities-discontinued operations
    -       -       584,838  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    106,210       (2,254,246 )     (709,232 )
                         
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
                       
Purchases of property and equipment
    (112,619 )     (137,434 )     (261,822 )
Lasers placed into service
    (422,195 )     (1,940,810 )     (5,089,137 )
Proceeds from disposition of discontinued operations
    -       -       3,149,736  
Deferred costs on proposed acquisition
    -       -       (564,930 )
Acquisition costs, net of cash received
    (96,514 )     (12,578,022 )     -  
Net cash used in investing activities-continuing operations
    (631,328 )     (14,656,266 )     (2,766,153 )
Net cash used in investing activities-discontinued operations
    -       -       (68,462 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (631,328 )     (14,656,266 )     (2,834,615 )
                         
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
    3,773,234       2,831,472       -  
Proceeds from issuance of restricted common stock
    -       280       -  
Registration costs
    (754,153 )     (434,836 )     -  
Payments on long-term debt other than line of credit
    (493,627 )     (415,902 )     (107,376 )
Payments on notes payable
    -       -       (911,350 )
Proceeds from term debt
    2,500,000       -       -  
Advances on line of credit
    -       -       3,580,933  
Repayments on line of credit
    (3,198,954 )     (4,717,381 )     (5,236,056 )
Decrease in restricted cash and cash equivalents
    78,000       -       39,000  
Proceeds from convertible debt
    -       18,000,000       -  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities-continuing operations
    1,904,500       15,263,633       (2,634,849 )
Net cash provided by financing activities-discontinued operations
    -       -       -  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,904,500       15,263,633       (2,634,849 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    27,778       105,060       -  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1,407,160       (1,541,819 )     (6,178,696 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    2,116,788       3,658,607       9,837,303  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 3,523,948     $ 2,116,788     $ 3,658,607  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F - 7

 

PHOTOMEDEX, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1
The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
 
The Company:
 
Background
PhotoMedex, Inc. (and its subsidiaries) (the “Company”) is a Global Skin Health Solutions™ company that provides disease management and aesthetic solutions through innovative laser systems, light-based devices and science-based skincare products. Through its relationships with dermatologists and plastic surgeons, the Company’s products address multiple skin diseases and skin condition including psoriasis, vitiligo, acne and sun damage. The Company’s experience in addressing these diseases and conditions in the physician market has allowed it to expand its products and services to provide skin health solutions to certain non-physician markets.
 
The Company’s current strategic focus is built upon four key components – leveraging its sales force through training focused on superior skin health expertise and incremental product offerings, expanded international capabilities, the development of alternate channels for its varied product lines and a renewed commitment to innovation of its technologies.
 
The Company concentrates its strategic efforts primarily in the physician market both domestically and internationally. Supporting those efforts management has initiated a renewed commitment to innovation, whereby the Company looks to maximize the application of its technologies and utilize the significant scientific resources available to it in each of its product areas. In the U.S. the Company markets and sells its products through a direct sales organization capable of addressing each product area with specific expertise. The Company’s focus on enhanced training of the sales organization has created the ability to drive sales and to support its customer base with a leaner and more cost-effective sales force since the strategy change in 2009. And, finally the Company looks to leverage our experience and substantial product advancements in the physician market into non-physician based markets, or alternate channels, that may benefit from those technological advancements.
 
Based upon this strategic focus, effective January 1, 2010, management has updated the segments that the Company now currently operates. There are now four distinct business units, or segments (as described in Note 14): three in Dermatology – Physician Domestic, Physician International, and Other Channels; and one in Surgical,– Surgical Products. The segments are distinguished by the Company’s management structure and the markets or customers served.
 
The Physician Domestic segment generates revenues by selling XTRAC treatments and lasers, skincare and LED products and Metvixia®, a Galderma Laboratories, L. P. drug, which the Company’s sales representatives promote and sell to domestic physicians. Collaborations with Galderma ended in December 2010. The Physician International segment generates revenues by selling dermatology equipment and skincare and LED products to international physicians through distributors. The Other Channels segment generates revenues by selling skincare and LED products to indoor tanning and spa markets and on-line and television retail consumer markets for home use. The Surgical Products segment generates revenues by selling laser and non-laser products including disposables to hospitals and surgery centers both domestically and internationally.
 
The Company’s Board of Directors approved a 1-for-6 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock, which became effective upon receiving stockholder approval on February 3, 2010. As a result of the reverse stock split, every six shares of common stock were combined and reclassified into one share of common stock and the total number of shares outstanding was reduced from approximately 13.5 million shares to approximately 2.2 million shares for all periods presented. With stockholder approval rendered on October 28, 2010, the Company changed its charter state of organization from Delaware to Nevada on December 30, 2010.
 
Liquidity
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $124,564,120. To date, the Company has dedicated most of its financial resources to research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses.
 

 
 

 
F - 8

 

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2010 were $3,523,948. The Company has historically financed its activities with cash from operations, the private placement of equity and debt securities and borrowings under lines of credit.
 
Based on its resources available at December 31, 2010, including the public offering of its securities described below, coupled with the substantial reduction in the use of cash in the last year, the Company believes that it can fund operations through and beyond the first quarter of 2012. However, given the uncertainty in the general economic conditions and its impact on the Company’s industry, and in light of the Company’s historical operating losses and negative cash flows, there is no assurance that the Company will not require additional funds in order to continue as a going concern beyond the first quarter of 2012.
 
Beginning in August 2009, the Company restructured its operations and redirected its efforts in a manner that management expects will continue to improve results of operations. As part of such redirected efforts, management continues comprehensive efforts to minimize the Company’s operational costs and capital expenditures and continues to implement the strategies that were developed to increase ongoing revenue streams.
 
On October 22, 2009, the Company closed a private placement of its common shares with several accredited investors, which yielded gross proceeds of approximately $2.7 million and which improved the available cash. On November 10, 2009, the Company issued to an affiliate of one of the accredited investors participating in the October 22, 2009 private placement an additional 230,000 shares at a price of $0.65 per share, which yielded additional gross proceeds of $149,500 in the placement. Although this financing, together with the Company’s other resources and arrangements with creditors, satisfied its immediate liquidity constraints at such time, the Company continued to explore additional opportunities to secure capital which might be used to continue to develop new business opportunities and be used to fund operations, if necessary.
 
On March 19, 2010, the Company entered into a Term Loan and Security Agreement with Clutterbuck Funds LLC (“Clutterbuck Funds”), a registered investment advisor located in Cleveland, Ohio. The Company received net proceeds of $2,373,000 in the transaction. The secured term note has a principal amount of $2.5 million (the “Term Note”), which accrues interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Term Note requires the Company to make monthly payments of interest only. The principal matures on September 19, 2011 and may be prepaid without penalty at any time. The note is secured by XTRAC lasers that the Company has consigned to physician customers and that are not otherwise pledged to CIT Healthcare LLC and Life Sciences Capital LLC (collectively, “CIT”) pursuant to the outstanding term notes with such lenders. In connection with the issuance of the Term Note to Clutterbuck Funds, the Company issued Clutterbuck Funds a warrant to purchase 102,180 shares of the Company’s common stock for an initial exercise price of $7.34. The warrant is exercisable at any time on or prior to the fifth anniversary of its issue date. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant, the exercise price is subject to a one-time downward adjustment if the Company makes certain issuances of its equity securities at a price per share less than $7.34 during the 36-month period following the issuance of the warrant. As a result of the public offering of our common stock on May 7, 2010, the exercise price of the warrant was reduced to $6.00 and the number of shares that could be obtained by exercise was increased to 125,000.
 
In order to consummate the bridge financing with Clutterbuck Funds, it was necessary to secure the consent of the holder of the Company’s Convertible Notes (the “Investor”). See Note 11, Convertible Debt. As of March 19, 2010, the outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Convertible Notes was $19,546,676. In order to obtain the Investor’s consent, the Company agreed to the following modifications to the Convertible Notes:
 
 
The Company combined the aggregate outstanding obligations under the Convertible Notes into two convertible notes. Each note matures on February 27, 2014 and is identical to the original form of convertible note except as noted below;
     
 
The larger note, the Series B-2 Note, has a principal amount of $16,746,270. This note remains subject to the same down-round anti-dilution adjustment to the conversion price which was in the unmodified notes. The interest rate of this note was increased from 8% to 10%. The incremental 2% increase in the interest rate may be paid in cash, or, pursuant to the vote of our stockholders at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on October 28, 2010, may be paid in convertible PIK notes;
     


 

 
 
F - 9

 


 
The smaller note, the Series B-1 Note, has a principal amount of $2,800,406. The conversion price of this note was reduced to $11.26 and the down-round anti-dilution adjustment to the conversion price was removed. The interest rate of this note was increased from 8% to 10%. The full amount of the accrued interest remains payable in cash or convertible PIK notes;
     
 
The collateral securing the Convertible Notes was expanded by adding a first-priority lien against all of the Company’s assets other than the assets pledged with first-priority liens to CIT and to Clutterbuck Funds. When assets are released from the lien of CIT, such assets will become subject to the first-priority lien of Clutterbuck Funds and a second-priority lien of the Investor. Finally, when assets are released from the lien of Clutterbuck Funds, such assets will become subject to the first-priority lien of the Investor; and
     
 
Three of the Company’s subsidiaries (ProCyte Corporation, Photo Therapeutics, Inc. and SLT Technology, Inc.) have guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the modified Convertible Notes.
 
On May 7, 2010, the Company closed on a public offering of its common shares. The Company sold 534,000 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $6.00 per share. The sale resulted in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $2.4 million. The net proceeds will be used for general working capital purposes and potentially for pay-down of outstanding debt. The underwriters are also entitled to warrants to purchase, in aggregate, 25,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $7.50 per share.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Convertible Debt was $20,426,276. The Company paid interest due on September 1, 2010 with additional convertible notes amounting to $728,884 (for the Series B-1 interest at 10% $126,018 and for the Series B-2 interest at 8% $602,866) and through an escrow of cash paid provisionally in lieu of an additional convertible note for the 2% incremental interest on the Series B-2 Convertible Note. Given that the stockholders approved the issuance of convertible notes for this incremental interest, the escrowed cash was returned to the Company on November 1, 2010 and a convertible note for $150,716 was issued to the Investor, effective September 1, 2010.
 
On March 28, 2011, Clutterbuck Funds agreed to extend the maturity date of its loan with the Company, of which the principal of $2.5 million was to be paid at maturity. Previously, the loan matured on September 19, 2011; it will now mature on December 1, 2012. Starting in August 2011, we will begin monthly installments of principal such that the final payment at maturity will be $75,000. To induce the modifications to the terms of its loan, we have issued to Clutterbuck Funds a second warrant which has been modeled after the first warrant issued on March 19, 2010 but which will be to purchase 109,650 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.70 per share. The collateral securing the first-position security interest of Clutterbuck Funds and the second-position security interest of the holder of our convertible notes will remain in place.
  
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
 
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The former subsidiaries of Photo Therapeutics Group Ltd. have been included in the financial statements from February 27, 2009, the closing date of the acquisition.
 
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates and be based on events different from those assumptions. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; estimating, therefore, requires the exercise of judgment. Thus, accounting estimates change as new events or changes in prevailing economic conditions occur, as more experience is acquired, or as additional information is obtained.
 

 

 
F - 10

 

Fair Value Measurements
 
The Company measures fair value in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”). ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework and gives guidance regarding the methods used for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions there exists a three-tier fair-value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
 

 
 
Level 1 - unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 
Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are directly observable for the asset or liability or indirectly observable through corroboration with observable market data.
     
 
Level 3 - unobservable inputs for the asset or liability only used when there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.
 
This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.
 
The Company’s recurring fair value measurements at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
   
Fair Value as of December 31, 2010
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Liabilities:
                       
Derivative financial instruments (Note 12)
  $ 938,623     $ -     $ -     $ 938,623  
                                 
   
Fair Value as of December 31, 2009
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Liabilities:
                               
Derivative financial instruments (Note 12)
  $ 741,525     $ -     $ -     $ 741,525  
 
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is based on its demand value, which is equal to its carrying value. The fair values of notes payable and long-term debt are based on borrowing rates that are available to the Company for loans with similar terms, collateral and maturity. The estimated fair values of notes payable and long-term debt approximate the carrying values. Additionally, the carrying value of all other monetary assets and liabilities is estimated to be equal to their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amount of derivative instruments is marked to fair value. See Note 12, Warrants, for additional discussion.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments as assets or liabilities in the financial statements and measures them at fair value with changes in fair value reflected as current period income or loss unless the derivatives qualify as hedges. As a result, certain warrants are now accounted for as derivatives. See Note 12, Warrants, for additional discussion.
 

 

 
F - 11

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
The Company invests its excess cash in highly liquid short-term investments. The Company considers short-term investments that are purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash and money market accounts at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Cash that is pledged to secure obligations is disclosed separately as restricted cash. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in accounts in one bank, the balances of which at times may exceed federally insured limits. Deposits at the institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000 through December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had uninsured cash balances of approximately $2,982,000 on deposit with the bank. The bank is participating in the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program, whereby all non-interest bearing checking accounts (including accounts with interest rates less than 0.50%) were fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount through December 31, 2010.
 
Accounts Receivable
The majority of the Company’s accounts receivables are due from distributors (domestic and international), hospitals, universities and physicians and other entities in the medical field. Credit is extended based on evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are most often due within 30 to 90 days and are stated at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company does not recognize interest accruing on accounts receivable past due.
 
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market. Cost is determined to be purchased cost for raw materials and the production cost (materials, labor and indirect manufacturing cost) for work-in-process and finished goods. Throughout the laser manufacturing process, the related production costs are recorded within inventory. Work-in-process is immaterial, given the typically short manufacturing cycle, and therefore is disclosed in conjunction with raw materials.
 
The Company's skin disorder treatment equipment will either (i) be placed in a physician's office and remain the property of the Company or (ii) be sold to distributors or physicians directly. The cost to build a laser, whether for sale or for placement, is accumulated in inventory. When a laser is placed in a physician’s office, the cost is transferred from inventory to “lasers-in-service” within property and equipment. At times, units are shipped to distributors, but revenue is not recognized until all of the Criteria (as defined below under Revenue Recognition) for revenue recognition have been met, and until that time, the unit is carried on the books of the Company as inventory. Revenue is not recognized from these distributors until payment is either assured or paid in full. Until this time, the cost of these shipments continues to be recorded as finished goods inventory.
 
Reserves for slow moving and obsolete inventories are provided based on historical experience and product demand. Management evaluates the adequacy of these reserves periodically based on forecasted sales and market trend.
 
Property, Equipment and Depreciation
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Excimer lasers-in-service were depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five years. For other property and equipment, depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, primarily three to seven years for computer hardware and software, furniture and fixtures, automobiles, and machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful lives or lease terms. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments to property and equipment are capitalized, while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon retirement or disposition, the applicable property amounts are deducted from the accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Useful lives are determined based upon an estimate of either physical or economic obsolescence or both.
 

 

 
 
F - 12

 

Laser units and laser accessories located at medical facilities for sales evaluation and demonstration purposes or those units/accessories used for development and medical training are included in property and equipment under the caption “machinery and equipment”. These units and accessories are being depreciated over a period of up to five years.
 
Management evaluates the realizability of property and equipment based on estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining useful life of the asset. If the amount of such estimated undiscounted future cash flows is less than the net book value of the asset, the asset is written down to the net realizable value. As of December 31, 2010, no such write-down was required (see Impairment of Long-Lived Assets below).
 
Patent Costs and Licensed Technologies
Costs incurred to obtain or defend patents and licensed technologies are capitalized and amortized over the shorter of the remaining estimated useful lives or eight to 12 years. Developed technology was also recorded in connection with the acquisition of ProCyte in March 2005 and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over seven years.
 
Significant patent costs were recorded in connection with the acquisition of Photo Therapeutics in February 2009 and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over ten years. Other licenses, including the Stern and Mount Sinai licenses, are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives of 10 years. (See Note 5, Patent and Licensed Technologies).
 
Management evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets based on estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining useful life of the asset. If the amount of such estimated undiscounted future cash flows is less than the net book value of the asset, the asset is written down to fair value. As of December 31, 2010, no such write-down was required. (See Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangibles).
 
Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets were recorded in connection with the acquisition of ProCyte in March 2005. With the exception of the Neutrogena intangible, which has been written down to zero, the assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 5 to 10 years. In addition, other intangible assets were recorded in connection with the acquisition of Photo Therapeutics in February 2009. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years. (See Note 2, Acquisition).
 
Management evaluates the recoverability of such other intangible assets based on estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining useful life of the asset. If the amount of such estimated undiscounted future cash flows is less than the net book value of the asset, the asset is written down to fair value. As of December 31, 2010 no such write-down was required. (See Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangibles).
 
Goodwill
Goodwill consists of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Management evaluates the recoverability of such goodwill by testing for impairment, at least annually. The first step of the impairment test requires that the Company assess the fair value of each reporting unit, and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s carrying amount. To the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired and the Company must perform a second, more detailed assessment. The second step in an assessment involves allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its recognized and unrecognized assets and liabilities in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill as of the assessment date. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared to the carrying amount of goodwill to quantify an impairment charge as of the assessment date. There has been no impairment of goodwill recorded through December 31, 2010.
 
Foreign currency translation
Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currencies are the local currency, are translated from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation of account balances are included in income or loss in the year in which they occur. The adjustment resulting from translating the financial statements of such foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.
 

 

 
F - 13

 

Accrued Warranty Costs
The Company offers a warranty on product sales generally for a one to two-year period. In the case of domestic sales of XTRAC lasers, however, the Company has offered longer warranty periods, ranging from three to four years, in order to meet competition or meet customer demands. The Company provides for the estimated future warranty claims on the date the product is sold. Total accrued warranty is included in other accrued liabilities on the balance sheet. The activity in the warranty accrual during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is summarized as follows:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Accrual at beginning of year
  $ 773,628     $ 442,527  
Additions due to PTL acquisition
    -       227,334  
Additions charged to warranty expense
    703,512       369,081  
Expiring warranties
    (204,739 )     (53,149 )
Claims satisfied
    (271,165 )     (212,165 )
Accrual at end of year
  $ 1,001,236     $ 773,628  
 
Revenue Recognition
The Company has two distribution channels for its phototherapy treatment equipment. The Company either (i) sells its lasers through a distributor or directly to a physician or (ii) places its lasers in a physician’s office (at no charge to the physician) and generally charges the physician a fee for an agreed upon number of treatments. In some cases, the Company and the customer stipulate to a quarterly or other periodic target of procedures to be performed, and accordingly revenue is recognized ratably over the period. When the Company sells an XTRAC laser to a distributor or directly to a foreign or domestic physician, revenue is recognized when the following four criteria have been met: (i) the product has been shipped and the Company has no significant remaining obligations; (ii) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (iii) the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection is probable (the “Criteria”). At times, units are shipped, but revenue is not recognized, until all of the Criteria have been met and, until that time, the unit is carried on the books of the Company as inventory.
 
The Company ships most of its products FOB shipping point, although from time to time certain customers, for example governmental customers, will insist upon FOB destination. Among the factors the Company takes into account when determining the proper time at which to recognize revenue are when title to the goods transfers and when the risk of loss transfers. Shipments to distributors or physicians that do not fully satisfy the collection criterion are recognized when invoiced amounts are fully paid or fully assured.
 
Under the terms of the Company’s distributor agreements, distributors do not have a unilateral right to return any unit that they have purchased. However, the Company does allow products to be returned by its distributors for product defects or other claims.
 
When the Company places a laser in a physician’s office, it generally recognizes service revenue based on the number of patient treatments performed, or purchased under a periodic commitment, by the physician. Treatments to be performed through random laser-access codes that are sold to physicians free of a periodic commitment, but not yet used, are deferred and recognized as a liability until the physician performs the treatment. Unused treatments remain an obligation of the Company because the treatments can only be performed on Company-owned equipment. Once the treatments are delivered to a patient, this obligation has been satisfied.
 
The Company defers substantially all sales of treatment codes ordered by and delivered to its customers within the last two weeks of the period in determining the amount of procedures performed by its physician-customers. Management believes this approach closely approximates the actual amount of unused treatments that existed at the end of a period. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company deferred $229,099 and $303,868, respectively, under this approach. The Company generates revenues from its Skin Care business primarily through product sales for skin health, hair care and wound care. The Company recognizes revenues on its products and copper peptide compound when they are shipped, net of returns and allowances. The Company ships the products FOB shipping point.
 

 

 
F - 14

 


The Company generates revenues from its Photo Therapeutics business primarily from two channels. The first is through product sales of LEDs and skincare products. The second is through milestone payments and potential royalty payments from a licensing agreement. The Company recognizes revenues from the product sales, including sales to distributors and other customers, when the Criteria have been met. The Company recognizes the milestone payments when the milestones have been achieved and potential royalty revenues as they are earned from the licensee.
 
The Company generates revenues from its Surgical Products business primarily from product sales of laser systems, related maintenance service agreements, recurring laser delivery systems and laser accessories. Domestic sales generally are direct to the end-user, though the Company has some sales to or through a small number of domestic distributors; foreign sales are to distributors. The Company recognizes revenues from surgical laser and other product sales, including sales to distributors and other customers, when the Criteria have been met.
 
Revenue from maintenance service agreements is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreements. Revenue from billable services, including repair activity, is recognized when the service is provided.
 
Product Development Costs
Costs of research, new product development and product redesign are charged to expense as incurred.
 
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”). ASC Topic 740 prescribes that the use of the liability method be used for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. Any resulting net deferred tax assets are evaluated for recoverability and, accordingly, a valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
 
Net Loss Per Share
The Company computes net loss per share by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share reflects the potential dilution from the conversion or exercise into common stock of securities such as stock options and warrants.
 
In these consolidated financial statements, diluted net loss per share from continuing operations is the same as basic net loss per share. Thus, no additional shares for the potential dilution from the conversion of the Convertible Notes, or from exercise of warrants related to the Convertible Notes or from other warrants or from the exercise of options into common stock are treated as outstanding in the calculation of diluted net loss per share, since the result would be anti-dilutive. Common stock options and warrants of 593,984; 482,142 and 224,854 as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share from continuing operations since their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. Share amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheets and share amounts and basic and diluted net loss per share amounts shown on the consolidated statements of operations have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of 1-for-6 effective February 3, 2010, excluding the rounding up of fractional shares. Share amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 have also been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of 1-for-7 effective January 26, 2009, excluding the rounding up of fractional shares. For the years ended December 31, 2008, there was income from discontinued operations, but basic net income per share and diluted net income per share from discontinued operations for these periods were immaterial.
 

 

 
F - 15

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is a more inclusive financial reporting method that includes disclosure of certain financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income (loss). Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as net income and other changes in shareholders’ investment from transactions and events other than with shareholders. Total comprehensive income (loss) is as follows:
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Net loss
  $ (8,723,189 )   $ (10,520,775 )   $ (11,290,907 )
Change in cumulative translation adjustment
    107,669       101,235       -  
Comprehensive loss
  $ (8,615,520 )   $ (10,419,540 )   $ (11,290,907 )
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangibles
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the fair value of the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as discontinued operations are presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet. As of December 31, 2010, no such impairment exists.
 
Share-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, share- based payment. Under the fair value recognition provision, of this statement, share-based compensations cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the applicable vesting period of the stock award using the straight-line method.
 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company paid interest payable on the convertible notes with an issuance of additional convertible debt amounting to $826,676.  The Company also issued a warrant to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock related to the Term Note held by Clutterbuck Funds and which is valued at $769,754, and which offsets the carrying value of the Term Note. The Company financed certain insurance policies during the period through notes payable for $401,168.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued warrants to an investor that manages an investment fund (the “Investor”) in conjunction with a private placement of convertible debt which funded the Company’s purchase of the PTL business. These warrants were initially valued at $1,550,311, are carried as a liability and result in a discount from the face of the convertible debt. The Company paid the first installment of interest payable on the convertible debt with an issuance of an additional convertible note in the amount of $720,000. The Company financed certain insurance policies during the period through notes payable for $485,860.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company financed certain insurance policies through notes payable for $635,243 and issued warrants to a term-note credit facility which are valued at $44,366, and which offset the carrying value of debt.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company paid interest of $534,177, $675,389 and $990,420, respectively. Income taxes paid in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were immaterial.
 

 

 
F - 16

 


Accounting Standards Update
In January 2010, the FASB issued an update to ASC 820-10, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Values (“ASC Topic 820-10”). The update to ASC Topic 820-10 requires disclosure of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 measurements and the reasons for the transfers, and a gross presentation of activity within the Level 3 rollforward, presenting separately information about purchases, sales issuances and settlements. The update to ASC Topic 820-10was adopted by the Company in 2010, except for the gross presentation of the Level 3 rollforward which will be adopted by the Company in fiscal year 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the update to ASC Topic 820-10, but does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("ASC Topic 105"), In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13 which supersedes certain guidance in ASC 605-25, "Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements." This topic amends current guidance for the allocation of arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables, to allow an entity to use relative selling prices when vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value or third party evidence does not exist. This topic is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this topic will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Note 2
Acquisition:
 
Photo Therapeutics Transaction:
On February 27, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of the subsidiaries of Photo Therapeutics Group Ltd. The subsidiaries are Photo Therapeutics Ltd. (based in the United Kingdom) and Photo Therapeutics, Inc. (based in California) and are collectively referred to herein as “Photo Therapeutics” or “PTL.” Photo Therapeutics is a developer and provider of non-laser light aesthetic devices for the treatment of a range of clinical and non-clinical dermatological conditions.
 
The Company paid an aggregate purchase price of $13 million in the Photo Therapeutics acquisition. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on management estimates and values derived from an outside independent appraisal. Based on the purchase price allocation, the following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 421,978  
Accounts receivable
    843,007  
Inventories
    1,883,469  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    187,232  
Property and equipment
    80,462  
Patents and licensed technologies
    7,400,000  
Other intangible assets
    1,500,000  
Total assets acquired at fair value
    12,316,148  
         
Accounts payable
    (936,099 )
Accrued compensation and related expenses
    (35,906 )
Other accrued liabilities
    (419,186 )
Deferred revenues
    (576,349 )
Total liabilities assumed
    (1,967,540 )
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 10,348,608  
 
The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired by $2,651,392, which was recorded as goodwill. Acquisition costs amounting to $1,532,798 and incurred through December 31, 2008 were expensed as of December 31, 2008; acquisition costs amounting to $432,353 and incurred in 2009 were expensed as of February 27, 2009. Acquisition costs accruing after February 27, 2009 were immaterial and expensed. Based on its analyses, as of June 30, 2009 the Company determined that no earn-out would be due to Photo Therapeutics Group Ltd., and that no working capital adjustment would be made to the aggregate purchase price of $13 million. The Company made no claims for indemnification out of the $1 million set aside in escrow on February 27, 2009. The escrow was released on September 8, 2010.
 

 

 
F - 17

 

 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any revenues or expenses related to the PTL business on or prior to February 27, 2009, the closing date of the acquisition. The Company’s unaudited pro-forma results for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized in the following table, assuming the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2008:
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Net revenues
  $ 33,515,493     $ 42,861,963  
Net loss
  $ (11,233,919 )   $ (13,270,587 )
Basic and diluted loss per share
  $ (6.85 )   $ (8.84 )
Shares used in calculating basic and diluted loss per share
    1,640,006       1,500,767  

These unaudited pro-forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which would have actually resulted had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2008, nor to be indicative of future results of operations.
 
Discontinued Operations:
Surgical Services was a fee-based procedures business using mobile surgical laser equipment operated by Company technicians at hospitals and surgery centers in the United States. On August 1, 2008, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell specific assets of the business including accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, for $3,500,000, subject to certain closing adjustments. Such closing adjustments resulted in net proceeds to the Company of $3,149,737. The transaction closed on August 8, 2008. No income tax benefit was recognized by the Company from the loss on the sale of discontinued operations.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the operating results of the discontinued operations separately from continuing operations. The Company recognized a loss of $448,675 on the sale of the discontinued operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, representing the difference between the adjusted net purchase price and the carrying value of the assets being sold.
 
Revenues from Surgical Services, reported as discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $4,398,047. Income from Surgical Services, reported as discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $285,712. No income tax provision was recognized by the Company against income from Surgical Services over the comparable year.
 
Note 3
Inventories:
 
Set forth below is a detailed listing of inventories.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Raw materials and work-in-process
  $ 4,114,505     $ 4,082,593  
Finished goods
    2,026,674       2,920,257  
Total inventories
  $ 6,141,179     $ 7,002,850  
 
Work-in-process is immaterial given the typically short manufacturing cycle, and therefore is disclosed in conjunction with raw materials. There are no finished goods as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 for laser systems shipped to distributors, but not recognized as revenue until all the Criteria of revenue recognition have been met. At times, units are shipped but revenue is not recognized until all of the Criteria are met, and until that time, the unit is carried on the books of the Company as inventory. The Company ships most of its products FOB shipping point, although from time to time certain customers, for example governmental customers, will insist on FOB destination. Among the factors the Company takes into account in determining the proper time at which to recognize revenue are when title to the goods transfers and when the risk of loss transfers. Shipments to the distributors that do not fully satisfy the collection criterion are recognized when invoiced amounts are fully paid. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company carried reserves against its inventories of $1,734,161 and $2,388,262, respectively.
 

 

 
F - 18

 

 
Note 4
 
Property and Equipment:
 
Set forth below is a detailed listing of property and equipment.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Lasers-in-service
  $ 14,061,390     $ 16,436,529  
Computer hardware and software
    376,393       368,668  
Furniture and fixtures
    744,991       683,573  
Machinery and equipment
    835,780       845,856  
Leasehold improvements
    339,423       262,395  
      16,357,977       18,597,021  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (9,439,033 )     (9,303,539 )
Total property and equipment, net
  $ 6,918,944     $ 9,293,482  
 
Related depreciation and amortization expense was $3,080,413 in 2010, $3,204,431 in 2009 and $2,977,506 in 2008. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, net property and equipment included $47,776 and $0, respectively, of assets recorded under capitalized lease arrangements, of which $49,225 and $0 was included in long-term debt at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively (See Note 10).
 
Note 5
Patents and Licensed Technologies:
 
Set forth below is a detailed listing of patents and licensed technologies.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Patents, owned and licensed, at gross costs of $8,033,409 and $8,019,351 net of accumulated amortization of $1,816,979 and $1,025,400, respectively
  $  6,216,430     $  6,993,951  
Other licensed and developed technologies, at gross costs of $2,337,326 and $2,332,364, net of accumulated amortization of $1,740,228 and $1,574,653  respectively
      597,098         757,711  
Total patents and licensed technologies, net
  $ 6,813,528     $ 7,751,662  
 
Related amortization expense was $957,154, $830,833 and $264,930 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in Patents is $7,400,000 in patents, patents pending and related know-how acquired in the Photo Therapeutics transaction. Included in other licensed and developed technologies is $200,000 for cost of developed technologies acquired from ProCyte.
 
On March 31, 2006, the Mount Sinai School of Medicine of New York University granted the Company an exclusive license, effective April 1, 2006, to use Mount Sinai's patented methodology for utilization of ultraviolet laser light for the treatment of vitiligo. The licensed patent is US Patent No. 6,979,327, Treatment of Vitiligo. It was issued December 27, 2005, and the inventor is James M. Spencer, MD, a member of the Company’s Scientific Advisory Board. The license is carried on the Company’s books at $55,954 and $61,369, net at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of this intangible is on a straight-line basis over 10 years, which began in April 2006. The Company is also obligated to pay Mount Sinai a royalty on a combined base of domestic sales of XTRAC treatment codes used for psoriasis as well as for vitiligo. In the first four years of the license, however, Mount Sinai may elect to be paid royalties on an alternate base, comprised simply of treatments for vitiligo, but at a higher royalty rate than the rate applicable to the combined base. The right to elect the alternate base for royalties has now expired. This technology is for the laser treatment of vitiligo and is included in other licensed and developed technologies.
 
Estimated amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for the next five years is $919,000 in 2011, $895,000 in 2012, $885,000 in 2013, $883,000 in 2014, $752,000 in 2015 and $2,479,000 thereafter.
 


 
 
F - 19

 

Note 6
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:
 
As discussed in Note 18, the Company reorganized its business into four operating units which resulted in a change in reportable segments effective January 1, 2010. Goodwill has been reallocated among the new reportable segments as of December 31, 2010 and consisted of the following:
 
   
December 31, 2010
 
       
Physician Domestic segment
  $ 12,793,455  
Physician International segment
    4,037,934  
Other Channels segment
    2,737,811  
Surgical Products segment
    -  
Total goodwill
  $ 19,569,200  
 
The Company has no accumulated impairment losses as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Set forth below is a detailed listing of other intangible assets, which were acquired from ProCyte and Photo Therapeutics and which were initially recorded at their appraised fair values:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Customer Relationships, at gross cost of $2,200,000 net of accumulated amortization of $1,791,667 and $1,669,398, respectively.
  $  408,333     $  530,602  
Tradename, at gross cost of $2,100,000 net of accumulated amortization of $819,981 and $609,977, respectively.
      1,280,019         1,490,023  
    $ 1,688,352     $ 2,020,625  
 
Related amortization expense was $332,273, $575,000 and $930,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Estimated amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for the next five years is $260,000 in 2011, $260,000 in 2012, $260,000 in 2013, $260,000 in 2014, $173,000 in 2015 and $475,000 thereafter. Customer Relationships embody the value to the Company of relationships that ProCyte and Photo Therapeutics had formed with their customers, as well as the value of a non-compete covenant agreed to by Photo Therapeutics Group Ltd. Tradename includes the name of “ProCyte” and various other trademarks associated with ProCyte products (e.g. “Neova”). It also includes the various trademarks associated with Photo Therapeutics products (e.g. “Omnilux” and “Lumiere”).
 
Note 7
Accrued Compensation and related expenses:
 
Set forth below is a detailed listing of accrued compensation and related expenses:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Accrued payroll and related taxes
  $ 392,994     $ 260,280  
Accrued vacation
    146,495       129,026  
Accrued commissions and bonus
    1,021,798       341,685  
Accrued severance
    221,506       402,355  
Total accrued compensation and related expense
  $ 1,782,793     $ 1,133,346  
 
The Board of Directors elected to terminate, without cause, the employment of Jeffrey F. O’Donnell, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, effective July 31, 2009. Under Mr. O’Donnell’s Employment Agreement, dated October 30, 2007, he was therefore entitled to: (i) severance equal to his base salary, including FICA taxes, from August 1, 2009 to July 31, 2010, amounting to $379,450; (ii) continuation of health benefits over the same twelve-month period, amounting to $11,579 and (iii) payment to him of an amount equal to the premiums necessary to maintain
 

 

 
F - 20

 

 
his life and disability insurance over the same twelve-month period, amounting to $8,818. These amounts were recorded as accrued severance for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
In addition, Mr. O’Donnell was also entitled to the immediate vesting of 16,097 options and 15,000 shares of restricted stock that had been awarded to him and that were unvested as of July 31, 2009, amounting to compensation of $588,126. This accelerated vesting was recorded as additional paid-in capital for the year ended December 31, 2009. The options that were so vested expired between March 1, 2010 and July 31, 2010.
 
Note 8
Other Accrued Liabilities:
 
Set forth below is a detailed listing of other accrued liabilities.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Accrued professional and consulting fees
  $ 203,445     $ 552,990  
Accrued warranty
    1,001,236       773,627  
Accrued excise taxes and other expenses
    391,671       274,797  
Accrued sales return – CVS/pharmacy
    169,171       -  
Total other accrued liabilities
  $ 1,765,523     $ 1,601,414  
 
CVS/pharmacy informed the Company that it intended to return, and be refunded for, its entire unsold inventory of products that it purchased from PTL in 2008. The revenues from the original sales were included deferred revenues in previous quarters and were not recognized into revenue by the Company. Most of the unsold inventory was returned to us in 2010, but is in unsaleable condition.
 
Note 9
Notes Payable:
 
Set forth below is a detailed listing of notes payable. The stated interest rate approximates the effective cost of funds from the notes.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Note payable – unsecured creditor, interest at 5.43%, payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $49,803 through February 2010.
  $ -     $ 98,934  
                 
Note payable – unsecured creditor, interest at 6%, payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $2,880 through June 2012.
    46,477       77,239  
                 
Note payable – unsecured creditor, interest at 3.78%, payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $45,278 through January 2011.
    45,136       -  
      91,613       176,173  
Less: current maturities
    (77,796 )     (129,696 )
Notes payable, net of current maturities
  $ 13,817     $ 46,477  
 
Aggregate maturities of the notes payable as of December 31, 2010 are $77,796 in 2011 and $13,817 in 2012.
 

 

 
F - 21

 

Note 10
Long-term Debt:
 
In the following table is a summary of the Company’s long-term debt.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Term note, net of unamortized debt discount of $427,433
  $ 2,072,567     $ -  
Total borrowings on term note credit facility, net of unamortized debt discount of $3,482 and $33,744 respectively
    775,861       3,940,252  
Capital lease obligations
    49,225       -  
Less: current portion
    (2,867,720 )     (3,179,469 )
Total long-term debt
  $ 29,933     $ 760,783  
 
Term Note
On March 19, 2010, the Company entered a Term Loan and Security Agreement with Clutterbuck Funds. The Company received net proceeds of $2,373,000 in the transaction. The secured Term Note has a principal amount of $2.5 million, which accrues interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Term Note requires the Company to make monthly payments of interest only. The principal matures on September 19, 2011 and may be prepaid without penalty at any time. The note is secured by XTRAC lasers that the Company has consigned to physician customers and that are not otherwise pledged to CIT Healthcare LLC and Life Sciences Capital LLC pursuant to the outstanding term notes with such lenders.
 
In connection with the issuance of the Term Note to Clutterbuck Funds, the Company issued Clutterbuck Funds a warrant to purchase 102,180 shares of the Company’s common stock for an initial exercise price of $7.34. The warrant is exercisable at any time on or prior to the fifth anniversary of its issue date. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant, the exercise price is subject to a one-time downward adjustment if the Company makes certain issuances of its equity securities at a price per share less than $7.34 during the 36-month period following the issuance of the warrant. As a result of the public offering on May 7, 2010, the number of shares which may be purchased under the warrant increased to 125,000 shares, and the exercise price of the warrant was reduced, in accordance with the one-time adjustment, to $6.00 per share. The warrants are treated as a discount to the debt and are accreted under the effective interest method over the repayment term of 18 months. The Company has accounted for these warrants as equity instruments since there is no option for cash or net-cash settlement when the warrants are exercised and since they are indexed to the Company’s common stock. The Company computed the value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes method. The key assumptions used to value the warrants are as follows:
 
   
March 2010
 
       
Number of shares underlying warrants
    102,180  
Exercise price
  $ 7.34  
Fair value of warrants
  $ 769,754  
Volatility
    87.68 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.48 %
Expected dividend yield
    0 %
Expected warrant life
 
5 years
 
 
 
On March 28, 2011, Clutterbuck Funds agreed to extend the maturity date of its loan of to the Company, of which the principal of $2.5 million was to be paid at maturity. Previously, the loan matured on September 19, 2011; it will now mature on December 1, 2012. Starting in August 2011, the Company will begin monthly installments of principal such that the final payment at maturity will be $75,000. To induce the modifications to the terms of its loan, the Company has issued to Clutterbuck Funds a second warrant which has been modeled after the first warrant issued on March 19, 2010 but which will be to purchase 109,650 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.70 per share. The collateral securing the first-position security interest of Clutterbuck Funds and the second-position security interest of the holder of our convertible notes will remain in place.
 


 
 
F - 22

 

 
Term-Note Credit Facility
 
In December 2007, the Company entered into a term-note facility with CIT Healthcare LLC and Life Sciences Capital LLC, as equal participants (collectively, “CIT”), for which CIT Healthcare acts as the agent. The facility originally had a maximum principal amount of $12 million and was for a term of one year. The stated interest rate for any draw under the credit facility was set as 675 basis points above the three-year Treasury rate. CIT levied no points on a draw. Each draw was secured by specific XTRAC laser systems consigned under usage agreements with physician-customers. On September 30, 2008, the Company and CIT amended the credit facility to increase the amount the Company could draw on the credit facility by $1,927,534. The interest rate for draws against this amount was set at 850 basis points above the LIBOR rate two days prior to the draw. Each draw was to be secured by certain XTRAC laser systems consigned under usage agreements with physician-customers and the stream of payments generated from such lasers. Each draw has a repayment period of three years.
 
In connection with the amendment to the CIT facility, the Company issued warrants to purchase an additional 192,753 shares to CIT Healthcare in September 2008 (which became 27,536 shares as adjusted to reflect the 1-for-7 reverse stock split effective January 26, 2009; and which now stands at 4,589 shares as further adjusted to reflect the 1-for-6 reverse stock split effective February 3, 2010). The warrants are treated as a discount to the debt and are accreted under the effective interest method over the repayment term of 36 months. The Company has accounted for these warrants as equity instruments since there is no option for cash or net-cash settlement when the warrants are exercised and there is no down-round price protection provision. The Company computed the value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes method.
 
Capital Leases
The obligation under capital lease is at a fixed interest rate and is collateralized by the related property and equipment (see Note 4, Property and Equipment).
 
The following table summarizes the future minimum payments that the Company expects to make for long-term debt and capital lease obligations:
 
2011
  $ 3,576,455  
2012
    24,575  
2013
    8,192  
Total minimum payments
    3,609,222  
         
Less: interest
    (280,654 )
Less: unamortized warrant discount
    (430,915 )
         
Present value of total minimum obligations
  $ 2,897,653  
 
Note 11
Convertible Debt:
 
In the following table is a summary of the Company’s convertible debt.
 
   
December 31, 2010
   
December 31, 2009
 
             
Total borrowings, net of discounts and costs
  $ 19,344,136     $ 17,369,943  
Less: current portion
    -       -  
Total convertible debt
  $ 19,344,136     $ 17,369,943  
 
The February 27, 2009 acquisition of Photo Therapeutics was funded simultaneously through a convertible debt investment of $18 million from the Investor. This convertible note transaction financed the $13 million purchase price of the acquisition, and a further $5 million in working capital at the closing of the acquisition. Under the terms of the investment, the Investor was obligated to invest up to an additional $7 million in convertible debt in the Company in the event that certain earn-out consideration would be payable under the terms of the Photo Therapeutics acquisition; however, based on its analyses, the Company determined that no earn-out payment was
 


 
 
F - 23

 

 
due. The intended use of the $5 million working capital provided was for payment of approximately $3 million in expenditures associated with the transaction, with the balance to be used for general corporate purposes.
 
At the closing of the convertible debt financing, and in exchange for the Investor’s payment to the Company of the $18 million purchase price, the Company: (i) issued to the Investor (A) a convertible note in the principal amount of $18 million (the “Original Convertible Note”), and (B) a warrant to purchase 174,367 shares of the Company’s common stock as adjusted to reflect the 1-for-6 reverse stock split effective February 3, 2010; and (ii) paid a transaction fee of $210,000 in cash. The conversion price of the Original Convertible Note and the exercise price of the warrant were each $30.96 per share as adjusted to reflect the 1-for-6 reverse stock split effective February 3, 2010.
 
The Original Convertible Note was due on February 27, 2014 with interest payments semi-annually at 8%, due on September 1 and March 1 of each year. The interest can be paid by the issuance of additional convertible notes. The effective interest rate on the Original Convertible Note is 11.64%, which takes into account paid interest as well as accreted interest under an effective interest method from the warrants and loan origination costs. The warrants that were issued give rise to a discount to the debt. This discount, as well as loan origination costs and the transaction fee paid to the Investor, are accreted as interest expense under the effective interest method over the repayment term of 60 months. On March 1, 2010 and September 1, 2009, the Company satisfied interest payments of $748,800 and $720,000, respectively, by issuance of additional convertible notes (the “Additional Convertible Notes” and collectively with the Original Convertible Notes, the “Convertible Notes”). These notes have the same interest rate, convertible price per share and maturity date as the Original Convertible Note. No warrant was issued with the Additional Convertible Notes.
 
The Convertible Notes, as well as the warrant to purchase common stock of the Company, contain down-round provisions such that the number of underlying shares, and the corresponding price per share, change if the Company issues stock below the stated conversion and exercise price of the notes and warrant. In conjunction with the October 2009 private placement of the Company’s common stock, the convertible notes and the warrant were adjusted by contract using a weighted-average formula to have a conversion price and an exercise price of $22.11 per share for 846,735 and 244,251 shares, respectively as adjusted to reflect the 1-for-6 reverse stock split effective February 3, 2010.
 
In order to consummate the bridge financing with a term note (see Note 10, Term Note), it was necessary to secure the consent of the Investor. As of March 19, 2010, the outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Convertible Notes was $19,546,676. In order to obtain the Investor’s consent, the Company agreed to the following modifications to the Convertible Notes:
 
 
The Company combined the aggregate outstanding obligations under the Convertible Notes into two convertible notes. Each note matures on February 27, 2014 and is identical to the original form of convertible note except as noted below;
     
 
The larger note has a principal amount of $16,746,270. This note remains subject to the same down-round anti-dilution adjustment to the conversion price which was in the unmodified notes. The interest rate of this note was increased from 8% to 10%. The incremental 2% increase in the interest rate may be paid in cash, or, pursuant to the vote of our stockholders at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on October 28, 2010, may be paid in convertible PIK notes;
     
 
The smaller note has a principal amount of $2,800,406. The conversion price of this note was reduced to $11.26 and the down-round anti-dilution adjustment to the conversion price was removed. The interest rate of this note was increased from 8% to 10%. The full amount of the accrued interest remains payable in cash or convertible PIK notes;



 
 
F - 24

 


 
The collateral securing the Convertible Note was expanded by adding a first-priority lien against all of the Company’s assets other than the assets pledged with first-priority liens to CIT Healthcare and to Clutterbuck Funds. When assets are released from the lien of CIT Healthcare, such assets will become subject to the first-priority lien of Clutterbuck Funds and a second-priority lien of the Holder. Finally, when assets are released from the lien of Clutterbuck Funds, such assets will become subject to the first-priority lien of the Holder; and
     
 
Three of the Company’s subsidiaries (ProCyte Corporation, Photo Therapeutics, Inc. and SLT Technology, Inc.) have guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the Convertible Notes.
 
In conjunction with this, the conversion price of the larger convertible note and the exercise price of the warrants were adjusted by contract using a weighted-average formula specified in the convertible note to have a conversion price and exercise price of $21.47 per share for 780,025 and 251,528, respectively.
 
In conjunction with the May 7, 2010 public offering of the Company’s common stock, the larger convertible note and the warrant were adjusted by contract using a weighted-average formula as specified in the convertible note to have conversion prices and exercise price of $18.39 per share for 910,533 and 293,611 shares, respectively. No change was made to the smaller note, as it has no down-round provision.
 
Interest at 10% due under the smaller, Series B-1 Convertible Note was paid on September 1, 2010 in the form of an additional convertible note in the amount of $126,018. Interest due at 10% interest under the larger, Series B-2 Convertible Note on September 1, 2010 was $753,582. The interest that accrued at 8% was paid in the form of an Additional Convertible Note in the amount of $602,866; the interest accruing at 2% (the incremental difference between 10% and 8%) was provisionally paid in restricted cash but has now been paid by an Additional Convertible Note effective September 1, 2010, in the amount of $150,716. This resulted from an extension granted by the Investor to allow for the stockholders to approve payment of such incremental interest in the form of convertible PIK notes. The stockholders approved such form of payment on October 28, 2010. Accordingly, the Investor authorized the return to the Company of cash which had been escrowed to secure the Investor for interest accruing in September and October and which had been recorded as restricted cash.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the total amount due under the convertible notes outstanding was $20,426,276 and the two notes are convertible into an aggregate of 1,211,437 shares of the Company's common stock.
 
Interest at 10% due under the Series B-1 Convertible Note and Series B-2 Convertible Note, and their related Additional Convertible Notes was paid on March 1, 2011 in the form of additional convertible notes of $146,321 and $874,993, respectively.
 
Note 12
Warrants:
 
Some of the Company’s warrants have provisions that protect holders from a decline in the issue price of its common stock (or “down-round” provisions) or that contain net settlement provisions. The Company accounts for these warrants as liabilities instead of equity. Down-round provisions reduce the exercise or conversion price of a warrant or convertible instrument if a company either issues equity shares for a price that is lower than the exercise or conversion price of those instruments or issues new warrants or convertible instruments that have a lower exercise or conversion price. Net settlement provisions allow the holder of the warrant to surrender shares underlying the warrant equal to the exercise price as payment of its exercise price, instead of physically exercising the warrant by paying cash. The Company evaluated whether warrants to acquire its common stock contain provisions that protect holders from declines in the stock price or otherwise could result in modification of the exercise price and/or shares to be issued under the respective warrant agreements based on a variable that is not an input to the fair value of a “fixed-for-fixed” option.
 
The warrants issued to the Investor, in conjunction with the $18 million Original Convertible Note (see Note 11, Convertible Debt), contain a down-round provision. The Company concluded that the triggering event of the down-round provision was not based on an input to the fair value of “fixed-for-fixed” option and therefore is not considered indexed to the Company’s stock. Since the warrant contains a net settlement provision, and it is not indexed to the Company’s stock, it is accounted for as a liability.
 

 

 
F - 25

 

 
The Company recognizes these warrants as a liability equal to their fair value on each reporting date. The Company measured the fair value of these warrants as of December 31, 2010, and recorded other expense of $197,098 resulting from the increase of the liability associated with the fair value of the warrants for the year. The Company measured the fair value of these warrants for the year ended December 31, 2009, and recorded other income of $808,786 resulting from the decrease of the liability associated with the fair value of the warrants for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. See Note 1, Fair Value Measurements. The Company computed the value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes method. The following are the key assumptions used to value the warrants as of the dates indicated (as adjusted to reflect the 1-for-6 reverse stock split effective February 3, 2010):
 
   
December 31, 2010
   
December 31, 2009
   
February 27, 2009
 
Number of shares underlying warrants
    293,610       244,251       174,367  
Exercise price
  $ 18.39     $ 22.108     $ 30.96  
Fair value of warrants
  $ 938,623     $ 741,525     $ 1,550,311  
Volatility
    83.04 %     79.23 %     87.89 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.71 %     3.39 %     2.69 %
Expected dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %
Expected warrant life
 
6.17 years
   
7.17 years
   
8 years
 
 
The Company’s recurring fair value measurements at December 31, 2010 related only to the warrants issued to the Investor, and had a fair value of $938,623. The inputs used in measuring the fair value of these warrants are of Level 3, significant unobservable inputs.
 
 
No other warrants issued by the Company contain both down-round provisions and net settlement provisions.
 
Recurring Level 3 Activity and Reconciliation
 
The table below provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The table reflects gains and losses for the twelve months for all financial liabilities categorized as Level 3 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3):
 
Warrant liability:
     
Balance as of January 1, 2009
  $ 0  
Initial measurement of warrants
    1,550,311  
Decrease in fair value of warrants
    (808,786 )
Balance as of December 31, 2009
    741,525  
Increase in fair value of warrants
  $ 197,098  
Balance as of December 31, 2010
  $ 938,623  
 
Note 13
Commitments and Contingencies:
 
Leases
The Company has entered into various non-cancelable lease agreements for real property, and one minor operating lease for personal property. These arrangements expire at various dates through 2012. Rent expense was $656,296, $748,715 and $601,947 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The future annual minimum payments under these leases are as follows:
 

 

 
F - 26

 


 
Year Ending December 31,
     
2011
  $ 363,311  
2012
    92,933  
Thereafter
    -  
Total
  $ 456,244  
 

Litigation
Ra Medical
 
The Company has been involved in a number of disputes with Ra Medical Systems, Inc. and Dean Irwin, one of the Company’s former employees and now an officer of Ra Medical Systems (collectively, here “Ra Medical”). In January 2004, the Company brought an action against Ra Medical for falsely advertising that it had clearance from the Food and Drug Administration, and for falsely claiming in March 2003 that its laser would be available for purchase in August 2003 and for falsely claiming that Irwin was the sole inventor of the XTRAC laser system. In November 2004, Ra Medical brought a malicious prosecution action against the Company, which was subsequently settled in May 2007. In June 2006, Ra Medical brought an action against the Company for unfair competition. In that action, the Company brought counterclaims under Federal and State law addressing such issues as misappropriation, unfair competition and unfair advertising. In October 2008, Ra Medical brought a second malicious prosecution action against the Company and its outside counsel, alleging that the action the Company brought in January 2004 against Ra Medical was initiated and maintained with malice. Ra Medical withdrew the complaint without prejudice in July 2010.
 
In the action which the Company brought against Ra Medical in January 2004, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled, in April 2010, in the Company’s favor on two counts, and has reversed the summary judgments on those counts and remanded them back to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California. The Company is preparing for trial, which is scheduled for June 2011.
 
In the action brought by Ra Medical in June 2006 in the District Court for the Southern District Court of California, all of the Company’s counterclaims against Ra Medical which the trial court had dismissed were reinstated by the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals and remanded to the trial court. Among such counterclaims are one for misappropriation of the Company’s XTRAC technology and another for interference in the contracts the Company has with its customers. The Company has brought a motion to dismiss Ra Medical’s single claim against the Company for unfair competition under the California Business and Professions Code on the grounds that Ra Medical fails to meet the standing and evidentiary requirements of that Code. The parties await the decision of the Court. The Company expects that the case will soon move into active discovery phase. Trial has been targeted for first quarter 2012.
 
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
 
In January 2009, the Company brought a second coverage action against St. Paul in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania in which the Company argued that the policy provided coverage for the new malicious prosecution claim asserted by Ra Medical, and the court granted the Company’s motion for summary judgment on the issue of whether the policy covers malicious prosecution claims.  Accordingly, the only issue before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, where St. Paul had brought a declaratory judgment action, is whether St. Paul has been released from any further coverage arising out of a claim by Ra Medical for malicious prosecution.  The parties have filed cross-motions for summary judgment on the issue of the effect of the release.
 
Dermatologist’s action against Ra Medical and PhotoMedex
 
On or about October 14, 2009, a dermatologist brought an action against Ra Medical in the Circuit Court of the Sixth Judicial Circuit, Macon County, Illinois, docket no. 09-L-175. The plaintiff has two principal grievances against Ra Medical: (i) that Ra Medical sold the dermatologist one of its Pharos lasers in September 2006, before Ra Medical had the right under FDA regulations to sell the laser in the United States, and (ii) that the laser failed to perform according to its specifications in that it repeatedly failed to deliver the dosage of light demanded by the
 


 
 
F - 27

 

laser operator for the patient’s treatment, with the result that some patients were under-dosed and showed negligible or no improvement while other patients were over-dosed and their skin blistered. The plaintiff seeks damages from Ra Medical.
 
The plaintiff joined the Company as co-defendants and seeks a declaratory judgment from the court that when PhotoMedex and the plaintiff had tested the performance of the laser from Ra Medical, they had not acted improperly – as alleged by an attorney for Ra Medical – but within their rights and. The Company has answered the complaint and also lodged against Ra Medical a claim for interference with prospective economic advantage from the plaintiff and from other similarly situated customers of the Company.
 
Ra Medical has moved that the Court should dismiss the Company’s claim against Ra Medical on various grounds. The Court heard the motion on March 24, 2011. The Court ruled that the Company must amend its counterclaim to exclude injury from any interference by Ra Medical with the Company’s contracts.
 
Other
 
The Company is involved in certain other legal actions and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. It believes, based on discussions with legal counsel, that these other litigations and claims will likely be resolved without a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
Employment Agreements
The Company has severance agreements with certain key executives and employees that create certain liabilities in the event of their termination of employment without cause, or following a change in control of the Company. The aggregate commitment under these executive severance agreements, should all covered executives and employees be terminated other than for cause, was approximately $1,224,545 as of December 31, 2010, based on 2010 salary levels. Should all covered executives be terminated following a change in control of the Company, the aggregate commitment under these executive severance agreements at December 31, 2010 was approximately $1,555,244, based on 2010 salary levels.
 
Restricted Securities and Warrants
If an investor participating in the November 2006 private placement exercises a warrant received in the placement, then Cowen & Company is entitled to a 6.5% commission on the gross proceeds to the Company from such exercise. If all such warrants are exercised, then the Company will receive $3,904,000 and will owe Cowen & Company $253,760 in commissions. To date, no such exercises of these warrants have occurred.
 
Note 14
Stockholders’ Equity:
 
Common Stock
On December 8, 2010, the Company issued 49,048 unrestricted registered shares of stock in voluntary settlement of $343,333 of fees to the incumbent members of the Board, one former member and the Board’s special medical adviser, which were accrued but unpaid as of September 30, 2010. The shares were issued out of the 2005 Equity Plan.
 
On December 30, 2010, the Company completed an exchange program of which it tendered unrestricted registered shares of its common stock to those holders of stock options in the Company who were active providing services to the Company and whose options had exercise prices greater than $10 per share. For 23,063 shares of stock, the Company cancelled underwater options to purchase 68,653 shares.
 
On February 3, 2010, the stockholders voted to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 3,571,429 to 35,000,000 shares.
 
On January 26, 2009, the stockholders voted to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 2,380,952 to 3,571,429 shares.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had issued 14,044 shares of its restricted common stock in connection with the Asset Purchase agreement with Stern Laser Srl, or Stern.
 

 

 
F - 28

 

Common Stock Options
In May 2000, the Company also adopted the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the “Non-Employee Director Plan”). In 2010, nonqualified stock options were granted under this plan to the directors: 833 options were granted to directors in place as of January 1, 2010 and 625 to each of Messrs. Sight and Denby, who joined the Board ion May 26, 2010. Starting in 2011, the annual award is 1,000 shares of stock, vesting quarterly. As of December 31, 2010, the Plan was authorized to issue 60,000 shares; 22,730 shares were reserved for outstanding stock options.
 
In March 2005, the Company assumed four option plans from ProCyte: the 2004 Stock Option Plan, the 1996 Stock Option Plan, the 1991 Restated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors and the 1989 Restated Stock Option Plan. The plans became inactive on December 28, 2005, and had 0, 4,038, 0 and 0 options outstanding at December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
On December 28, 2005, the stockholders approved the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan (“2005 Equity Plan”), and as of December 31, 2010, was authorized to issue 650,000 shares, of which 53,472 shares had been issued or were reserved for issuance as awards of shares of common stock, and 43,741 shares were reserved for outstanding options.
 
In January 2010 and May 2010, the Company issued 4,165and 1,250 options, respectively, to purchase common stock to non-employee directors, in accordance with the terms of the Non-Employee Director Plan.
 
Also in 2010, the Company granted an aggregate of 10,835 options to purchase common stock to a number of consultants with a strike price equal to the quoted market value of our stock at the date of grant. The options vest immediately and expire ten years from the date of grant.
 
In January 2009, February 2009 and May 2009, the Company issued 5,000, 833 and 625 options, respectively, to purchase common stock to non-employee directors, in accordance with the terms of the Non-Employee Director Plan.
 
On June 15, 2009, the Company awarded 4,667 restricted shares of our common stock to two of the Company’s executive officers.
 
Also, during the course of 2009, the Company granted an aggregate of 34,432 options to purchase common stock to a number of employees and consultants with a strike price equal to the quoted market value of our stock at the date of grant. The options vest over five years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
 
In January 2008, the Company issued 5,000 options to purchase common stock to non-employee directors, in accordance with the terms of the Non-Employee Director Plan.
 
Also, during the course of 2008, the Company granted an aggregate of 25,243 options to purchase common stock to a number of employees and consultants with a strike price equal to the quoted market value of our stock at the date of grant. The options vest over five years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
 

 

 
F - 29

 

A summary of option transactions for all of the Company’s options during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
   
Number of Shares
   
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2008
    145,945     $ 84.00  
Granted
    30,243       35.70  
Exercised
    -       -  
Expired/cancelled
    (31,044 )     78.96  
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    145,144       75.36  
Granted
    41,224       7.44  
Exercised
    -       -  
Expired/cancelled
    (28,183 )     76.62  
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    158,185       57.42  
Granted
    16,250       7.15  
Exercised
    -       -  
Expired/cancelled
    (103,774 )     69.15  
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    70,661     $ 28.70  
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
    45,751     $ 40.61  
 
As of December 31, 2010, 45,751 options to purchase common stock were vested and exercisable at prices ranging from $5.70 to $236.46 per share. As of December 31, 2009, 101,076 options to purchase common stock were vested and exercisable at prices ranging from $8.88 to $399.00 per share. Options are issued with exercise prices equal to the market price on the date of issue, so the weighted-average exercise price equals the weighted-average fair value price.
 
The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2010 was immaterial.
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of options was $5.74 and $6.12 for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $0.
 
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate fair value of grants of stock options with the following weighted average assumptions:
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Risk-free interest rate
    3.67 %     3.46 %     3.75 %
Volatility
    84.31 %     88.67 %     84.06 %
Expected dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %
Expected life
 
8.1 years
   
8.1 years
   
8.1 years
 
Estimated forfeiture rate
    13 %     27 %     10 %
 
The Company calculates expected volatility for a share-based grant based on historic daily stock price observations of its common stock during the period immediately preceding the grant that is equal in length to the expected term of the grant. For estimating the expected term of share-based grants made in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has adopted the simplified method. The Company has used historical data to estimate expected employee behaviors related to option exercises and forfeitures and included these expected forfeitures as a part of the estimate of expense as of the grant date.
 
With respect to both grants of options and awards of restricted stock, the risk-free rate of interest is based on the U.S. Treasury rates appropriate for the expected term of the grant or award.
 

 

 
F - 30

 


On June 15, 2009, the Company awarded 4,667 shares of restricted stock to its senior executives. These restricted shares have a purchase price of $0.06 per share; the shares will vest, and no longer be subject to the Company’s right of repurchase, if the Company achieves positive adjusted net income in the year ended December 31, 2010, where adjusted net income is defined as net income after taxes, excluding income and expense from stock options and warrants. Taking into account the conditions for vesting, the Company determined the fair value of the awards to be the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of issuance less the purchase price of the award. The Company does not intend to exercise its right of repurchase.
 
Compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $375,772 from stock options grants and $206,128 from restricted stock awards. Compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 included $552,608 from stock options grants and $655,237 from restricted stock awards. Compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 included $888,546 from stock options grants and $414,491 from restricted stock awards.
 
Compensation expense is presented as part of the operating results in selling, general and administrative expenses. For stock options granted to consultants an additional selling, general, and administrative expense in the amount of $102,532, $54,181 and $92,501  was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2010, there was $220,183 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested option grants and stock awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.68 years.
 
The outstanding options, including options exercisable at December 31, 2010, have a range of exercise prices and associated weighted remaining contractual life and weighted average exercise price, as follows:
 
 
Options Range of Exercise Prices
 
Outstanding Number of Shares
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Exercisable Number of Shares
 
Exercisable Weighted Avg. Exercise Price
$0      - $30.00
49,754
8.65
$     6.91
25,058
$     7.38
$30.01 - $60.00
5,732
6.37
$   44.17
5,559
$   44.21
$60.01 - $90.00
8,610
2.91
$   72.88
8,593
$   72.90
$90.01 - up
6,565
2.97
$ 122.32
6,541
$ 122.41
Total
70,661
7.24
$   28.70
45,751
$   40.61
 
The outstanding options will expire, as follows:
Year Ending
Number of Shares
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
 
Exercise Price
2011
1,240
$198,32
$72.24 - $236.46
2012
1,546
85.40
$77.70 - $115.50
2013
4,670
73.12
$64.26 - $97.44
2014
3,003
96.99
$67.20 - $102.48
2015 and later
60,202
16.89
$5.70 - $102.90
 
70,661
$28.70
$5.70 - $236.46
 
Common Stock Warrants
In May 2010, the Company issued 25,000 warrants to purchase common stock to Landenberg Thalmann & Co. in connection with the public offering in May 2010. The warrants have an exercise price of $7.50 per share and have five year term expiring May 7, 2015.
 
In March 2010, the Company issued 102,180 warrants to purchase common stock to Clutterbuck Funds related to the term note of March 19, 2010. The warrants had an initial exercise price of $7.34 per share and have an eight year term expiring March 19, 2018. The warrants have a one-time down-round provision and as of December 31, 2010, the outstanding warrants to Clutterbuck are 125,000, at an exercise price of $6.00.
 

 

 
F - 31

 

In February 2009, the Company issued 174,367 warrants to purchase common stock to the Investor related to the convertible debt agreement dated February 27, 2009. The warrants had an initial exercise price of $30.96 per share and had an eight-year term, expiring in February 2017. The warrants have a down-round provision and as of December 31, 2010, the outstanding warrants to the Investor are 293,610 at an exercise price of $18.39.
 
A summary of warrant transactions for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:
 
   
 
Number of Warrants
   
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2008
    98,800     $ 68.88  
      Issued
    4,589       18.48  
      Exercised
    -       -  
      Expired/cancelled
    (23,680 )     84.00  
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    79,709       61.74  
      Issued
    244,251       22.08  
      Exercised
    -       -  
      Expired/cancelled
    -       -  
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    323,960       31.80  
      Issued (1)
    193,363       6.25  
      Exercised
    -       -  
      Expired/cancelled
    -       -  
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    523,323     $ 21.49  
 
(1)  
Includes 49,363 additional warrants issued to the Investor related to the down-round provisions.
 
At December 31, 2010, all outstanding warrants were exercisable at prices ranging from $6.00 to $67.20 per share.
 
If not previously exercised, the outstanding warrants will expire as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ending December 31,
 
 
Number of Warrants
   
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
             
2011
    63,907     $ 67.20  
2012
    11,216       47.04  
2013
    4,589       18.48  
2014
    -       -  
2015 and later
    443,611       14.29  
      523,323     $ 21.49  
 
Note 15
Income Taxes:
 
The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”). ASC Topic 740 is an asset-and-liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns.
 
The Company recorded no provisions in 2009, 2008 and 2007 due to losses incurred. Any other provisions, including accrual adjustments for prior periods, were completely offset by changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance.
 

 

 
F - 32

 


 
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Federal, including AMT tax:
                 
Current
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Deferred
    (262,000 )     (2,475,000 )     (2,494,000 )
State:
                       
Current
    -       -       -  
Deferred
    (199,000 )     (5,118,000 )     (228,000 )
      (461,000 )     (7,593,000 )     (2,722,000 )
                         
Change in valuation allowance
    461,000       7,593,000       2,722,000  
Income tax expense
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
A reconciliation of the effective tax rate with the Federal statutory tax rate of 34% follows:
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Expected Federal tax benefit at statutory rate
  $ 2,966,000     $ 3,577,000     $ 3,839,000  
                         
Gross change in valuation allowance
    461,000       (7,593,000 )     (2,722,000 )
                         
Adjustments of temporary differences and net operating loss expirations and limitations
    (3,503,000 )     3,651,000       (1,313,000 )
                         
State income taxes
    (199,000 )     286,000       228,000  
                         
Other, including credit carryforwards
    275,000       79,000       (32,000 )
                         
Income tax expense
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $127,800,000 of Federal net operating loss carryforwards in the United States which expire through 2030. Included in the aggregate Federal net operating loss carryforward are approximately $28,663,000 of losses sustained by businesses prior to tax-free acquisistions. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has estimated that only $21,486,000 of such net operating losses, can be realized, based on Federal limitations on the useabililty of such expiring losses. There have been no other changes of ownership identified by management in 2010 that materially limit the Company’s utilization of loss carryforwards. If the Company undergoes a change or ownership in the future, the utilization of the Company’s loss carryforwards may be materially limited. After conversion to U.S. dollars, Photo Therapeutics, Ltd. had approximately $16,019,000 of net operating loss carryforwards, of which $14,950,000 were incurred before the acquisition on February 27, 2009. These losses under British rules have no expiration. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $60 million of gross State net operating loss carryforwards which expire generally through 2017 to 2030, depending on the particular State’s rules The Company did not make a Section 338 election to treat the purchase of the common stock of Photo Therapeutics, Inc. and Photo Therapeutics, Ltd. as an asset purchase.
 
In addition, the Company had approximately $1,351,000 of Federal tax credit carryforwards and alternative minimum tax credits of $112,000 as of December 31, 2010. The credit carryforwards have begun, and continue, to expire over the ensuing 20 years. Primarily due to Federal rules applicable to the acquisition of SLT, approximately $310,000 of the credit carryforward is subject to severe utilization constraints and accordingly have been ascribed no value in the deferred tax asset.
 
Net deductible, or favorable, temporary differences were approximately $27,260,000 at December 31, 2010. Of that amount, $26,023,000 were usable for federal tax purposes in the U.S. and the remaining $1,237,000 were usable for tax purposes in the U.K.
 

 

 
F - 33

 

The changes in the deferred tax asset are as follows.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Beginning balance, gross
  $ 59,431,000     $ 51,838,000  
                 
Net changes due to:
               
Operating loss carryforwards
    2,595,000       5,778,000  
                 
Temporary Differences
    (3,332,000 )     1,736,000  
                 
Other, including credit carryforwards
    275,000       79,000  
                 
Ending balance, gross
    58,969,000       59,431,000  
                 
Less: valuation allowance
    (58,969,000 )     (59,431,000 )
                 
Ending balance, net
  $ -     $ -  
                 
 
The ending balances of the deferred tax asset have been fully reserved, reflecting the uncertainties as to realizability evidenced by the Company’s historical results and restrictions on the usage of the net operating loss carryforwards.
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Loss carryforwards
  $ 47,582,000     $ 44,986,000  
Carryforward and AMT credits
    1,153,000       878,000  
Accrued employment expenses
    551,000       1,452,000  
Amortization and write-offs
    325,000       2,872,000  
Bad debts
    99,000       141,000  
Deferred R&D costs
    3,864,000       3,763,000  
Deferred revenues
    189,000       233,000  
Depreciation
    3,674,000       3,560,000  
Inventory reserves
    659,000       908,000  
Other accruals and reserves
    527,000       292,000  
U.K. capital and research allowances, etc.
    346,000       346,000  
Gross deferred tax asset
    58,969,000       59,431,000  
                 
Less: valuation allowance
    (58,969,000 )     (59,431,000 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ -     $ -  
 
Benefits that may be realized from components in the deferred tax asset that were contributed by acquired companies will be recognized directly in the Company’s Statement of Operations. Within the net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2010 are approximately $6,651,000 of benefit from tax deductions from the exercise of Company stock options. The preponderance of these options were made to employees and therefore no book expense was recognized on their grant. Such benefits, if recognized upon a reduction of the valuation allowance, will be credited to the paid in capital account of the Company.
 
The Company adopted ASC Topic 740 which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statement in accordance. This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. There were no significant matters determined to be unrecognized tax benefits taken or expected to be
 

 

 
F - 34

 

taken in a tax return that have been recorded on the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Additionally, ASC Topic 740 provides guidance on the recognition of interest and penalties related to income taxes. There were no interest or penalties related to income taxes that have been accrued or recognized as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
The Company files corporate income tax returns in the United States, both in the Federal jurisdiction and in various state jurisdictions. The Company is subject to Federal income tax examination for calendar tax years 2007 through 2010 and is also generally subject to various state income tax examinations for calendar years 2004 through 2010.
 
Note 16
Significant Alliances/Agreements:
 
On March 31, 2005, the Company entered into a Sales and Marketing Agreement with GlobalMed (Asia) Technologies Co., Inc. (“GlobalMed”). Under this agreement, GlobalMed acted as master distributor in the Pacific Rim for the Company’s XTRAC excimer laser and for the Company’s LaserPro® diode surgical laser system. GlobalMed has withdrawn from representation of the diode laser but GlobalMed’s territory was substantially expanded in 2010 as it has also added the Company’s VTRAC lamp system and the Omnilux LED systems to its product suite. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, sales to GlobalMed were $4,258,826, $2,635,300 and $2,957,900, respectively.
 
 
On March 31, 2006, the Mount Sinai School of Medicine of New York University granted the Company an exclusive license, effective April 1, 2006, to use Mount Sinai's patented methodology for utilization of ultraviolet laser light for the treatment of vitiligo. The licensed patent is US Patent No. 6,979,327, Treatment of Vitiligo. It was issued December 27, 2005, and the inventor is James M. Spencer, MD, a member of the Company’s Scientific Advisory Board. The Company is obligated to pay royalties, quarterly, over the life of the agreement.
 
 
Pursuant to the license agreement, the Company reimbursed $77,876 to Mount Sinai, over the first 18 months of the license term and at no interest, for patent prosecution costs incurred. The Company is also obligated to pay Mount Sinai a royalty on a combined base of domestic sales of XTRAC treatment codes used for psoriasis as well as for vitiligo. (See Note 5 Patents and Licensed Technologies). The Company has paid and/or accrued Mount Sinai royalties of $167,213, $169,979 and $156,179 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Note 17
Significant Customer Concentration:
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, revenues to the Company’s international master distributor (GlobalMed Technologies) were $4,258,826, or 12.2% of total revenues for the period. At December 31, 2010, the accounts receivable balance from GlobalMed Technologies was $470,997, or 14.4% of total net accounts receivable. No one customer represented 10% or more of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Note 18
Business Segment and Geographic Data:
 
Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reorganized its business into four operating units to better align its organization based upon the Company’s management structure, products and services offered, markets served and types of customers. The Physician Domestic segment derives its primary revenues from XTRAC procedures performed by dermatologists, the sales of XTRAC laser sales, and the sales of skincare and LED products in the United States. The Physician International segment, in comparison, generates revenues from the sale of equipment, skincare and LED products to dermatologists outside the United States through a network of distributors. The Other Channels segment derives revenues by selling skincare and LED products to indoor tanning and spa markets and on-line and television retail consumer markets for home use on both a domestic and an international basis. The Surgical Products segment generates revenues by selling laser products and disposables to hospitals and surgery centers on both a domestic and an international basis. Management reviews financial information presented on an operating segment basis for the purposes of making certain operating decisions and assessing financial performance.
 

 

 
F - 35

 

Unallocated operating expenses include costs that are not specific to a particular segment but are general to the group; included are expenses incurred for administrative and accounting staff, general liability and other insurance, professional fees and other similar corporate expenses. Unallocated assets include cash, prepaid expenses and deposits. Goodwill of $12,793,455, $4,037,934 and $2,737,811 has been allocated to the Physician Domestic, Physician International and Other Channels segments, respectively, based upon the fair value of the reporting segments as of December 31, 2010.
 
The following tables reflect results of operations from our business segments for the periods indicated below:
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
   
PHYSICIAN
DOMESTIC
   
PHYSICIAN INTERN’L
   
OTHER
CHANNELS
   
SURGICAL
PRODUCTS
   
TOTAL
 
Revenues
  $ 20,196,688     $ 8,381,136     $ 2,551,429     $ 3,672,282     $ 34,801,535  
Costs of revenues
    9,464,991       6,110,186       1,467,293       1,677,432       18,719,902  
Gross profit
    10,731,697       2,270,950       1,084,136       1,994,850       16,081,633  
Gross profit %
    53.1 %     27.1 %     42.5 %     54.3 %     46.2 %
                                         
Allocated operating expenses:
                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    10,868,939       1,061,952       643,107       183,103       12,757,101  
Engineering and product development
    470,400       375,633       373,597       123,726       1,343,356  
                                         
Unallocated operating expenses
    -       -       -       -       7,238,362  
      11,339,339       1,437,585       1,016,704       306,828       21,338,819  
Income (loss) from operations
    (607,642 )     833,365       67,432       1,688,021       (5,257,186 )
                                         
Interest expense, net
    -       -       -       -       (3,268,905 )
Change in fair value of warrant
    -       -       -       -       (197,098 )
                                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (607,642 )   $ 833,365     $ 67,432     $ 1,688,021     $ (8,723,189 )
                                         
 


 

 
 
F - 36

 

 

 
Year ended December 31, 2009
 
   
PHYSICIAN
DOMESTIC
   
PHYSICIAN INTERN’L
   
OTHER
CHANNELS
   
SURGICAL
PRODUCTS
   
TOTAL
 
Revenues
  $ 18,844,995     $ 6,665,199     $ 3,555,310     $ 3,622,580     $ 32,688,084  
Costs of revenues
    9,283,459       3,966,749       1,397,902       2,777,856       17,425,966  
Gross profit
    9,561,536       2,698,450       2,157,408       844,724       15,262,118  
Gross profit %
    50.7 %     40.5 %     60.7 %     23.3 %     46.7 %
                                         
Allocated operating expenses:
                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    12,169,919       1,557,889       622,831       242,692       14,593,331  
Engineering and product development
    310,508       184,729       173,163       469,325       1,137,725  
                                         
Unallocated operating expenses
    -       -       -       -       8,489,947  
      12,480,427       1,742,618       795,994       712,023       24,221,003  
Income (loss) from operations
    (2,918,891 )     955,832       1,361,414       132,707       (8,958,885 )
                                         
Interest expense, net
    -       -       -       -       (2,370,676 )
Change in fair value of warrants
    -       -       -       -       808,786  
                                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (2,918,891 )   $ 955,832     $ 1,361,414     $ 132,707     $ (10,520,775 )
                                         
 
 

 
Year ended December 31, 2008
                               
   
PHYSICIANDOMESTIC
   
PHYSICIAN INTERN’L
   
OTHER
CHANNELS
   
SURGICAL PRODUCTS
   
TOTAL
 
Revenues
  $ 21,058,919     $ 6,005,170     $ 1,968,155     $ 5,738,048     $ 34,770,292  
Costs of revenues
    9,663,486       2,657,928       696,388       3,977,515       16,995,317  
Gross profit
    11,395,433       3,347,242       1,271,767       1,760,533       17,774,975  
Gross profit %
    54.1 %     55.7 %     64.6 %     30.7 %     51.1 %
                                         
Allocated operating expenses:
                                       
Selling, general and administrative
    14,139,011       830,304       312,491       377,489       15,659,295  
Engineering and product development
    475,425       102,727       72,553       422,510       1,073,215  
                                         
Unallocated operating expenses
    -       -       -       -       11,137,812  
      14,614,436       933,031       385,044       799,999       27,870,322  
Income (loss) from operations
    (3,219,003 )     2,414,211       886,723       960,534       (10,095,347 )
                                         
Interest expense, net
    -       -       -       -       (1,032,597 )
Change in fair value of warrant
    -       -       -       -       -  
Discontinued operations:
    -       -       -       -          
Income from discontinued operations
                                    285,712  
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
    -       -       -       -       (448,675 )
                                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,219,003 )   $ 2,414,211     $ 886,723     $ 960,534     $ (11,290,907 )

 

 
F - 37

 


   
December 31,
 
Assets:
 
2010
   
2009
 
Total assets for reportable segments
  $ 44,986,796     $ 49,890,944  
Other unallocated assets
    4,508,922       3,277,202  
     Consolidated total
  $ 49,495,718     $ 53,168,146  
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were no material net revenues attributed to an individual foreign country. Net revenues by geographic area were as follows:
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Domestic
  $ 25,237,330     $ 25,624,725     $ 27,398,356  
Foreign
    9,564,205       7,063,359       7,371,936  
    $ 34,801,535     $ 32,688,084     $ 34,770,292  
 
Note 19
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited):
 
   
For the Quarter Ended
 
2010
 
Mar. 31
   
Jun. 30
   
Sep. 30
   
Dec. 31
 
Revenues
  $ 6,687,000     $ 8,011,000     $ 9,585,000     $ 10,519,000  
Gross profit
    3,093,000       3,926,000       3,955,000       5,108,000  
Net loss
    (3,916,000 )     (1,160,000 )     (1,835,000 )     (1,812,000 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (1.75 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.66 )   $ (0.65 )
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
    2,238,456       2,555,516       2,772,637       2,784,899  
                                 
2009
 
Mar. 31
   
Jun. 30
   
Sep. 30
   
Dec. 31
 
Revenues
  $ 7,498,000     $ 8,313,000     $ 8,597,000     $ 8,279,000  
Gross profit
    3,701,000       4,407,000       3,716,000       3,438,000  
Net loss
    (3,512,000 )     (2,709,000 )     (2,011,000 )     (2,288,000 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share(1)(2)
  $ (2.34 )   $ (1.80 )   $ (1.34 )   $ (1.12 )
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share(1)(2)
    1,500,835       1,501,632       1,505,529       2,047,500  
                                 
2008
 
Mar. 31
   
Jun. 30
   
Sep. 30
   
Dec. 31
 
Revenues
  $ 8,330,000     $ 9,390,000     $ 8,797,000     $ 8,253,000  
Gross profit
    4,213,000       5,355,000       4,727,000       3,480,000  
Net loss
    (2,542,000 )     (1,607,000 )     (1,787,000 )     (5,354,000 )
Basic and diluted net loss per share(1)(2)
  $ (1.69 )   $ (1.07 )   $ (1.19 )   $ (3.57 )
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share(1)(2)
    1,500,767       1,500,767       1,500,767       1,500,767  
 
(1)  
Adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of 1-for-7 effective January 26, 2009.
 
(2)  
Adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of 1-for-6 effective February 3, 2010.

 

 
F - 38

 

 
Note 20
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts:
 
         
Additions Charged to
             
 
 
Description
 
Balance at Beginning of Period
   
Cost and Expenses
   
Other Accounts (1)
   
 
Deductions (2)
   
Balance at End of Period
 
 
For The Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                             
Reserve for Doubtful Accounts
  $ 400,276     $ 118,892     $ -     $ 254,193     $ 264,975  
Reserve for Excess and Obsolete Inventories
  $  2,388,262     $  181,355     $  -     $  835,455     $  1,734,162  
 
For The Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                       
Reserve for Doubtful Accounts
  $ 486,162     $ 136,424     $ 629     $ 222,939     $ 400,276  
Reserve for Excess and Obsolete Inventories
  $  1,836,441     $  449,726     $  180,968     $  78,873     $  2,388,262  
 
For The Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                       
Reserve for Doubtful Accounts
  $ 520,913     $ 144,750     $ -     $ 179,501     $ 486,162  
Reserve for Excess and Obsolete Inventories
  $  1,124,345     $  769,323     $  -     $  57,227     $  1,836,441  
 
 
 

(1)  
Represents additions due to the acquisition of PTL in February 2009.
(2)  
Represents write-offs of specific accounts receivable and inventories.

 

 
F - 39

 




PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
a Nevada corporation

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
(as of December 31, 2010)


 
The active subsidiaries are:
 
Photo Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation
 
Photo Therapeutics Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales
 
ProCyte Corporation, a Washington corporation
 
SLT Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation



 
 
 
F - 40
 


EX-2.7 2 ex2-7.htm AGREEMENT & PLAN OF MERGER 12-28-10 ex2-7.htm


EXHIBIT 2.7

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Plan”) is adopted as of  December  28 , 2010, by and between PhotoMedex, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PhotoMedex Delaware”), and PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of PhotoMedex Delaware (“PhotoMedex Nevada”).

 WHEREAS, PhotoMedex Delaware is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

WHEREAS, PhotoMedex Nevada is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, PhotoMedex Delaware has authority to issue Thirty-Five Million (35,000,000) shares of capital stock consisting of 35,000,000) shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share (“Delaware Common Stock”), of which 2,821,685 shares are issued and outstanding;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, PhotoMedex Nevada has authority to issue Thirty-Five Million (35,000,000) shares of capital stock consisting of shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share (“Nevada Common Stock”);

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Ten shares of Nevada Common Stock are issued and outstanding and are owned by PhotoMedex Delaware;

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of PhotoMedex Nevada and PhotoMedex Delaware have determined that, for the purpose of effecting the reincorporation of PhotoMedex Delaware in the State of Nevada, it is advisable and in the best interests of such corporations and their respective stockholders that PhotoMedex Delaware merge with and into PhotoMedex Nevada upon the terms and conditions herein provided;

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of PhotoMedex Nevada and PhotoMedex Delaware have approved this Plan; and

WHEREAS, the respective stockholders of PhotoMedex Nevada and PhotoMedex Delaware have approved this Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein, PhotoMedex Delaware and PhotoMedex Nevada hereby agree to merge as follows:

1. Merger. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, PhotoMedex Delaware shall be merged with and into PhotoMedex Nevada, with PhotoMedex Nevada to be the surviving corporation in the merger (the “Merger”). The Merger shall be effective on the later of the date and time (the “Effective Time”) that a properly executed certificate of merger consistent with the terms of this Plan and Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware or articles of merger are filed with the Secretary of the State of Nevada as required by Section 92A.200 of the Nevada Revised Statutes (the “NRS”).

2. Principal Office of PhotoMedex Nevada. The address of the principal office of PhotoMedex Nevada is 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania 18936.

3. Corporate Documents. The Articles of Incorporation of PhotoMedex Nevada, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the Articles of Incorporation of PhotoMedex Nevada as the surviving corporation without change or amendment until further amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law. The Bylaws of PhotoMedex Nevada, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the Bylaws of PhotoMedex Nevada as the surviving corporation without change or amendment until further amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law.

4. Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of PhotoMedex Delaware at the Effective Time shall be and become directors and officers, holding the same titles and positions, of PhotoMedex Nevada at the Effective Time, and after the Effective Time shall serve in accordance with the Bylaws of PhotoMedex Nevada.

5. Succession. At the Effective Time, PhotoMedex Nevada shall succeed to PhotoMedex Delaware in the manner of and as more fully set forth in Section 259 of the DGCL and in Section 92A.250 of the NRS.

6. Further Assurances. From time to time, as and when required by PhotoMedex Nevada or by its successors and assigns, there shall be executed and delivered on behalf of PhotoMedex Delaware such deeds and other instruments, and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by it such further and other action, as shall be appropriate or necessary in order to vest or perfect in or to confer of record or otherwise in PhotoMedex Nevada the title to and possession of all the interests, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and authority of PhotoMedex Delaware, and otherwise to carry out the purposes and intent of this Plan, and the officers and directors of PhotoMedex Nevada are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of PhotoMedex Delaware or otherwise to take any and all such actions and to execute and deliver any and all such deeds and other instruments.

 
 

 


7. Common Stock of PhotoMedex Delaware. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, each share of Delaware Common Stock outstanding immediately prior thereto shall be changed and converted automatically into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Nevada Common Stock.

8. Stock Certificates. At and after the Effective Time, all of the outstanding certificates which prior to that time represented shares of Delaware Common Stock shall be deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of and to represent shares of Nevada Common Stock into which the shares of the Delaware Common Stock represented by such certificates have been converted as herein provided. The registered owner on the books and records of PhotoMedex Delaware or its transfer agent of any such outstanding stock certificate shall, until such certificate shall have been surrendered for transfer or otherwise accounted for to PhotoMedex Nevada or its transfer agent, have and be entitled to exercise any voting and other rights with respect to and to receive any dividend and other distributions upon the shares of Delaware Common Stock evidenced by such outstanding certificate as above provided.

9. Options; Warrants. Each option, warrant or other right to purchase shares of Delaware Common Stock, which are outstanding at the Effective Time shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into and become an option, warrant or right to purchase one share of Nevada Common Stock at an exercise or purchase price per share equal to the exercise or purchase price applicable to the option, warrant or other right to purchase Delaware Common Stock.

10. Common Stock of PhotoMedex Nevada. At the Effective Time, the previously outstanding Ten shares of Nevada Common Stock registered in the name of PhotoMedex Delaware shall, by reason of the Merger, be reacquired by PhotoMedex Nevada, shall be retired and shall resume the status of authorized and unissued shares of Nevada Common Stock, and no shares of Nevada Common Stock or other securities of PhotoMedex Nevada shall be issued in respect thereof.

11. Amendment. The Boards of Directors of PhotoMedex Delaware and PhotoMedex Nevada may amend this Plan at any time prior to the Merger, provided that an amendment made subsequent to the adoption of the Plan by the sole stockholder of PhotoMedex Nevada or the stockholders of PhotoMedex Delaware shall not (i) alter or change the amount or kind of shares, securities, cash, property and/or rights to be received in exchange for the Delaware Common Stock, (ii) alter or change any term of the articles of incorporation of PhotoMedex Nevada, as the surviving corporation to the Merger, or (iii) alter or change any of the terms and conditions of the Plan if such alteration or change would adversely affect the holders of Delaware Common Stock.

12. Abandonment. At any time before the Effective Time, this Plan may be terminated and the Merger contemplated hereby may be abandoned by the Board of Directors of either PhotoMedex Delaware or PhotoMedex Nevada or both, notwithstanding approval of this Plan by the sole stockholder of PhotoMedex Nevada or the stockholders of PhotoMedex Nevada, or both.

13. Rights and Duties of PhotoMedex Nevada. At the Effective Time and for all purposes the separate existence of PhotoMedex Delaware shall cease and shall be merged with and into PhotoMedex Nevada which, as the surviving corporation, shall thereupon and thereafter possess all the rights, privileges, immunities, licenses and franchises (whether of a public or private nature) of PhotoMedex Delaware; and all property (real, personal and mixed), all debts due on whatever account, all choses in action, and all and every other interest of or belonging to or due to PhotoMedex Delaware shall continue and be taken and deemed to be transferred to and vested in PhotoMedex Nevada without further act or deed; and the title to any real estate, or any interest therein, vested in PhotoMedex Delaware shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of such Merger; and PhotoMedex Nevada shall thenceforth be responsible and liable for all the liabilities and obligations of PhotoMedex Delaware; and, to the extent permitted by law, any claim existing, or action or proceeding pending, by or against PhotoMedex Delaware may be prosecuted as if the Merger had not taken place, or PhotoMedex Nevada may be substituted in the place of such corporation. Neither the rights of creditors nor any liens upon the property of PhotoMedex Delaware shall be impaired by the Merger. If at any time PhotoMedex Nevada shall consider or be advised that any further assignment or assurances in law or any other actions are necessary or desirable to vest the title of any property or rights of PhotoMedex Delaware in PhotoMedex Nevada according to the terms hereof, the officers and directors of PhotoMedex Nevada are empowered to execute and make all such proper assignments and assurances and do any and all other things necessary or proper to vest title to such property or other rights in PhotoMedex Nevada, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Plan.

14. Consent to Service of Process. PhotoMedex Nevada hereby agrees that it may be served with process in the State of Delaware in any proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of PhotoMedex Delaware, as well as for enforcement of any obligation of PhotoMedex Nevada arising from the Merger. PhotoMedex Nevada hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the successors of such officer its attorney in fact in the State of Delaware upon whom may be served any notice, process or pleading in any action or proceeding against it to enforce against PhotoMedex Nevada any obligation of PhotoMedex Delaware. In the event of such service upon the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or the successors of such officer, such service shall be mailed to the principal office of PhotoMedex Nevada at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania 18936.

Signature Page Follows

 
 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement and Plan of Merger, having first been duly approved by resolution of the Boards of Directors of PhotoMedex Delaware and PhotoMedex Nevada, has been executed on behalf of each of said two corporations by their respective duly authorized officers.
 

 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
a Delaware corporation
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Dennis M. McGrath  
    Dennis M. McGrath  
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
a Nevada corporation
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Dennis M. McGrath  
    Dennis M. McGrath  
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
       

 


 


EX-2.8 3 ex2-8.htm CERTIFICATE OF MERGER (DELAWARE) ex2-8.htm


EXHIBIT 2.8

State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 11: 52 AM 12/29/2010
FILED 11: 52 AM 12/29/2010
SRV 101244144 -2142629 FILE
 
          STATE OF DELAWARE
 
CERTIFICATE OF MERGER OF
DOMESTIC CORPORATION INTO FOREIGN CORPORATION

Pursuant to Title 8, Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the undersigned corporation executed the following Certificate of Merger:

First: The name of each constituent corporation is PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada  corporation, and PhotoMedex, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Second: The Agreement and Plan of Merger has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations pursuant to Title 8, Section 252.

Third: The name of the surviving corporation is PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

Fourth: The Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

Fifth: The merger is to become effective immediately upon filing with, and acceptance by, the Secretary of State for the State of Nevada of this Certificate of Merger.

Sixth: The Agreement and Plan of Merger is on file at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomery- ville, Pennsylvania 18936, the principal place of business of the surviving corporation.

Seventh: A copy of the Agreement and Plan of Merger will be furnished by the surviving corporation on request, without cost, to any stockholder of the constituent corporations.

Eighth: The surviving corporation agrees that it may be served with process in the State of Delaware in any proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of the surviving corporation arising from this merger, including any suit or other proceeding to enforce
the rights of any stockholders as determined in appraisal proceedings pursuant to the provisions of Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation laws, and irrevocably appoints the Secretary of State of Delaware as its agent to accept service of process in any such suit or proceeding. The Secretary of State shall mail any such process to the surviving corporation at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936 with a copy to its registered agent: Jolley, Urga, Wirth, Woodbury & Standish; 3800 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 1600; Las Vegas, NV 89169; Attention: William Urga, Esq.

In witness whereof, said surviving corporation has caused this Certificate of Merger to be signed by an authorized officer, the 28th day of December, A.D. 2010.

PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation

By: /s/ Dennis M. McGrath
Name: Dennis M. McGrath
Its: President



,
 
 


EX-3.8 4 ex3-8.htm ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION (NEVADA) ex3-8.htm


EXHIBIT 3.8
 
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
 
OF
 
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
 
(A NEVADA CORPORATION)
 
 

 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC. (the "Corporation”) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada, pursuant to the provisions of Nevada Revised Statutes (“NRS”) Section 78.030 hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is PhotoMedex, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Nevada shall be at Jolley Urga Wirth Woodbury & Standish, 3800 Howard Hughes Parkway, Sixteenth Floor, Las Vegas, Nevada 89169. The name and address of the Corporation's registered agent in the State of Nevada is Jolley Urga Wirth Woodbury & Standish.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Nevada Private Corporations Law of the State of Nevada.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 35,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”).

FIFTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, repeal, rescind, alter or amend in any respect the Bylaws of the Corporation (the "Bylaws").

SIXTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by and under the direction of the Board of Directors. The exact number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time by a Bylaw or Amendment thereto provided that the number of directors shall not be reduced to less than three (3), except that there need be only as many directors as there are stockholders in the event that the outstanding shares are held of record by fewer than three (3) stockholders. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

SEVENTH: Each director shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal; and no decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

EIGHTH: Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or other causes, shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified or until such director's death, resignation or removal, whichever first occurs.

NINTH: Meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be held within or without the State of Nevada, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside the State of Nevada at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws.

TENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to adopt, repeal, rescind, alter or amend in any respect any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by applicable law, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ELEVENTH: The following paragraphs shall apply with respect to liability and indemnification of officers and directors:


 

 
 

 


A. No director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages caused as a result of director’s or officer’s act or failure to act except as otherwise provided by Nevada law.  The limitation of liability provided herein shall continue after a director or officer has ceased to occupy such position as to acts or omissions occurring during such director's or officer’s term or terms of office, and no amendment or repeal of this Article Eleventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director or officer of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment or re­peal.  If the NRS is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS, as so amended.  Any repeal or modification of this paragraph A by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation with respect to events occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

B. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by NRS 78.7502, as amended from time to time, shall indemnify any person or persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto, who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  Such expenses incurred in defending such action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition, upon receipt of an undertaking on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it is determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby, provided that the Board of Directors shall not have determined that such person acted in bad faith and in a manner that such person did not believe to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

TWELFTH: No contract or other transaction of the Corporation with any other person, firm or corporation, or in which this corporation is interested, shall be affected or invalidated by: (a) the fact that any one or more of the directors or officers of the Corporation is interested in or is a director or officer of such other firm or corporation; or, (b) the fact that any director or officer of the Corporation, individually or jointly with others, may be a party to or may be interested in any such contract or transaction, so long as the contract or transaction is authorized, approved or ratified at a meeting of the Board of Directors by sufficient vote thereon by directors not interested therein, to which such fact of relationship or interest has been disclosed, or the contract or transaction has been approved or ratified by vote or written consent of the stockholders entitled to vote, to whom such fact of relationship or interest has been disclosed, or so long as the contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to the Corporation. Each person who may become a director or officer of the Corporation is hereby relieved from any liability that might otherwise arise by reason of his contracting with the Corporation for the benefit of himself or any firm or corporation in which he may in any way be interested.
 
THIRTEENTH: The Corporation elects that the provisions of NRS 78.378 to NRS 78.3793, Acquisition of Controlling Interest, shall not apply to the Corporation.

FOURTEENTH: The name and address of the incorporator is: Judi Herring, 3800 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suit 1600, Las Vegas, NV 89169.  All powers, duties and responsibilities or the incorporator shall cease upon the filing of these Articles of Incorporation by the Secretary of the State of Nevada.

Dated this 22nd day of December, 2010.

 
     
       
 
 
/s/ Judi Herring  
    JUDI HERRING, Incorporator  
       
       

 
                                                       
 
 

 
 


 
 
 


EX-3.9 5 ex3-9.htm BYLAWS OF PHOTOMEDEX (NEVADA) ex3-9.htm
 


EXHIBIT 3.9

 
Bylaws

of

PhotoMedex, Inc.
A Nevada corporation


ARTICLE I

Offices


Section 1.01.   PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE. The principal executive office of the Corporation shall be located at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania 18936. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") may change the location of said principal executive office.

Section 1.02.   OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.


ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.01.   ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at a date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.03 hereof and any other proper business may be transacted.

Section 2.02   SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the entire Board of Directors, any two directors or the President. Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. Each special meeting shall be held at such date and time as is requested by the person or persons calling the meeting within the limits fixed by law.

Section 2.03.   PLACE OF MEETINGS. Each annual or special meeting of stockholders shall be held at such location as may be determined by the Board of Directors or, if no such determination is made, at such place as may be determined by the Chairman of the Board. If no location is so determined, any annual or special meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

Section 2.04. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of each annual or special meeting of stockholders stating the date and time when, and the place where, it is to be held shall be delivered either personally or by mail to stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called may, in the case of an annual meeting, and shall, in the case of a special meeting, also be stated. If mailed, such notice shall be directed to a stockholder at his address as it shall appear on the stock books of the Corporation, unless he shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices intended for him be mailed to some other address, in which case such notice shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

 
 

 

Section 2.05.   CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. All annual and special meetings of stockholders shall be conducted in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Board of Directors may determine subject to the requirements of applicable law and, as to matters not governed by such rules and procedures, as the chairman of such meeting shall determine. The chairman of any annual or special meeting of stockholders shall be the Chairman of the Board. The Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary, a person designated by the Chairman of the Board, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.06.   QUORUM. At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that this Section 2.06 shall not affect any different requirement which may exist under statute, pursuant to the rights of any authorized class or series of stock, or under the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended or restated from time to time (the "Articles"), for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure governed thereby.

In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders present in person or by proxy, by majority vote and without further notice, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is attained. At any reconvened meeting following such adjournment at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 2.07.   VOTES REQUIRED. The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a duly called meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter, shall be sufficient to take or authorize action upon any matter which may properly come before the meeting, except that the election of directors shall be by plurality vote, unless the vote of a greater or different number thereof is required by statute, by the rights of any authorized class of stock or by the Articles.

Unless the Articles or a resolution of the Board of Directors adopted in connection with the issuance of shares of any class or series of stock provides for a greater or lesser number of votes per share, or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class or series, shall be entitled to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.08.   PROXIES. A stockholder may vote the shares owned of record by him either in person or by proxy executed in writing (which shall include writings sent by telex, telegraph, cable or facsimile transmission) by the stockholder himself or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after six (6) months from the date of its execution unless the proxy provides for a longer period which shall not exceed seven (7) years. Each proxy shall be in writing, subscribed by the stockholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact, and dated, but it need not be sealed, witnessed or acknowledged.

Section 2.09.   STOCKHOLDER ACTION. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual meeting or at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 2.10.   INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may appoint Inspectors of Election to act at such meeting or at any adjournment or adjournments thereof. If such Inspectors are not so appointed or fail or refuse to act, the chairman of any such meeting may (and, upon the demand of any stockholder or stockholder's proxy, shall) make such an appointment.


The number of Inspectors of Election shall be one (1) or three (3). If there are three (3) Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective and shall represent the decision, act or certificate of all. No such Inspector need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

 
 

 

Subject to any provisions of the Articles, the Inspectors of Election shall determine the number of shares outstanding, the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; they shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close and determine the result; and finally, they shall do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request, the Inspectors shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting concerning any challenge, question or other matter as may have been determined by them and shall execute and deliver to such secretary a certificate of any fact found by them.

ARTICLE III

Directors

Section 3.01.   POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by and be under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers of the Corporation, except those that are conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders by statute, the Articles or these Bylaws.

Section 3.02.   NUMBER. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors but shall not be less than three (3) nor more than eight (8).

Section 3.03.   ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. Each director shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal and additional directors elected in connection with rights to elect such additional directors under specified circumstances which may be granted to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall not be included in any class, but shall serve for such term or terms and pursuant to such other provisions as are specified in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such series.

Section 3.04.   ELECTION OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. At the organizational meeting immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board from among the directors who shall hold office until the corresponding meeting of the Board of Directors in the next year and until his successor shall have been elected or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any vacancy in such office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the same manner by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

Section 3.05.   REMOVAL. Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, or as provided from time to time by the Nevada Private Corporation Law as then in effect. Failure to elect a new director to replace a removed director shall be deemed to create a vacancy on the board.

Section 3.06.   VACANCIES AND ADDITIONAL DIRECTORSHIPS. Newly created directorships resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 3.07.   REGULAR AND SPECIAL MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of the stockholders; without call at such time as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors; and as called by the Chairman of the Board in accordance with applicable law.

 
 

 

 
Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held upon call by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two (2) directors, except that when the Board of Directors consists of one (1) director, then the one director may call a special meeting. Except as otherwise required by law, notice of each special meeting shall be mailed to each director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least three days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telex, telegram, cable, email, facsimile transmission or telephoned or delivered to him personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but need not state the purpose or purposes thereof, unless otherwise required by law, the Articles or these Bylaws ("Bylaws").

Notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting in person (except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened) or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in a signed writing.

Section 3.08.   QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the fixed number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when the Board of Directors consists of one (1) director, then the one director shall constitute a quorum.

In the absence of a quorum, the directors present, by majority vote and without notice other than by announcement, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present. At any reconvened meeting following such an adjournment at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 3.09.   VOTES REQUIRED. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the Articles, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to pass any measure.

Section 3.10.   PLACE AND CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. Each regular meeting and special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at a location determined as follows: The Board of Directors may designate any place, within or without the State of Nevada, for the holding of any meeting. If no such designation is made: (a) any meeting called by a majority of the directors shall be held at such location, within the county of the Corporation's principal executive office, as the directors calling the meeting shall designate; and (b) any other meeting shall be held at such location, within the county of the Corporation's principal executive office, as the Chairman of the Board may designate or, in the absence of such designation, at the Corporation's principal executive office. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, all regular and special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be conducted in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Board of Directors may approve and, as to matters not governed by such rules and procedures, as the chairman of such meeting shall determine. The chairman of any regular or special meeting shall be the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board, or, in his absence, a person designated by the Board of Directors. The Secretary, or, in the absence of the Secretary, a person designated by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 
 
Section 3.11.   FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors shall be paid such compensation as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors: (a) for their usual and contemplated services as directors; (b) for their services as members of committees appointed by the Board of Directors, including attendance at committee meetings as well as services which may be required when committee members must consult with management staff; and (c) for extraordinary services as directors or as members of committees

 
 

 

appointed by the Board of Directors, over and above those services for which compensation is fixed pursuant to items (a) and (b) in this Section 3.11. Compensation may be in the form of an annual retainer fee or a fee for attendance at meetings, or both, or in such other form or on such basis as the resolutions of the Board of Directors shall fix. Directors shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred by them in attending meetings of the Board of Directors and committees appointed by the Board of Directors and in performing compensable extraordinary services. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity, such as an officer, agent, employee, consultant or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 3.12.   COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. To the full extent permitted by applicable law, the Board of Directors may from time to time establish committees, including, but not limited to, standing or special committees and an executive committee with authority and responsibility for bookkeeping, with authority to act as signatories on Corporation bank or similar accounts and with authority to choose attorneys for the Corporation and direct litigation strategy, which shall have such duties and powers as are authorized by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors. Committee members, and the chairman of each committee, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board, in conjunction with the several committee chairmen, shall make recommendations to the Board of Directors for its final action concerning members to be appointed to the several committees of the Board of Directors. Any member of any committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors. Vacancies which occur on any committee shall be filled by a resolution of the Board of Directors. If any vacancy shall occur in any committee by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or otherwise, the remaining members of such committee, so long as a quorum is present, may continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, at any time deemed desirable, discontinue any standing or special committee. Members of standing committees, and their chairmen, shall be elected yearly at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors which is held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders. The provisions of Sections 3.07, 3.08, 3.09 and 3.10 of these Bylaws shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any such Committee of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.01.   DESIGNATION, ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The Corporation shall have a Chairman of the Board, a President, Treasurer, such senior vice presidents and vice presidents as the Board of Directors deems appropriate, a Secretary and such other officers as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate. These officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at a meeting immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, and each such officer shall hold office until the corresponding meeting of the Board of Directors in the next year and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation, death or removal. Any vacancy in any of the above offices may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

Section 4.02.   CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the directors and the stockholders shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.


Section 4.03.   PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the power of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, he shall preside at all meetings of the directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 
 

 


Section 4.04.   TREASURER. The Treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of account of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by the directors.

The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws.

Section 4.05.   SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and all committees. He shall be the custodian of the corporate seal and shall affix it to all documents which he is authorized by law or the Board of Directors to sign and seal. He also shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or President.

Section 4.06.   ASSISTANT OFFICERS. The President may appoint one or more assistant secretaries and such other assistant officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as may be specified from time to time by the President.

Section 4.07.   WHEN DUTIES OF AN OFFICER MAY BE DELEGATED. In the case of absence or disability of an officer of the Corporation or for any other reason that may seem sufficient to the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors or any officer designated by it, or the President, may, for the time of the absence or disability, delegate such officer's duties and powers to any other officer of the Corporation.

Section 4.08.   OFFICERS HOLDING TWO OR MORE OFFICES. The same person may hold any two (2) or more of the above-mentioned offices.

Section 4.09.   COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of all officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 4.10.   RESIGNATIONS. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, to the President, or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. The acceptance of a resignation by the Corporation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.11.   REMOVAL. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Any assistant officer of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the President or by the Board of Directors.

 
 

 


ARTICLE V

Indemnification of Directors, Officers
Employees and other Corporate Agents

Section 5.01.   ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to hereinafter as an "Agent"), against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 5.02.   ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an Agent against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

Section 5.03.   DETERMINATION OF RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION. Any indemnification under Sections 5.01 or 5.02 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Agent is proper in the circumstances because the Agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof, which determination is made (a) by the Board of Directors, by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders.

Section 5.04.   INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, to the extent that an Agent has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including the dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 or 5.02 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Agent shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys' fees actually and reasonably incurred by such Agent in connection therewith.

 
 

 

Section 5.05.   ADVANCES OF EXPENSES. Except as limited by Section 5.06 of this Article V, expenses incurred by an Agent in defending any civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, if the Agent shall undertake to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article V. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is reasonably and promptly made by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors, or (if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that, based upon the facts known to the Board of Directors or counsel at the time such determination is made, such person acted in bad faith and in a manner that such person did not believe to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Section 5.06.   RIGHT OF AGENT TO INDEMNIFICATION UPON APPLICATION;PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION. Any indemnification or advance under this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within ninety days, upon the written request of the Agent, unless a determination shall be made in the manner set forth in the second sentence of Section 5.05 hereof that such Agent acted in a manner set forth therein so as to justify the Corporation's not indemnifying or making an advance to the Agent. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the Agent in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Board of Directors or independent legal counsel denies the claim, in whole or in part, or if no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days. The Agent's expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.

Section 5.07.   OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Agent seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. All rights to indemnification under this Article V shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Corporation and the Agent who serves in such capacity at any time while these Bylaws and other relevant provisions of the Nevada Private Corporations Law and other applicable law, if any, are in effect. Any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

Section 5.08.   INSURANCE. Upon resolution passed by the Board of Directors, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was an Agent against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

Section 5.09.   CONSTITUENT CORPORATIONS. For the purposes of this Article V, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, all constituent corporations (including all constituents of constituents) absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation, which, if the separate existence of such constituent corporation had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its Agents, so that any Agent of such constituent corporation shall stand in the same position under the provisions of the Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as that Agent would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 
 

 

Section 5.10.   OTHER ENTERPRISES, FINES, AND SERVING AT CORPORATION'S REQUEST. For purposes of this Article V, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article V.

Section 5.11.   SAVINGS CLAUSE. If this Article V or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Agent as to expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether internal or external, including a grand jury proceeding and an action or suit brought by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article V that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

Stock

Section 6.01.   CERTIFICATES. Except as otherwise provided by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number and class (and series, if appropriate) of shares of stock owned by him in the Corporation. Each certificate shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board or a Vice-Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President, together with the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Any or all of the signatures on any certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Each share of stock, however, shall be eligible for record of ownership, and transfer of ownership, by book-entry under a Direct Registration System that complies with Nasdaq rules; while entitled to a certificate, a stockholder shall not be required to have a certificate.

Section 6.02.   TRANSFER OF SHARES. Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation only by the holder thereof, in person or by his duly authorized attorney, upon the surrender of the certificate representing the shares to be transferred, properly endorsed, to the Corporation's transfer agent, if the Corporation has a transfer agent, or to the Corporation's registrar, if the Corporation has a registrar, or to the Secretary, if the Corporation has neither a transfer agent nor a registrar. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such other rules and regulations concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates of the Corporation's stock as it may deem expedient.

Section 6.03.   TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS. The Corporation may have one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars of its stock whose respective duties the Board of Directors or the Secretary may, from time to time, define. No certificate of stock shall be valid until countersigned by a transfer agent, if the Corporation has a transfer agent, or until registered by a registrar, if the Corporation has a registrar. The duties of transfer agent and registrar may be combined.

 
 

 

Section 6.04.   STOCK LEDGERS. Original or duplicate stock ledgers, containing the names and addresses of the stockholders of the Corporation and the number of shares of each class of stock held by them, shall be kept at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar.

Section 6.05.   RECORD DATES. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date in any case shall be not more than sixty (60) days, and in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) days, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of stockholders is to be taken. Only those stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to any of the foregoing rights, notwithstanding the transfer of any such stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII

Amendments

Section 7.01.   AMENDMENTS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to repeal or change by action of the stockholders. All amendments shall be placed in the Corporation's minute book immediately following these Bylaws.

I, Davis Woodward , as Secretary of PhotoMedex, Inc., hereby certify that the fore­going constitute the bylaws of this corporation as adopted and in full force and effect on this 28  day of December 2010.
 

 

    /s/ Davis Woodward  
  Secretary
 
 
 

 




EX-4.17 6 ex4-17.htm SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE 9-1-10 ex4-17.htm



EXHIBIT 4.17
 
EXECUTION COPY
 
ADDITIONAL SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED BY THE HOLDER FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF SUCH SECURITIES. NEITHER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE NOR THE SECURITIES THAT ARE ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND/OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED.
 
FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.  BEGINNING NO LATER THAN 10 DAYS AFTER THE ISSUE DATE OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE, THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER, LOCATED AT 147 KEYSTONE DRIVE, MONTGOMERYVILLE, PA 18936, WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO HOLDER UPON REQUEST THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE.
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
ADDITIONAL SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$150,716.43 (the “Principal Amount”)
                                 Date: October 28, 2010
As set forth in Section 1 hereof, the Date of Issuance shall be September 1, 2010
   
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PHOTOMEDEX, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Perseus Partners VII, L.P., or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), the Principal Amount, or such lesser amount as shall then equal the outstanding Principal Amount, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to 10.0% per annum, and computed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 2 of this Additional Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Convertible Note”).
 
This Convertible Note is issued as an Additional Note pursuant to Section 2(c) of that certain Amended and Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 19, 2010 and as adjusted effective May 7, 2010, in the original principal amount of $16,746,270 (such note being hereinafter referred to as the “Series B-2 Note”).  This Convertible Note represents payment of interest on the Series B-2 Note equal to two percentage points of the stated interest of
 

 
 

 

10% that accrued against the Series B-2 Note over the period March 19, 2010 to August 31, 2010.  The Series B-2 Note was issued at the same time as the issuance by the Company of an Amended and Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 19, 2010, in the original principal amount of $2,800,406 (such note being hereinafter referred to as the “Series B-1 Note”).  Both the Series B-1 Note and the Series B-2 Note were issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2008 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of February 27, 2009, and Amendment No. 2, consent of waiver thereto, dated as of March 19, 2010, and as the same may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and between the Company and Perseus Partners VII, L.P.
 
The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Convertible Note is subject, and to which the Holder hereof, by the acceptance of this Convertible Note, agrees:
 
1. Definitions.  Capitalized terms defined in the Purchase Agreement and used herein without definition have the same meaning herein as in the Purchase Agreement.  In addition, as used in this Convertible Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
 
Additional Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of this Convertible Note.
 
Conversion Price” means, initially, $18.39172, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Convertible Note.
 
Date of Issuance” means September 1, 2010, notwithstanding that the date set forth on the first page hereof is a different date.
 
Default Interest Rate” means the lesser of 16% or the maximum rate allowed by applicable Law.
 
Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 of this Convertible Note.
 
Maturity Date” means February 27, 2014 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day).
 
Obligations” means the principal, interest and other amounts payable under this Convertible Note, the Series B-2 Note, and any other Additional Notes issued pursuant to any such notes.
 
2. Maturity Date; Interest.
 
All unpaid principal, together with any accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts payable under this Convertible Note, shall be due and payable on (i) the Maturity Date, or (ii) when such amounts are declared due and payable by the Holder or made automatically due and payable upon or after (A) the occurrence of an Event of Default, (B) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (C) any Change of Control.

 
 

 


(a) Interest on this Convertible Note shall be payable (and if not paid when due, shall be compounded) semi-annually in arrears on each September 1 and March 1 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) after the Date of Issuance and, except to the extent provided in paragraph (c) below, shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America.
 
(b) The Company, at its option, may elect to pay all or a portion of any interest due under this Convertible Note by the issuance of an additional Note (an “Additional Note”) identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall have (x) a principal amount equal to the portion of such interest payment so paid, (y) an initial Conversion Price equal to the conversion price in effect under this Convertible Note at the date of issuance of such Additional Note and (z) a different date of issuance; provided, that unless and until the Company shall have obtained the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy at a duly called and held meeting of the Company’s stockholders in favor of resolutions approving (i) the issuance of this Convertible Note and (ii) the issuance of Additional Notes with respect to the full amount of interest payable hereunder, the Company may not pay more than four fifths (i.e., eight percentage points out of the total ten percentage points of interest) of any interest required to be paid hereunder in the form of Additional Notes.
 
(c) If the Company elects to pay interest by issuing an Additional Note, it shall give notice to the Holder two Business Days prior to the day such payment is due and deliver such Additional Note to the Holder within three Business Days after such date.
 
(d) Interest shall be calculated based on the average principal outstanding under this Convertible Note for such period.  The first payment of interest shall be on March 1, 2011 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), and shall be calculated from the Date of Issuance (notwithstanding that the date set forth on the first page hereof is a different date).
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Convertible Note, in addition to the rights of the Holder specified in Section 5 of this Convertible Note, for any period during which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate on this Convertible Note shall increase to the Default Interest Rate and interest on this Convertible Note shall be payable solely in lawful money of the United States of America.
 
3. Secured Obligations; Collateral. In order to secure the Company’s payment and performance of the Obligations and the principal, interest and other amounts payable under the Series B-1 Note and all additional notes issued pursuant thereto (collectively, the “Note Obligations”) and to secure the Company’s prompt, full and faithful performance and observance of all of the provisions under this Convertible Note, the Series B-1 Note, the Series B-2 Note, any and all additional notes issued pursuant to any of the foregoing, and the other Transaction Documents, the Company has delivered to the Holder a certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, and amended and restated as of March 19, 2010, (as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Pledge Agreement”) among the Company, the other Grantors (as defined therein) and the Holder, individually and in its capacity as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”), pursuant to which
 

 
 

 

the Company has granted to the Collateral Agent as security and collateral for the payment and performance of the Note Obligations, a security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein), whether now existing or hereafter arising, and all as more specifically described, and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Pledge Agreement.  The security interest granted by the Company under the Pledge Agreement, securing the indebtedness evidenced by this Convertible Note, the Series B-1 Note, the Series B-2 Note, and any and all additional notes issued pursuant to any of the foregoing, including all Note Obligations, is senior to all other liens, security interests or encumbrances securing any other indebtedness of the Company, except that the liens on any collateral pledged by the Company to Clutterbuck Funds LLC (“Clutterbuck”) are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 19, 2010 between the Holder and Clutterbuck.
 
4. Events of Default.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Convertible Note:
 
(a) Failure to Pay this Convertible Note or other Notes.
 
(i) The Company shall fail to pay when due any principal payment on this Convertible Note or any other Note, and such failure continues for three Business Days thereafter; or
 
(ii) The Company shall fail to pay when due any or any interest or other payment (other than principal) required under the terms of this Convertible Note or any other Note, and such failure continues for ten Business Days thereafter;
 
(b) Breaches of Representations and Warranties.  Any representation or warranty made by the Company or any Subsidiary in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document shall not have been true and correct in any material respect when made; provided, that if the facts or events making such representation or warranty untrue are capable of correction or cure, then the Company or any Subsidiary shall have ten Business Days after notice of the breach is delivered to the Company to correct or cure such breach.  For purposes of this Section 4(b) only, breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the Purchase Agreement and made as of the First Tranche Closing Date shall be disregarded unless such breaches would, individually or in the aggregate, have given rise to a failure of the condition precedent set forth in Section 6.2(a) of the Purchase Agreement and the Company delivers the certificates required by Section 6.2(d) of the Purchase Agreement.
 
(c) Breaches of Other Covenants.  The Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to observe or to perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Convertible Note or any other Transaction Document (other than those specified in Section 4(a) of this Convertible Note) in any material respect; provided, that if such breach is capable of correction or cure, then the Company or any Subsidiary shall have ten Business Days after notice of the breach is delivered to the Company to correct or cure such breach;
 
(d) Cross-Defaults.  (i)  The Company shall default under any Series B-1 Note or (ii) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall default under any other agreement, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed (other than a Note), under any guaranty or under any mortgage, or indenture pursuant to which there shall be issued or by which there shall be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in indebtedness of at least $250,000 being due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable;

 
 

 

 
(e) Undischarged Judgment. One or more judgments for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or any combination thereof) and shall remain undischarged for a period of ten consecutive Business Days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action is legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon any such judgment;
 
(f) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall: (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property; (ii) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature; (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors; (iv) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part; (v) become insolvent (as such term may be defined or interpreted under any applicable statute); (vi) commence a voluntary case or other Proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other Proceeding commenced against it; or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
 
(g) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.  Any Proceeding for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other Proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered, or such case or Proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 30 days of commencement.
 
5. Rights of Holder upon Default.  Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default referred to in Section 4(f) or Section 4(g) of this Convertible Note) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Note(s) may declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company under this Convertible Note to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default described in Sections 4(f) or Section 4(g) of this Convertible Note, immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, the Holder may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it pursuant to any Transaction Document or otherwise permitted to it by Law, either by suit in equity or by action at Law, or both.
 
6. Covenants.  The Company hereby covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holder as follows:
 

 
 

 


(a) Additional Notes.  Any Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Convertible Note will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents and applicable federal and state securities laws.
 
(b) Conversion Shares.  All Conversion Shares that may be issued upon the conversion of this Convertible Note and any Additional Notes will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights and Liens other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents and applicable federal and state securities laws and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.  The Company will at all times have authorized and reserved and kept available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of this Convertible Note and any Additional Notes, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Convertible Note and all Additional Notes.  If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Convertible Note and all Additional Notes, the Company will take all such corporate actions as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.
 
(c) Charges, Taxes and Expenses.  Issuance and delivery of the Conversion Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax, withholding tax (other than related to the income of the Holder), transfer agent fee or other incidental tax or expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration of any certificates for Conversion Shares in a name other than that of the Holder.  The Holder shall be responsible for all other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or transferring this Convertible Note or receiving Conversion Shares.
 
7. Prepayment.
 
(a) Except as provided in this Section 7, the Company shall have no right to prepay the principal amount of this Convertible Note prior to the Maturity Date, or any interest accruing under this Convertible Note prior to the scheduled date for payment of such interest.
 
(b) If the Market Price as of the fourth anniversary of the First Tranche Closing Date shall be no less than 200% of the conversion price then in effect under the First Tranche Note, then the Company shall have the one-time option to prepay up to one half of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.25 of the Purchase Agreement.
 
8. Conversion.
 
(a) Optional Conversion.  At any time, or from time to time, prior to the Maturity Date, the Holder shall have the option to convert up to the entire amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) into a number of shares of
 

 
 

 

Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount to be converted by (ii) the Conversion Price then in effect.
 
(b) Mandatory Conversion.  If on any date occurring at least 31 Trading Days following the Date of Issuance, the Market Price as of such date exceeds 300% of the then-effective Conversion Price, then the entire amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) shall be automatically converted into a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) by (ii) the Conversion Price then in effect.  The Company shall notify the Holder promptly (and in any event not later than three Business Days) following any mandatory conversion of this Convertible Note pursuant to this Section 8(b).
 
(c) Mechanics and Effect of Conversion.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of this Convertible Note.  Upon the conversion of all of the principal and accrued interest outstanding under this Convertible Note, in lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder the amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest that is not so converted.  Upon any partial conversion of this Convertible Note, the Company shall issue to the Holder (i) the shares of Common Stock into which the applicable portion of the principal and accrued interest under this Convertible Note is converted and (ii) a new Note identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall have a principal amount equal to the difference between (1) the outstanding principal amount of this Convertible Note immediately prior to such conversion minus (2) the portion of such outstanding principal amount converted into shares of Common Stock.  Upon any conversion of this Convertible Note pursuant to this Section 8, the Holder shall surrender this Convertible Note, duly endorsed, at the principal office of the Company.  At the Company’s expense, the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, and in any event within three (3) Business Days of such surrender, issue and deliver to the Holder at such principal office a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled upon such conversion (bearing such legends as are required by the Purchase Agreement and applicable securities Laws), together with any other securities and property to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion under the terms of this Convertible Note.  Issuance of this Convertible Note shall constitute full authority to the Company’s officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of this Convertible Note.
 
(d) Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay all transfer taxes or charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Convertible Note, except for any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Conversion Shares in a name other than that in which this Convertible Note was registered.
 
(e) Withholding Taxes.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Convertible Note, the Company shall: (i) not be obliged to reimburse, indemnify, make whole or otherwise pay to the Holder, and (ii) be entitled to deduct and withhold from all amounts payable pursuant to this Convertible Note, any amounts required by applicable Law to be deducted or withheld for any and all taxes, so long as the Company promptly pays the full amount deducted or withheld to the applicable Governmental Entity in accordance with applicable Law.  Any such amounts deducted and not owed or paid to the applicable Governmental Entity in accordance with applicable Law shall be returned to the Holder promptly.  The Holder shall provide any
 

 
 

 

 information reasonably requested by the Company to enable it to determine whether taxes must be withheld or deducted and the amount of such withholding or deduction.
 
9. Conversion Price Adjustments.
 
(a) Adjustments for Splits and Combinations.  If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance effect a stock split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before that stock split shall be proportionately decreased, and, conversely, if the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased.  In each such case, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision, combination or reclassification and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such subdivision or combination.  Any adjustment under this Section 9(a) shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the date the stock split or combination becomes effective.
 
(b) Adjustment for Dividends and Distributions of Common Stock.  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable solely in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event the Conversion Price that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 9(b) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.
 
(c) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions.  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in any securities of the Company (other than shares of Common Stock) or in other property, in each such event provision shall be made so that the Holder of this Convertible Note shall receive upon conversion of this Convertible Note, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable hereupon, the amount of securities of the Company or other property that such Holder would have received had this Convertible Note been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the date of such event and had such Holder thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities or other property receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 9 with respect to the rights of the Holder or with respect to such other securities or other property by their terms.
 

 
 

 


(d) Adjustment upon Issuances for Consideration Below Conversion Price.  If at any time or from time to time, on or after the Date of Issuance the Company issues or sells, or in accordance with this Section is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock (including the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for the account of the Company) for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect as of immediately prior to such issuance or sale (the “Former Conversion Price”) (such an issuance, a “Dilutive Issuance”), then immediately after such Dilutive Issuance, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be reduced (but in no event increased) to an amount equal to a fraction, the numerator of which equals (A) the sum of (1) the product derived by multiplying the Former Conversion Price by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis (accounting for Convertible Securities and Options using the treasury stock method) immediately prior to such Dilutive Issuance plus (2) the consideration, if any, received by the Company in such Dilutive Issuance, and the denominator of which equals (B) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis (accounting for Convertible Securities and Options using the treasury stock method) immediately after such Dilutive Issuance.  For purposes of this Section 9(d):
 
(i) If any Convertible Securities are issued by the Company after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock into which such Convertible Securities are convertible shall be deemed to be issued and sold by the Company as of the date the Convertible Securities are issued, for consideration per share equal to the sum of the lowest amounts of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to any one share of Common Stock (A) upon the issuance or sale of the Convertible Security, and (B) upon the conversion or exchange or exercise of such Convertible Security.
 
(ii) If any Options are issued by the Company after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Option (or upon conversion of the Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Option) shall be deemed to be issued and sold by the Company as of the date the Options are issued for consideration per share equal to the sum of the of the lowest amounts of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to any one share of Common Stock (A) upon granting or sale of the Option, (B) upon exercise of the Option and (C) in the case of an Option to acquire a Convertible Security, upon conversion or exchange or exercise of such Convertible Security.
 
(iii) If the purchase price provided for in any Option is reduced after the date of issuance, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue, conversion,  exchange or exercise of any Convertible Security is reduced after the date of issuance, or the rate at which any Convertible Security is convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock is increased at any time on or after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Option (or upon conversion of the Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Option) or issuable upon exercise of such Convertible Security shall be deemed to be issued and sold by the Company as of the date of such modification.
 
(iv) If any Options are issued in connection with the issuance of other securities of the Company, together comprising one integrated transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties to such
 

 
 

 
 
transaction, such Options will be deemed to have been issued for the difference between (A) the aggregate fair market value of such Options and other securities of the Company issued in such integrated transaction, less, (B) the fair market value of the securities other than such Option, issued in such transaction, and the other securities issued or sold in such integrated transaction will be deemed to have been issued for the balance of the consideration received by the Company.  If any Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration consisting as a whole or in part of consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company will be the fair market value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Company will be the closing price of such securities on the date of receipt by the Company.
 
(v) For purposes of this Section 9(d), the fair market value of any non-cash consideration received by the Company upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities will be as determined in good faith by the Board.
 
(e) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution.  If at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of this Convertible Note are changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or series of stock of the Company, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 9), then in any such event the Holder shall have the right thereafter to convert this Convertible Note into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which this Convertible Note could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Convertible Note or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.
 
(f) Fundamental Transactions.  If at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance (i) the Company effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) another Person, (ii) the Company effects any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares of Common Stock for other securities, cash or property, (iv) the Company consummates a stock purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or other Persons or (v) the Company effects a capital reorganization of the shares of Common Stock (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 9) pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (each of the foregoing, a “Fundamental Transaction”), then as a part of such Fundamental Transaction provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of this Convertible Note the same amount and kind of securities, cash or other property as it would have been entitled to receive if it had been, immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock then deliverable upon the
 

 
 

 
conversion in full of this Convertible Note, subject to adjustment in respect of such securities by their terms (the “Alternate Consideration”).  In any such case, (i) the aggregate Conversion Price under this Convertible Note will not be affected, but the Company shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration, (ii) if holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any conversion of this Convertible Note following such Fundamental Transaction, and (iii) appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 9 with respect to the rights of the Holder after such Fundamental Transaction to the end that the provisions of this Section 9 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares of common stock, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.  At the Holder’s request, any successor to the Company or surviving entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new secured convertible note consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to convert such secured convertible note into Alternate Consideration.  The terms of any agreement pursuant to which a Fundamental Transaction is effected shall include terms requiring any such successor or surviving entity to comply with the provisions of this Section 9(f) and insuring that this Convertible Note (or any such replacement security) will be similarly adjusted upon any subsequent transaction analogous to a Fundamental Transaction.
 
(g) Certificate of Adjustment.  In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause its Chief Financial Officer to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions of this Convertible Note and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books.  The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required to be made unless it would result in an increase or decrease of at least one cent, but any adjustments not made because of this sentence shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment otherwise required hereunder.
 
(h) Notices of Record Date.  Upon (i) the establishment by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders of such securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the shares of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other Company, or any transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to any other Person or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 20 Business Days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of shares of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property  deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
 

 
 

 

 
(i) Certain Issues Excepted.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary set forth herein, the following issuances of securities will not trigger an adjustment to the Conversion Price: (i) securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities issued or outstanding on or prior to the First Tranche Closing Date, and (ii) Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted or issued pursuant to the Company’s equity compensation plans and employee stock purchase plans as they now exist or are hereafter approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
(j) No Impairment.  The Company shall not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the Holder of this Convertible Note against dilution or other impairment as provided herein. If the Company takes any action in breach of this Convertible Note, the Holder shall be entitled to any and all remedies available at Law or in equity.
 
(k) Fractional Share.  No fractional share of Common Stock shall be issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note and the number of Conversion Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. If the conversion of this Convertible Note shall result in the issuance of any fractional Conversion share, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share by paying the Holder an amount computed by multiplying such fraction by the fair market value of a full share.
 
(l) Other Adjustments.  If and whenever the Company shall take any action affecting or relating to the shares of Common Stock, other than any action described in this Section 9, which in the opinion of the Board would prejudicially affect the rights of the Holder, the Conversion Price and, if required, the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property to be issued upon conversion of this Convertible Note will be adjusted by the Board in such manner, and at such time, as the Board may, subject to the approval of any stock exchange(s) on which the shares of Common Stock are listed and posted for trading, reasonably determine to be equitable in the circumstances to such Holder.
 
10. Priority of Obligations.  The Obligations shall not be junior or subordinate to any other Indebtedness of the Company, except for such de facto subordination as may result from Permitted Liens or Liens in existence as of the date hereof that secure Permitted Indebtedness.  The Company shall not issue any Indebtedness that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Indebtedness provides that it is subordinate and junior on the same terms to the Obligations.
 
11. Waiver and Amendment.  Any provision of this Convertible Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of both the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Note(s).
 
12. Transfer of this Convertible Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion or Payment Hereunder.  This Convertible Note may not be transferred in violation of any restrictive legend set forth hereon. Each new Note issued upon transfer of this Convertible Note or securities issuable on conversion of this Convertible Note shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such
 

 
 

 

legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Convertible Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company.  Prior to presentation of this Convertible Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Convertible Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Convertible Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
13. Assignment. Neither this Convertible Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, as a whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of the Holder.  The Holder may assign the rights, interests or obligations under this Convertible Note, as a whole or in part, at any time, subject to compliance with Section 12 of this Convertible Note, upon written notice to the Company of such assignment.  Upon request, the Company shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within three Business Days) following such request, provide any assignee of all or a portion of this Convertible Note a new Note having terms and conditions identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall identify the assignee as the payee, and it shall have (x) a principal amount equal to principal amount of this Convertible Note that was assigned, (y) an initial Conversion Price equal to the conversion price in effect under this Convertible Note as of the date of assignment and (z) a different date of issuance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Company receives notice in accordance with Section 14, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Convertible Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest on this Convertible Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Convertible Note shall be overdue.
 
14. Notices.  Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight courier, personal delivery or facsimile transmission at the respective addresses or facsimile number of the parties as set forth in or otherwise designated by either party pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or on the register maintained by the Company.  Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address or facsimile number for future notice hereunder.  Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section prior to 6:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 6:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on any Trading Day, (c) the Trading Day following the date of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.
 
15. Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Section 12 of this Convertible Note, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Convertible Note shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.
 

 
 

 

 
 
16. Expenses; Waivers.  If action is instituted to collect this Convertible Note, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in connection with such action. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.
 
17. Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY HEREUNDER, IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR WITH ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR DISCUSSED HEREIN (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS), AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, OR THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF VIA REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY (WITH EVIDENCE OF DELIVERY) TO THE COMPANY AT THE ADDRESS IN EFFECT FOR NOTICES TO IT UNDER THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND AGREES THAT SUCH SERVICE SHALL CONSTITUTE GOOD AND SUFFICIENT SERVICE OF PROCESS AND NOTICE THEREOF. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED TO LIMIT IN ANY WAY ANY RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY.
 

 
 

 

ISSUED as of the date first above written.
 
 
  PHOTOMEDEX, INC.  
       
 
By:
/s/ Dennis M. McGrath  
    Name:  Dennis M. McGrath   
    Title :   Chief Executive Officer  
       

 
 
 
 
 

[Signature Page to Additional Note (“Subject Interest Note”)]

 



EX-4.18 7 ex4-18.htm PIK NOTE B-1 3-1-11 ex4-18.htm


 
EXHIBIT 4.18
Execution Version

 
ADDITIONAL SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE UNDER SERIES B-1
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED BY THE HOLDER FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF SUCH SECURITIES. NEITHER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE NOR THE SECURITIES THAT ARE ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND/OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED.
 
FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.  BEGINNING NO LATER THAN 10 DAYS AFTER THE ISSUE DATE OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE, THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER, LOCATED AT 147 KEYSTONE DRIVE, MONTGOMERYVILLE, PA 18936, WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO HOLDER UPON REQUEST THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE.
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
ADDITIONAL SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE UNDER SERIES B-1
 
$146,321.21 (the “Principal Amount”)
                                 Date: March 1, 2011
   
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PHOTOMEDEX, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Perseus Partners VII, L.P., or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), the Principal Amount, or such lesser amount as shall then equal the outstanding Principal Amount, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to 10.0% per annum, and computed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 2 of this Additional Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Convertible Note”).
 
This Convertible Note is issued as an Additional Note pursuant to Section 2(c) of that certain Amended and Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 19, 2010, in the original principal amount of $2,800,406.00 (such note being hereinafter referred to as the “Series B-1 Note”) and the Additional Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued September 1, 2010 pursuant to the Series B-1 Note in the principal amount of $126,018.25 (the “Additional B-1 Note”).  This Convertible Note represents payment of interest accrued during the period September 1, 2010 to February 28, 2011 on the Series B-1 Note and the Additional B-1 Note.  The Series B-1 Note was issued at the same time as the issuance by the Company of an Amended and
 

 
 

 

Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 19, 2010, and as adjusted effective May 7, 2010, in the original principal amount of $16,746,270.00 (such note being hereinafter referred to as the “Series B-2 Note”).  Both the Series B-1 Note and the Series B-2 Note were issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2008 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of February 27, 2009, and Amendment No. 2, consent of waiver thereto, dated as of March 19, 2010, and as the same may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and between the Company and the Holder.
 
The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Convertible Note is subject, and to which the Holder hereof, by the acceptance of this Convertible Note, agrees:
 
1. Definitions.  Capitalized terms defined in the Purchase Agreement and used herein without definition have the same meaning herein as in the Purchase Agreement.  In addition, as used in this Convertible Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
 
Additional Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of this Convertible Note.
 
Conversion Price” means, initially, $11.25850, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Convertible Note.
 
Date of Issuance” means March  1, 2011.
 
Default Interest Rate” means the lesser of 16% or the maximum rate allowed by applicable Law.
 
Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 of this Convertible Note.
 
Maturity Date” means February 27, 2014 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day).
 
Obligations” means the principal, interest and other amounts payable under this Convertible Note, the Series B-1 Note, and any other Additional Notes issued pursuant to any such notes.
 
2. Maturity Date; Interest.
 
(a) All unpaid principal, together with any accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts payable under this Convertible Note, shall be due and payable on (i) the Maturity Date, or (ii) when such amounts are declared due and payable by the Holder or made automatically due and payable upon or after (A) the occurrence of an Event of Default, (B) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (C) any Change of Control.
 
(b) Interest on this Convertible Note shall be payable (and if not paid when due, shall be compounded) semi-annually in arrears on each September 1 and March 1 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day)
 

 
 

 

 after the Date of Issuance and shall be payable at the option of the Company either (i) in lawful money of the United States of America, or (ii) by the issuance of an additional Note (an “Additional Note”) identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall have (x) a principal amount equal to the portion of such interest payment so paid, (y) an initial Conversion Price equal to the conversion price in effect under this Convertible Note at the date of issuance of such Additional Note and (z) a different date of issuance.
 
(c) If the Company elects to pay interest by issuing an Additional Note, it shall give notice to the Holder two Business Days prior to the day such payment is due and deliver such Additional Note to the Holder within three Business Days after such date.
 
(d) Interest shall be calculated based on the average principal outstanding under this Convertible Note for such period.  The first payment of interest shall be on September 1, 2011 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), and shall be calculated from the Date of Issuance to such date.
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Convertible Note, in addition to the rights of the Holder specified in Section 5 of this Convertible Note, for any period during which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate on this Convertible Note shall increase to the Default Interest Rate and interest on this Convertible Note shall be payable solely in lawful money of the United States of America.
 
3. Secured Obligations; Collateral. In order to secure the Company’s payment and performance of the Obligations and the principal, interest and other amounts payable under the Series B-2 Note and all additional notes issued pursuant thereto (collectively, the “Note Obligations”) and to secure the Company’s prompt, full and faithful performance and observance of all of the provisions under this Convertible Note, the Series B-1 Note, the Series B-2 Note, any and all additional notes issued pursuant to any of the foregoing, and the other Transaction Documents, the Company has delivered to the Holder a certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, and amended and restated as of March 19, 2010, (as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Pledge Agreement”) among the Company, the other Grantors (as defined therein) and the Holder, individually and in its capacity as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”), pursuant to which the Company has granted to the Collateral Agent as security and collateral for the payment and performance of the Note Obligations, a security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein), whether now existing or hereafter arising, and all as more specifically described, and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Pledge Agreement.  The security interest granted by the Company under the Pledge Agreement, securing the indebtedness evidenced by this Convertible Note, the Series B-1 Note, the Series B-2 Note, and any and all additional notes issued pursuant to any of the foregoing, including all Note Obligations, is senior to all other liens, security interests or encumbrances securing any other indebtedness of the Company, except that the liens on any collateral pledged by the Company to Clutterbuck Funds LLC (“Clutterbuck”) are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 19, 2010 between the Holder and Clutterbuck.
 
4. Events of Default.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Convertible Note:
 
(a) Failure to Pay this Convertible Note or other Notes.
 

 
 

 


 
(i) The Company shall fail to pay when due any principal payment on this Convertible Note or any other Note, and such failure continues for three Business Days thereafter; or
 
(ii) The Company shall fail to pay when due any interest or other payment (other than principal) required under the terms of this Convertible Note or any other Note, and such failure continues for ten Business Days thereafter;
 
(b) Breaches of Representations and Warranties.  Any representation or warranty made by the Company or any Subsidiary in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document shall not have been true and correct in any material respect when made; provided, that if the facts or events making such representation or warranty untrue are capable of correction or cure, then the Company or any Subsidiary shall have ten Business Days after notice of the breach is delivered to the Company to correct or cure such breach.  For purposes of this Section 4(b) only, breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the Purchase Agreement and made as of the First Tranche Closing Date shall be disregarded unless such breaches would, individually or in the aggregate, have given rise to a failure of the condition precedent set forth in Section 6.2(a) of the Purchase Agreement and the Company delivers the certificates required by Section 6.2(d) of the Purchase Agreement.
 
(c) Breaches of Other Covenants.  The Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to observe or to perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Convertible Note or any other Transaction Document (other than those specified in Section 4(a) of this Convertible Note) in any material respect; provided, that if such breach is capable of correction or cure, then the Company or any Subsidiary shall have ten Business Days after notice of the breach is delivered to the Company to correct or cure such breach;
 
(d) Cross-Defaults.  (i)  The Company shall default under any Series B-2 Note or (ii) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall default under any other agreement, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed (other than a Note), under any guaranty or under any mortgage, or indenture pursuant to which there shall be issued or by which there shall be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in indebtedness of at least $250,000 being due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable;
 
(e) Undischarged Judgment. One or more judgments for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or any combination thereof) and shall remain undischarged for a period of ten consecutive Business Days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action is legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon any such judgment;
 
(f) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall: (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property; (ii) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature; (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors; (iv) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in  part; (v) become insolvent (as such term may be defined or
 

 
 

 

interpreted under any applicable statute); (vi) commence a voluntary case or other Proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other Proceeding commenced against it; or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
 
(g) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.  Any Proceeding for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other Proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered, or such case or Proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 30 days of commencement.
 
5. Rights of Holder upon Default.  Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default referred to in Section 4(f) or Section 4(g) of this Convertible Note) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Note(s) may declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company under this Convertible Note to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default described in Sections 4(f) or Section 4(g) of this Convertible Note, immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, the Holder may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it pursuant to any Transaction Document or otherwise permitted to it by Law, either by suit in equity or by action at Law, or both.
 
6. Covenants.  The Company hereby covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holder as follows:
 
(a) Additional Notes.  Any Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Convertible Note will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents and applicable federal and state securities laws.
 
(b) Conversion Shares.  All Conversion Shares that may be issued upon the conversion of this Convertible Note and any Additional Notes will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights and Liens other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents and applicable federal and state securities laws and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.  The Company will at all times have authorized and reserved and kept available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of this Convertible Note and any Additional Notes, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time
 

 
 

 
 
to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Convertible Note and all Additional Notes.  If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Convertible Note and all Additional Notes, the Company will take all such corporate actions as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.
 
(c) Charges, Taxes and Expenses.  Issuance and delivery of the Conversion Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax, withholding tax (other than related to the income of the Holder), transfer agent fee or other incidental tax or expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration of any certificates for Conversion Shares in a name other than that of the Holder.  The Holder shall be responsible for all other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or transferring this Convertible Note or receiving Conversion Shares.
 
7. Prepayment.
 
(a) Except as provided in this Section 7, the Company shall have no right to prepay the principal amount of this Convertible Note prior to the Maturity Date, or any interest accruing under this Convertible Note prior to the scheduled date for payment of such interest.
 
(b) If the Market Price as of the fourth anniversary of the First Tranche Closing Date shall be no less than 200% of the conversion price then in effect under the First Tranche Note, then the Company shall have the one-time option to prepay up to one half of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.25 of the Purchase Agreement.
 
8. Conversion.
 
(a) Optional Conversion.  At any time, or from time to time, prior to the Maturity Date, the Holder shall have the option to convert up to the entire amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) into a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount to be converted by (ii) the Conversion Price then in effect.
 
(b) Mandatory Conversion.  If on any date occurring at least 31 Trading Days following the Date of Issuance, the Market Price as of such date exceeds 300% of the then-effective Conversion Price, then the entire amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) shall be automatically converted into a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) by (ii) the Conversion Price then in effect.  The Company shall notify the Holder promptly (and in any event not later than three Business Days) following any mandatory conversion of this Convertible Note pursuant to this Section 8(b).
 

 
 

 
 
(c) Mechanics and Effect of Conversion.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of this Convertible Note.  Upon the conversion of all of the principal and accrued interest outstanding under this Convertible Note, in lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder the amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest that is not so converted.  Upon any partial conversion of this Convertible Note, the Company shall issue to the Holder (i) the shares of Common Stock into which the applicable portion of the principal and accrued interest under this Convertible Note is converted and (ii) a new Note identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall have a principal amount equal to the difference between (1) the outstanding principal amount of this Convertible Note immediately prior to such conversion minus (2) the portion of such outstanding principal amount converted into shares of Common Stock.  Upon any conversion of this Convertible Note pursuant to this Section 8, the Holder shall surrender this Convertible Note, duly endorsed, at the principal office of the Company.  At the Company’s expense, the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, and in any event within three (3) Business Days of such surrender, issue and deliver to the Holder at such principal office a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled upon such conversion (bearing such legends as are required by the Purchase Agreement and applicable securities Laws), together with any other securities and property to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion under the terms of this Convertible Note.  Issuance of this Convertible Note shall constitute full authority to the Company’s officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of this Convertible Note.
 
(d) Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay all transfer taxes or charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Convertible Note, except for any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Conversion Shares in a name other than that in which this Convertible Note was registered.
 
(e) Withholding Taxes.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Convertible Note, the Company shall: (i) not be obliged to reimburse, indemnify, make whole or otherwise pay to the Holder, and (ii) be entitled to deduct and withhold from all amounts payable pursuant to this Convertible Note, any amounts required by applicable Law to be deducted or withheld for any and all taxes, so long as the Company promptly pays the full amount deducted or withheld to the applicable Governmental Entity in accordance with applicable Law.  Any such amounts deducted and not owed or paid to the applicable Governmental Entity in accordance with applicable Law shall be returned to the Holder promptly.  The Holder shall provide any information reasonably requested by the Company to enable it to determine whether taxes must be withheld or deducted and the amount of such withholding or deduction.
 
9. Conversion Price Adjustments.
 
(a) Adjustments for Splits and Combinations.  If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance effect a stock split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before that stock split shall be proportionately decreased, and, conversely, if the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller  number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect
 

 
 

 

immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased.  In each such case, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision, combination or reclassification and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such subdivision or combination.  Any adjustment under this Section 9(a) shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the date the stock split or combination becomes effective.
 
(b) Adjustment for Dividends and Distributions of Common Stock.  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable solely in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event the Conversion Price that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 9(b) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.
 
(c) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions.  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in any securities of the Company (other than shares of Common Stock) or in other property, in each such event provision shall be made so that the Holder of this Convertible Note shall receive upon conversion of this Convertible Note, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable hereupon, the amount of securities of the Company or other property that such Holder would have received had this Convertible Note been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the date of such event and had such Holder thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities or other property receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 9 with respect to the rights of the Holder or with respect to such other securities or other property by their terms.
 
(d) [This section intentionally omitted.]
 
(e) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution.  If at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of this Convertible Note are changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or series of stock of the Company, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 9), then in any such event the Holder shall have the right thereafter to convert this Convertible Note into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such  recapitalization,
 

 
 

 

reclassification or other change by the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which this Convertible Note could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Convertible Note or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.
 
(f) Fundamental Transactions.  If at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance (i) the Company effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) another Person, (ii) the Company effects any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares of Common Stock for other securities, cash or property, (iv) the Company consummates a stock purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or other Persons or (v) the Company effects a capital reorganization of the shares of Common Stock (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 9) pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (each of the foregoing, a “Fundamental Transaction”), then as a part of such Fundamental Transaction provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of this Convertible Note the same amount and kind of securities, cash or other property as it would have been entitled to receive if it had been, immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock then deliverable upon the conversion in full of this Convertible Note, subject to adjustment in respect of such securities by their terms (the “Alternate Consideration”).  In any such case, (i) the aggregate Conversion Price under this Convertible Note will not be affected, but the Company shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration, (ii) if holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any conversion of this Convertible Note following such Fundamental Transaction, and (iii) appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 9 with respect to the rights of the Holder after such Fundamental Transaction to the end that the provisions of this Section 9 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares of common stock, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.  At the Holder’s request, any successor to the Company or surviving entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new secured convertible note consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to convert such secured convertible note into Alternate Consideration.  The terms of any agreement pursuant to which a Fundamental Transaction is effected shall include terms requiring any such successor or surviving entity to comply with the provisions of this Section 9(f) and insuring that this Convertible Note (or any such replacement security) will be similarly adjusted upon any subsequent transaction analogous to a Fundamental Transaction.
 

 
 

 

(g) Certificate of Adjustment.  In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause its Chief Financial Officer to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions of this Convertible Note and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books.  The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required to be made unless it would result in an increase or decrease of at least one cent, but any adjustments not made because of this sentence shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment otherwise required hereunder.
 
(h) Notices of Record Date.  Upon (i) the establishment by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders of such securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the shares of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other Company, or any transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to any other Person or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 20 Business Days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of shares of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
 
(i) Certain Issues Excepted.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary set forth herein, the following issuances of securities will not trigger an adjustment to the Conversion Price: (i) securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities issued or outstanding on or prior to the First Tranche Closing Date, and (ii) Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted or issued pursuant to the Company’s equity compensation plans and employee stock purchase plans as they now exist or are hereafter approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
(j) No Impairment.  The Company shall not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the Holder of this Convertible Note against dilution or other impairment as provided herein. If the Company takes any action in breach of this Convertible Note, the Holder shall be entitled to any and all remedies available at Law or in equity.
 

 
 

 

(k) Fractional Share.  No fractional share of Common Stock shall be issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note and the number of Conversion Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. If the conversion of this Convertible Note shall result in the issuance of any fractional Conversion share, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share by paying the Holder an amount computed by multiplying such fraction by the fair market value of a full share.
 
(l) Other Adjustments.  If and whenever the Company shall take any action affecting or relating to the shares of Common Stock, other than any action described in this Section 9, which in the opinion of the Board would prejudicially affect the rights of the Holder, the Conversion Price and, if required, the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property to be issued upon conversion of this Convertible Note will be adjusted by the Board in such manner, and at such time, as the Board may, subject to the approval of any stock exchange(s) on which the shares of Common Stock are listed and posted for trading, reasonably determine to be equitable in the circumstances to such Holder.
 
10. Priority of Obligations.  The Obligations shall not be junior or subordinate to any other Indebtedness of the Company, except for such de facto subordination as may result from Permitted Liens or Liens in existence as of the date hereof that secure Permitted Indebtedness.  The Company shall not issue any Indebtedness that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Indebtedness provides that it is subordinate and junior on the same terms to the Obligations.
 
11. Waiver and Amendment.  Any provision of this Convertible Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of both the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Note(s).
 
12. Transfer of this Convertible Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion or Payment Hereunder.  This Convertible Note may not be transferred in violation of any restrictive legend set forth hereon. Each new Note issued upon transfer of this Convertible Note or securities issuable on conversion of this Convertible Note shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Convertible Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company.  Prior to presentation of this Convertible Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Convertible Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Convertible Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
13. Assignment. Neither this Convertible Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, as a whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of the Holder.  The Holder may assign the rights, interests or obligations under this Convertible Note, as a whole or in part, at any time, subject to compliance with Section 12 of this Convertible Note, upon written notice to the Company of such assignment.  Upon request, the Company shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within three Business Days) following such request, provide any assignee of all or a
 

 
 

 

 portion of this Convertible Note a new Note having terms and conditions identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall identify the assignee as the payee, and it shall have (x) a principal amount equal to principal amount of this Convertible Note that was assigned, (y) an initial Conversion Price equal to the conversion price in effect under this Convertible Note as of the date of assignment and (z) a different date of issuance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Company receives notice in accordance with Section 14, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Convertible Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest on this Convertible Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Convertible Note shall be overdue.
 
14. Notices.  Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight courier, personal delivery or facsimile transmission at the respective addresses or facsimile number of the parties as set forth in or otherwise designated by either party pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or on the register maintained by the Company.  Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address or facsimile number for future notice hereunder.  Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section prior to 6:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 6:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on any Trading Day, (c) the Trading Day following the date of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.
 
15. Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Section 12 of this Convertible Note, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Convertible Note shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.
 
16. Expenses; Waivers.  If action is instituted to collect this Convertible Note, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in connection with such action. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.
 
17. Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY HEREUNDER, IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR WITH ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR DISCUSSED HEREIN (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE TRANSACTION
 

 
 

 

 DOCUMENTS), AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, OR THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF VIA REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY (WITH EVIDENCE OF DELIVERY) TO THE COMPANY AT THE ADDRESS IN EFFECT FOR NOTICES TO IT UNDER THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND AGREES THAT SUCH SERVICE SHALL CONSTITUTE GOOD AND SUFFICIENT SERVICE OF PROCESS AND NOTICE THEREOF. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED TO LIMIT IN ANY WAY ANY RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY.
 

 
 

 

ISSUED as of the date first above written.
 
  PHOTOMEDEX, INC.  
       
 
By:
/s/ Christina L. Allgeier  
    Name:  Christina L. Allgeier  
    Title:  Chief Financial Officer   
       
 
 
 


[Signature Page to Additional B-1 Note 3-1-11]

 



EX-4.19 8 ex4-19.htm PIK NOTE B-2 3-1-11 ex4-19.htm



Exhibit 4.19
Execution Version

 
ADDITIONAL SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE UNDER SERIES B-2
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED BY THE HOLDER FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF SUCH SECURITIES. NEITHER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE NOR THE SECURITIES THAT ARE ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS, IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND/OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED.
 
FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.  BEGINNING NO LATER THAN 10 DAYS AFTER THE ISSUE DATE OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE, THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER, LOCATED AT 147 KEYSTONE DRIVE, MONTGOMERYVILLE, PA 18936, WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO HOLDER UPON REQUEST THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE.
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
ADDITIONAL SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE UNDER SERIES B-2
 
$874,992.61 (the “Principal Amount”)
                                 Date: March 1, 2011
   
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PHOTOMEDEX, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Perseus Partners VII, L.P., or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), the Principal Amount, or such lesser amount as shall then equal the outstanding Principal Amount, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to 10.0% per annum, and computed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 2 of this Additional Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Convertible Note”).
 
This Convertible Note is issued as an Additional Note pursuant to Section 2(c) of that certain Amended and Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 19, 2010 and as adjusted effective May 7, 2010, in the original principal amount of $16,746,270.00 (such note being hereinafter referred to as the “Series B-2 Note”) and the Additional Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued September 1, 2010 pursuant to the Series B-2 Note in the principal amount of $602,865.71 (the “Additional B-2 Note (8%)”) and the Additional Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued effective September 1, 2010 pursuant to the Series B-2 Note in the principal amount of $150,716.43 (the “Additional B-2 Note (2%)” and, together with the Additional B-2 Note (8%), the “Additional B-2 Notes”).  This Convertible Note represents payment of interest accrued during the period September 1, 2010 to February 28, 2011 on the Series B-2 Note and the Additional B-2 Notes.  The Series B-2 Note was issued at the same time as the
 

 
 

 

 issuance by the Company of an Amended and Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 19, 2010, in the original principal amount of $2,800,406.00 (such note being hereinafter referred to as the “Series B-1 Note”).  Both the Series B-1 Note and the Series B-2 Note were issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2008 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of February 27, 2009, and Amendment No. 2, consent of waiver thereto, dated as of March 19, 2010, and as the same may be further amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and between the Company and the Holder.
 
The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Convertible Note is subject, and to which the Holder hereof, by the acceptance of this Convertible Note, agrees:
 
1. Definitions.  Capitalized terms defined in the Purchase Agreement and used herein without definition have the same meaning herein as in the Purchase Agreement.  In addition, as used in this Convertible Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
 
Additional Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of this Convertible Note.
 
Conversion Price” means, initially, $18.39172, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Convertible Note.
 
Date of Issuance” means March 1, 2011.
 
Default Interest Rate” means the lesser of 16% or the maximum rate allowed by applicable Law.
 
Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 of this Convertible Note.
 
Maturity Date” means February 27, 2014 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day).
 
Obligations” means the principal, interest and other amounts payable under this Convertible Note, the Series B-2 Note, and any other Additional Notes issued pursuant to any such notes.
 
2. Maturity Date; Interest.
 
(a) All unpaid principal, together with any accrued but unpaid interest and other amounts payable under this Convertible Note, shall be due and payable on (i) the Maturity Date, or (ii) when such amounts are declared due and payable by the Holder or made automatically due and payable upon or after (A) the occurrence of an Event of Default, (B) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (C) any Change of Control.
 
(b) Interest on this Convertible Note shall be payable (and if not paid when due, shall be compounded) semi-annually in arrears on each September 1 and March 1 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day)
 

 
 

 

after the Date of Issuance and shall be payable at the option of the Company either (i) in lawful money of the United States of America, or (ii) by the issuance of an additional Note (an “Additional Note”) identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall have (x) a principal amount equal to the portion of such interest payment so paid, (y) an initial Conversion Price equal to the conversion price in effect under this Convertible Note at the date of issuance of such Additional Note and (z) a different date of issuance.
 
(c) If the Company elects to pay interest by issuing an Additional Note, it shall give notice to the Holder two Business Days prior to the day such payment is due and deliver such Additional Note to the Holder within three Business Days after such date.
 
(d) Interest shall be calculated based on the average principal outstanding under this Convertible Note for such period.  The first payment of interest shall be on September 1, 2011 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), and shall be calculated from the Date of Issuance to such date.
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Convertible Note, in addition to the rights of the Holder specified in Section 5 of this Convertible Note, for any period during which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate on this Convertible Note shall increase to the Default Interest Rate and interest on this Convertible Note shall be payable solely in lawful money of the United States of America.
 
3. Secured Obligations; Collateral. In order to secure the Company’s payment and performance of the Obligations and the principal, interest and other amounts payable under the Series B-1 Note and all additional notes issued pursuant thereto (collectively, the “Note Obligations”) and to secure the Company’s prompt, full and faithful performance and observance of all of the provisions under this Convertible Note, the Series B-2 Note, the Series B-1 Note, any and all additional notes issued pursuant to any of the foregoing, and the other Transaction Documents, the Company has delivered to the Holder a certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, and amended and restated as of March 19, 2010, (as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Pledge Agreement”) among the Company, the other Grantors (as defined therein) and the Holder, individually and in its capacity as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”), pursuant to which the Company has granted to the Collateral Agent as security and collateral for the payment and performance of the Note Obligations, a security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein), whether now existing or hereafter arising, and all as more specifically described, and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Pledge Agreement.  The security interest granted by the Company under the Pledge Agreement, securing the indebtedness evidenced by this Convertible Note, the Series B-1 Note, the Series B-2 Note, and any and all additional notes issued pursuant to any of the foregoing, including all Note Obligations, is senior to all other liens, security interests or encumbrances securing any other indebtedness of the Company, except that the liens on any collateral pledged by the Company to Clutterbuck Funds LLC (“Clutterbuck”) are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 19, 2010 between the Holder and Clutterbuck.
 
4. Events of Default.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Convertible Note:
 
(a) Failure to Pay this Convertible Note or other Notes.                                                                                     
 

 
 

 

 
 
(i) The Company shall fail to pay when due any principal payment on this Convertible Note or any other Note, and such failure continues for three Business Days thereafter; or
 
(ii) The Company shall fail to pay when due any  interest or other payment (other than principal) required under the terms of this Convertible Note or any other Note, and such failure continues for ten Business Days thereafter;
 
(b) Breaches of Representations and Warranties.  Any representation or warranty made by the Company or any Subsidiary in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document shall not have been true and correct in any material respect when made; provided, that if the facts or events making such representation or warranty untrue are capable of correction or cure, then the Company or any Subsidiary shall have ten Business Days after notice of the breach is delivered to the Company to correct or cure such breach.  For purposes of this Section 4(b) only, breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the Purchase Agreement and made as of the First Tranche Closing Date shall be disregarded unless such breaches would, individually or in the aggregate, have given rise to a failure of the condition precedent set forth in Section 6.2(a) of the Purchase Agreement and the Company delivers the certificates required by Section 6.2(d) of the Purchase Agreement.
 
(c) Breaches of Other Covenants.  The Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to observe or to perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Convertible Note or any other Transaction Document (other than those specified in Section 4(a) of this Convertible Note) in any material respect; provided, that if such breach is capable of correction or cure, then the Company or any Subsidiary shall have ten Business Days after notice of the breach is delivered to the Company to correct or cure such breach;
 
(d) Cross-Defaults.  (i)  The Company shall default under any Series B-1 Note or (ii) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall default under any other agreement, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed (other than a Note), under any guaranty or under any mortgage, or indenture pursuant to which there shall be issued or by which there shall be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default shall have resulted in indebtedness of at least $250,000 being due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable;
 
(e) Undischarged Judgment. One or more judgments for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or any combination thereof) and shall remain undischarged for a period of ten consecutive Business Days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action is legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon any such judgment;
 
(f) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall: (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property; (ii) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature; (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors; (iv) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part; (v) become insolvent (as such term may be defined or
 

 
 

 

interpreted under any applicable statute); (vi) commence a voluntary case or other Proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other Proceeding commenced against it; or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
 
(g) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings.  Any Proceeding for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other Proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered, or such case or Proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 30 days of commencement.
 
5. Rights of Holder upon Default.  Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default referred to in Section 4(f) or Section 4(g) of this Convertible Note) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Note(s) may declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company under this Convertible Note to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default described in Sections 4(f) or Section 4(g) of this Convertible Note, immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained in this Convertible Note or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, the Holder may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it pursuant to any Transaction Document or otherwise permitted to it by Law, either by suit in equity or by action at Law, or both.
 
6. Covenants.  The Company hereby covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holder as follows:
 
(a) Additional Notes.  Any Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 2(a) of this Convertible Note will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents and applicable federal and state securities laws.
 
(b) Conversion Shares.  All Conversion Shares that may be issued upon the conversion of this Convertible Note and any Additional Notes will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights and Liens other than restrictions on transfer provided for in the Transaction Documents and applicable federal and state securities laws and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.  The Company will at all times have authorized and reserved and kept available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of this Convertible Note and any Additional Notes, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Convertible Note and all Additional Notes.  If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Convertible Note and all
 

 
 

 

  Additional Notes, the Company will take all such corporate actions as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.
 
(c) Charges, Taxes and Expenses.  Issuance and delivery of the Conversion Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax, withholding tax (other than related to the income of the Holder), transfer agent fee or other incidental tax or expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration of any certificates for Conversion Shares in a name other than that of the Holder.  The Holder shall be responsible for all other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or transferring this Convertible Note or receiving Conversion Shares.
 
7. Prepayment.
 
(a) Except as provided in this Section 7, the Company shall have no right to prepay the principal amount of this Convertible Note prior to the Maturity Date, or any interest accruing under this Convertible Note prior to the scheduled date for payment of such interest.
 
(b) If the Market Price as of the fourth anniversary of the First Tranche Closing Date shall be no less than 200% of the conversion price then in effect under the First Tranche Note, then the Company shall have the one-time option to prepay up to one half of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.25 of the Purchase Agreement.
 
8. Conversion.
 
(a) Optional Conversion.  At any time, or from time to time, prior to the Maturity Date, the Holder shall have the option to convert up to the entire amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) into a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount to be converted by (ii) the Conversion Price then in effect.
 
(b) Mandatory Conversion.  If on any date occurring at least 31 Trading Days following the Date of Issuance, the Market Price as of such date exceeds 300% of the then-effective Conversion Price, then the entire amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) shall be automatically converted into a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount outstanding under this Convertible Note (including accrued but unpaid interest) by (ii) the Conversion Price then in effect.  The Company shall notify the Holder promptly (and in any event not later than three Business Days) following any mandatory conversion of this Convertible Note pursuant to this Section 8(b).
 
(c) Mechanics and Effect of Conversion.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of this Convertible Note.  Upon the conversion of all of the principal and accrued interest outstanding under this Convertible Note, in lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder the amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest that is not so converted.  
 

 
 

 

 Upon any partial conversion of this Convertible Note, the Company shall issue to the Holder (i) the shares of Common Stock into which the applicable portion of the principal and accrued interest under this Convertible Note is converted and (ii) a new Note identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall have a principal amount equal to the difference between (1) the outstanding principal amount of this Convertible Note immediately prior to such conversion minus (2) the portion of such outstanding principal amount converted into shares of Common Stock.  Upon any conversion of this Convertible Note pursuant to this Section 8, the Holder shall surrender this Convertible Note, duly endorsed, at the principal office of the Company.  At the Company’s expense, the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, and in any event within three (3) Business Days of such surrender, issue and deliver to the Holder at such principal office a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled upon such conversion (bearing such legends as are required by the Purchase Agreement and applicable securities Laws), together with any other securities and property to which the Holder is entitled upon such conversion under the terms of this Convertible Note.  Issuance of this Convertible Note shall constitute full authority to the Company’s officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of this Convertible Note.
 
(d) Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay all transfer taxes or charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Convertible Note, except for any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Conversion Shares in a name other than that in which this Convertible Note was registered.
 
(e) Withholding Taxes.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Convertible Note, the Company shall: (i) not be obliged to reimburse, indemnify, make whole or otherwise pay to the Holder, and (ii) be entitled to deduct and withhold from all amounts payable pursuant to this Convertible Note, any amounts required by applicable Law to be deducted or withheld for any and all taxes, so long as the Company promptly pays the full amount deducted or withheld to the applicable Governmental Entity in accordance with applicable Law.  Any such amounts deducted and not owed or paid to the applicable Governmental Entity in accordance with applicable Law shall be returned to the Holder promptly.  The Holder shall provide any information reasonably requested by the Company to enable it to determine whether taxes must be withheld or deducted and the amount of such withholding or deduction.
 
9. Conversion Price Adjustments.
 
(a) Adjustments for Splits and Combinations.  If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance effect a stock split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before that stock split shall be proportionately decreased, and, conversely, if the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased.  In each such case, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision, combination or reclassification and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such subdivision or combination.  Any adjustment
 

 
 

 

 under this Section 9(a) shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the date the stock split or combination becomes effective.
 
(b) Adjustment for Dividends and Distributions of Common Stock.  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable solely in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event the Conversion Price that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 9(b) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.
 
(c) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions.  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in any securities of the Company (other than shares of Common Stock) or in other property, in each such event provision shall be made so that the Holder of this Convertible Note shall receive upon conversion of this Convertible Note, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable hereupon, the amount of securities of the Company or other property that such Holder would have received had this Convertible Note been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the date of such event and had such Holder thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities or other property receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 9 with respect to the rights of the Holder or with respect to such other securities or other property by their terms.
 
(d) Adjustment upon Issuances for Consideration Below Conversion Price.  If at any time or from time to time, on or after the Date of Issuance the Company issues or sells, or in accordance with this Section is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock (including the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for the account of the Company) for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect as of immediately prior to such issuance or sale (the “Former Conversion Price”) (such an issuance, a “Dilutive Issuance”), then immediately after such Dilutive Issuance, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be reduced (but in no event increased) to an amount equal to a fraction, the numerator of which equals (A) the sum of (1) the product derived by multiplying the Former Conversion Price by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis (accounting for Convertible Securities and Options using the treasury stock method) immediately prior to such Dilutive Issuance plus (2) the consideration, if any, received by the Company in such Dilutive Issuance, and the denominator of which equals (B) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis (accounting for Convertible Securities and Options  using the treasury stock method) immediately after such Dilutive Issuance.  For purposes of this Section 9(d):
 

 
 

 

 
(i) If any Convertible Securities are issued by the Company after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock into which such Convertible Securities are convertible shall be deemed to be issued and sold by the Company as of the date the Convertible Securities are issued, for consideration per share equal to the sum of the lowest amounts of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to any one share of Common Stock (A) upon the issuance or sale of the Convertible Security, and (B) upon the conversion or exchange or exercise of such Convertible Security.
 
(ii) If any Options are issued by the Company after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Option (or upon conversion of the Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Option) shall be deemed to be issued and sold by the Company as of the date the Options are issued for consideration per share equal to the sum of the of the lowest amounts of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to any one share of Common Stock (A) upon granting or sale of the Option, (B) upon exercise of the Option and (C) in the case of an Option to acquire a Convertible Security, upon conversion or exchange or exercise of such Convertible Security.
 
(iii) If the purchase price provided for in any Option is reduced after the date of issuance, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue, conversion,  exchange or exercise of any Convertible Security is reduced after the date of issuance, or the rate at which any Convertible Security is convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock is increased at any time on or after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Option (or upon conversion of the Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Option) or issuable upon exercise of such Convertible Security shall be deemed to be issued and sold by the Company as of the date of such modification.
 
(iv) If any Options are issued in connection with the issuance of other securities of the Company, together comprising one integrated transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties to such transaction, such Options will be deemed to have been issued for the difference between (A) the aggregate fair market value of such Options and other securities of the Company issued in such integrated transaction, less, (B) the fair market value of the securities other than such Option, issued in such transaction, and the other securities issued or sold in such integrated transaction will be deemed to have been issued for the balance of the consideration received by the Company.  If any Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration consisting as a whole or in part of consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company will be the fair market value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Company will be the closing price of such securities on the date of receipt by the Company.
 
(v) For purposes of this Section 9(d), the fair market value of any non-cash consideration received by the Company upon the issuance of any shares of Common  Stock, Options or Convertible Securities will be as determined in good

 
 

 

faith by the Board.
 
(e) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution.  If at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of this Convertible Note are changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or series of stock of the Company, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 9), then in any such event the Holder shall have the right thereafter to convert this Convertible Note into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which this Convertible Note could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Convertible Note or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.
 
(f) Fundamental Transactions.  If at any time or from time to time after the Date of Issuance (i) the Company effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) another Person, (ii) the Company effects any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares of Common Stock for other securities, cash or property, (iv) the Company consummates a stock purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or other Persons or (v) the Company effects a capital reorganization of the shares of Common Stock (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 9) pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (each of the foregoing, a “Fundamental Transaction”), then as a part of such Fundamental Transaction provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of this Convertible Note the same amount and kind of securities, cash or other property as it would have been entitled to receive if it had been, immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock then deliverable upon the conversion in full of this Convertible Note, subject to adjustment in respect of such securities by their terms (the “Alternate Consideration”).  In any such case, (i) the aggregate Conversion Price under this Convertible Note will not be affected, but the Company shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration, (ii) if holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any conversion of this Convertible Note following such Fundamental Transaction, and (iii) appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 9 with respect to the rights of the Holder after such Fundamental Transaction to the end that the provisions of this Section 9 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares of common stock, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.  At the Holder’s request, any successor to the Company or surviving entity in such
 

 
 

 

 Fundamental Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new secured convertible note consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to convert such secured convertible note into Alternate Consideration.  The terms of any agreement pursuant to which a Fundamental Transaction is effected shall include terms requiring any such successor or surviving entity to comply with the provisions of this Section 9(f) and insuring that this Convertible Note (or any such replacement security) will be similarly adjusted upon any subsequent transaction analogous to a Fundamental Transaction.
 
(g) Certificate of Adjustment.  In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause its Chief Financial Officer to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions of this Convertible Note and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books.  The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required to be made unless it would result in an increase or decrease of at least one cent, but any adjustments not made because of this sentence shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment otherwise required hereunder.
 
(h) Notices of Record Date.  Upon (i) the establishment by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders of such securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the shares of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other Company, or any transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to any other Person or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to the Holder at least 20 Business Days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of shares of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
 
(i) Certain Issues Excepted.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary set forth herein, the following issuances of securities will not trigger an adjustment to the Conversion Price: (i) securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities issued or outstanding on or prior to the First Tranche Closing Date, and (ii) Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted or issued pursuant to the Company’s equity compensation plans and employee stock purchase plans as they now exist or are hereafter approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
(j) No Impairment.  The Company shall not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or
 

 
 

 

 appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the Holder of this Convertible Note against dilution or other impairment as provided herein. If the Company takes any action in breach of this Convertible Note, the Holder shall be entitled to any and all remedies available at Law or in equity.
 
(k) Fractional Share.  No fractional share of Common Stock shall be issuable upon conversion of this Convertible Note and the number of Conversion Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. If the conversion of this Convertible Note shall result in the issuance of any fractional Conversion share, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share by paying the Holder an amount computed by multiplying such fraction by the fair market value of a full share.
 
(l) Other Adjustments.  If and whenever the Company shall take any action affecting or relating to the shares of Common Stock, other than any action described in this Section 9, which in the opinion of the Board would prejudicially affect the rights of the Holder, the Conversion Price and, if required, the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property to be issued upon conversion of this Convertible Note will be adjusted by the Board in such manner, and at such time, as the Board may, subject to the approval of any stock exchange(s) on which the shares of Common Stock are listed and posted for trading, reasonably determine to be equitable in the circumstances to such Holder.
 
10. Priority of Obligations.  The Obligations shall not be junior or subordinate to any other Indebtedness of the Company, except for such de facto subordination as may result from Permitted Liens or Liens in existence as of the date hereof that secure Permitted Indebtedness.  The Company shall not issue any Indebtedness that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Indebtedness provides that it is subordinate and junior on the same terms to the Obligations.
 
11. Waiver and Amendment.  Any provision of this Convertible Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of both the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Note(s).
 
12. Transfer of this Convertible Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion or Payment Hereunder.  This Convertible Note may not be transferred in violation of any restrictive legend set forth hereon. Each new Note issued upon transfer of this Convertible Note or securities issuable on conversion of this Convertible Note shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Convertible Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company.  Prior to presentation of this Convertible Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Convertible Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Convertible Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
13. Assignment. Neither this Convertible Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, as a whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of the Holder.  
 

 
 

 

 The Holder may assign the rights, interests or obligations under this Convertible Note, as a whole or in part, at any time, subject to compliance with Section 12 of this Convertible Note, upon written notice to the Company of such assignment.  Upon request, the Company shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within three Business Days) following such request, provide any assignee of all or a portion of this Convertible Note a new Note having terms and conditions identical in all respects to this Convertible Note except that it shall identify the assignee as the payee, and it shall have (x) a principal amount equal to principal amount of this Convertible Note that was assigned, (y) an initial Conversion Price equal to the conversion price in effect under this Convertible Note as of the date of assignment and (z) a different date of issuance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Company receives notice in accordance with Section 14, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Convertible Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest on this Convertible Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Convertible Note shall be overdue.
 
14. Notices.  Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight courier, personal delivery or facsimile transmission at the respective addresses or facsimile number of the parties as set forth in or otherwise designated by either party pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or on the register maintained by the Company.  Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address or facsimile number for future notice hereunder.  Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section prior to 6:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 6:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on any Trading Day, (c) the Trading Day following the date of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.
 
15. Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Section 12 of this Convertible Note, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Convertible Note shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.
 
16. Expenses; Waivers.  If action is instituted to collect this Convertible Note, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in connection with such action. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.
 
17. Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK,
 

 
 

 
 
BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY HEREUNDER, IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR WITH ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR DISCUSSED HEREIN (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS), AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, OR THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF VIA REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY (WITH EVIDENCE OF DELIVERY) TO THE COMPANY AT THE ADDRESS IN EFFECT FOR NOTICES TO IT UNDER THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND AGREES THAT SUCH SERVICE SHALL CONSTITUTE GOOD AND SUFFICIENT SERVICE OF PROCESS AND NOTICE THEREOF. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED TO LIMIT IN ANY WAY ANY RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY.
 

 
 

 

ISSUED as of the date first above written.
 
 

 
  PHOTOMEDEX, INC.  
       
 
By:
/s/ Christina L. Allgeier  
    Name: Christina L. Allgeier  
    Title: Chief Financial Officer  
       
 
 
 
 


[Signature Page to Additional B-2 Note 3-1-11]

 

 
 


EX-4.20 9 ex4-20.htm AMENDMENT 1-TERM LOAN & SECURITY AGREE 3-19-10 ex4-20.htm


 


EXHIBIT 4.20

Amendment No. 1 to Term Loan and Security Agreement


THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of April 30, 2010 (the “Amendment”), to the Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010 (the “Security Agreement”), is by and between Clutterbuck Funds LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lender”) and PhotoMedex, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower issued a Secured Promissory Note, dated as of March 19, 2010 (the “Note”, and together with the Security Agreement, the “Clutterbuck Documents”), to the Lender in the original principal amount of Two Million and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000).

WHEREAS, in connection with the Note, the Borrower granted a security interest in certain collateral pursuant to the Security Agreement.
 
WHEREAS, Section 3.2(x) of the Security Agreement states that Borrower shall file a UCC-1 Financing Statement for each Obligor (as defined below) providing notice that the Pledged Units (as defined below) remain the property of the Borrower and subject to a lien in favor of the Lender and subject to the Permitted Liens (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested, and the Lender has agreed, to amend Section 3.2(x) of the Security Agreement as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1. Definitions.  All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Security Agreement.
 
2. Amendment.  The Security Agreement is hereby amended by restating Section 3.2(x) in its entirety as follows:
 
(x) Intentionally omitted and removed.
 
3. Continuing Effect.  Except as expressly set forth in Section 2 of this Amendment, nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a modification of the terms, conditions or covenants of the Clutterbuck Documents, or a waiver of any terms and provisions thereof, and the Clutterbuck Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect, in each case as amended hereby.
 
4. Reaffirmation and Confirmation.  The Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that the Clutterbuck Documents represent the valid and enforceable obligations of the Borrower.  The Borrower hereby agrees that this Amendment in no
 

 
 

 

way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payment of the Note.  The Liens and rights securing payment of the Note are hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower in all respects.
 
5. Condition to Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become effective upon the Borrower and the Lender executing and delivering this Amendment.
 
6. Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be a contract made under and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.
 
7. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts, and each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.
 
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed by their proper corporate officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
BORROWER: 
 
PhotoMedex, Inc.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Dennis M. McGrath  
    Name: Dennis M. McGrath   
    Title: Chief Executive Officer   
       

 
 
 
LENDER:  
 
Clutterbuck Funds LLC
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Robert T. Clutterbuck  
    Name: Robert T. Clutterbuck  
    Title: Managing Partner  
       



 


EX-4.21 10 ex4-21.htm AMENDMENT 2 - TERM LOAN & SECURITY AGRE 3-2011 ex4-21.htm


 
 
EXHIBIT 4.21
 
 
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
This Amendment No. 2 to Term Loan and Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is made as of the 28th day of March, 2011, by and between CLUTTERBUCK FUNDS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lender”), and PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”).
 
WHEREAS, The Borrower and the Lender are parties to a certain Term Loan and Security Agreement  dated as of March 19, 2010, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Term Loan and Security Agreement dated April 30, 2010, and as the same may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified (the “Credit Agreement”);
 
WHEREAS, the Borrower issued a Secured Promissory Note, dated as of March 19, 2010 (the “Note”, and together with the Credit Agreement, the “Clutterbuck Documents”), to the Lender in the original principal amount of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars;
 
WHEREAS, The Borrower and the Lender desire to amend the Credit Agreement in order to (i) extend the Maturity Date; (ii) institute scheduled mandatory principal repayments; (iii) modify the definition of “Pledged Units”; (iv) replace Schedule 1 of the Credit Agreement; and (v) to make such other modifications in connection with the foregoing; and
 
WHEREAS, each term used herein shall be defined in accordance with the Credit Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein and for other valuable considerations, the Borrower and the Lender agree as follows:
 
1.           Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Maturity Date” in its entirety and inserting the following in place thereof:
 
“Maturity Date” shall mean December 1, 2012 or such earlier date in the event of acceleration in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
 
2.           Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Pledged Units” in its entirety and inserting the following in place thereof:
 
“Pledged Units” shall mean the XTRAC laser units set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, together with all related equipment (as such schedule may be amended, restated or modified from time to time).  The Borrower shall, on or before the twentieth (20th) day of each month, provide the Lender with an schedule of XTRAC laser units updated as of the last day of the preceding month, which schedule shall, upon approval of the Lender (which shall be deemed approved if the Lender fails to object to such updated schedule within fifteen (15) business days of receipt), be deemed to replace the then-current Schedule 1 of this Credit Agreement without any further action of the Borrower or the Lender. The Borrower shall be permitted to send such schedule to the holders of junior liens on the laser units on the schedule.

 
 

 


3.           Commencing on August 1, 2011 and continuing on the first day of each month until the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall commence mandatory monthly principal reduction payments in the amounts set forth below:

August 1, 2011 through and including December 1, 2011: $100,000 per month

January 1, 2012 through and including November 1, 2012: $175,000 per month

December 1, 2012: $75,000.

4.           The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Schedule 1 in its entirety, and inserting a new Schedule 1 in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

5.           The Borrower hereby agrees to pay the Lender an amendment fee in the amount of $50,000 (the “Amendment Fee”) (which amount, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be in addition to any other amounts due hereunder), to be paid on the Maturity Date or, in the event of a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement, at the time of such prepayment.
 
6.           As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Borrower shall:
 
(a)           execute and deliver to the Lender a Common Stock Purchase Warrant in the form and substance as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto;

(b)           have delivered to the Lender, an officer’s certificate certifying the names of the officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Amendment, together with the true signatures of such officers and certified copies of the resolutions of the directors/shareholders of the Borrower, evidencing approval of the execution and delivery of this Amendment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender; and

(c)           pay all legal fees and expenses of the Lender incurred in connection with this Amendment.
 
7.           The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that: (a) the Borrower has the legal power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment; (b) the officer executing this Amendment has been duly authorized to execute and deliver the same and bind the Borrower with respect to the provisions hereof; (c) the execution and delivery hereof by the Borrower and the performance and observance by the Borrower of the provisions hereof do not violate or conflict with the organizational agreements of the Borrower or any material law applicable to the Borrower or result in a breach of any provision of or constitute a default under any other material agreement, instrument or document binding upon or enforceable against the Borrower; (d) no Default or Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement, nor will any occur immediately after the execution and delivery of this Amendment or by the performance or observance of any provision hereof; (e) the Borrower has no claim or offset against, or defense or counterclaim to, the Borrower’s obligations or liabilities under the Credit Agreement or any document executed in connection therewith; and (f) this Amendment constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Borrower in every respect, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable

 
 

 

bankrptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equity principles regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity.

8.           In consideration of this Amendment, the Borrower hereby waives and releases the Lender and its directors, officers, employees, attorneys, affiliates and subsidiaries from any and all such claims, offsets, defenses and counterclaims of which the Borrower is aware or unaware, such waiver and release being with full knowledge and understanding of the circumstances and effect thereof and after having consulted legal counsel with respect thereto.
 
9.           Except as amended hereby, the terms, provisions, conditions and agreements of the Credit Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.  The Borrower expressly acknowledges that this Amendment shall neither extinguish or satisfy, nor constitute a novation or a waiver of, the Borrower’s existing indebtedness or obligations to the Lender. Each and every representation and warranty of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement is hereby confirmed and ratified in all material respects and such representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made and undertaken as of the date of this Amendment as well as at the time they were made and undertaken. The Borrower hereby ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees that the Clutterbuck Documents represent the valid and enforceable obligations of the Borrower.  The Borrower hereby agrees that this Amendment in no way acts as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payment of the Note.  The Liens and rights securing payment of the Note are hereby ratified and confirmed by the Borrower in all respects.
 
10.           Each reference that is made in the Credit Agreement or any other writing to the Credit Agreement shall hereafter be construed as a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, all provisions of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be unaffected hereby.  Any default of this Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.
 
11.           This Amendment may be signed in one or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original and all of which shall be take together as one and the same agreement.
 
12.           This Amendment shall be governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware, with regard to principles of conflicts of law or choice of law.
 

 

 

 

 

 
 [Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]
 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 2 to that Term Loan and Security Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
 

 
 
         
       
BORROWER:
         
             Address:
 
147 Keystone Drive
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
   
Montgomeryville, PA 18936
   
   
Attention: CEO and CFO
 
By: /s/ Dennis M. McGrath   
       
Name:  Dennis M. McGrath
       
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 


       
LENDER:
         
             Address:
 
200 Public Square, Suite 2910
 
CLUTTERBUCK FUNDS, LLC
   
Cleveland, Ohio  44114
   
   
Attention:  Robert T. Clutterbuck
 
By: /s/ Robert T. Clutterbuck  
       
Name:  Robert T. Clutterbuck
       
Title: Managing Partner
 






















 [Signature Page to Amendment No. 2]

 
 

 

Exhibit A

Replacement for Schedule 1 of Credit Agreement

SCHEDULE 1

[collateral report as of 2/28/11 attached]

 
 

 

Exhibit B

Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 
 


EX-4.22 11 ex4-22.htm WARRANT CLUTTERBUCK FUNDS 3-2011 ex4-22.htm


EXHIBIT 4.22
 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT, IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR OTHERWISE PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 
 THIS WARRANT IS VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME, MARCH 27th, 2016.
 

 


 
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT


 
For the Purchase of Shares of Common Stock
 
Of
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.



 
1.           Warrant.  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in connection with, and conditioned upon, the closing of the transactions set forth in that certain Amendment No. 2 to Term Loan and Security Agreement dated March 28, 2011, by and between PhotoMedex, Inc. (the “Company”), a Nevada corporation, and Clutterbuck Funds, LLC (“Holder”), a Delaware limited liability company, Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time from March 28, 2011 (the “Commencement Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, March 27, 2016 (the ”Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to 109,650 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized by law to close, then this Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate the Warrant without the written consent of the Holder. This Warrant is initially exercisable at $5.70 per Share (the “Initial Exercise Price”, being the Nasdaq closing price on March 8, 2011, and the same as $5.70, the Nasdaq closing price on March 25, 2011); provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 7 hereof, the rights granted by this Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the Initial Exercise Price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context.
 

 
 
 

 

2.           Exercise.

 
2.1           Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed, completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased, payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check or official bank check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.
 
 
2.2           Legend. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Act:

 
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR APPLICABLE STATE LAW. NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE LAW WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY, IS AVAILABLE.”

 
3.           Transfer.

 
3.1           Generally. This Warrant is transferable on the books of the Company at its principal office by the registered Holder hereof upon surrender of this Warrant properly endorsed, subject to compliance with Section 3.2 hereof and applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Company shall issue and deliver to the transferee a new Warrant representing the Warrant so transferred.  Upon any partial transfer, the Company will issue and deliver to Holder a new Warrant with respect to the Warrant not so transferred.  Holder shall not have any right to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity (each, a “Person”) that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is a direct competitor of the Company.

 
3.2           Condition of Transfer or Exercise of Warrant.  It shall be a condition to any transfer or exercise of this Warrant that at the time of such transfer or exercise, the Holder shall provide the Company with a representation in writing that the Holder or transferee is acquiring this Warrant and the Shares to be issued upon exercise for investment purposes only and not with a view to any sale or distribution, or will provide the Company with a statement of pertinent facts covering any proposed distribution.  As a further condition to any transfer of this Warrant or any or all of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company may request an opinion of outside legal counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, reciting the pertinent circumstances surrounding the proposed transfer and stating that such transfer is exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.  Each certificate evidencing the shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant or upon any transfer of the shares (other than a transfer registered under the Act or any subsequent transfer of shares so registered) shall, at the Company’s option, if the Shares are not freely saleable under Rule 144 under the Act, contain a legend in the form set

 

 
 

 
 
forth in Section 2.2 restricting the transfer of the shares to sales or other dispositions exempt from the requirements of the Act.  As further condition to each transfer, at the request of the Company, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company and the transferee shall receive and accept a Warrant, of like tenor and date, executed by the Company.
 
 
4.           Representations and Warranties of the Holder and the Company
 
 
4.1           Representations and Warranties by the Holder.  The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as of the Commencement Date as follows:
 
 
(a)           The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies similar to the Company so that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its interests.
 
 
(b)           The Holder is acquiring the Warrant and the Shares for investment for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  The Holder understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein.
 
 
(c)           The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.
 
 
(d)           The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.
 
 
(e)           The Holder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with its management and an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities.  The Holder understands that such discussions, as well as the written information issued by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which the Company believes to be material but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description.
 
 
4.2                   Representations and Warranties by the Company.  The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as of the Commencement Date as follows:
 
 
(a)           The Company (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and (ii) has the corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

 
 

 
 
(b)           All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Warrant and for the authorization, issuance and delivery of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant has been taken and this Warrant constitutes the legally binding and valid obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
 
 
(c)           The Warrant has been validly issued and is free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer set forth herein and under applicable state and federal securities laws. The Shares issuable upon conversion of this Warrant, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Warrant for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Warrant and under applicable state and federal securities laws.  Subject to applicable restrictions on transfer, the issuance and delivery of the Warrant and the Shares issuable upon conversion of the Warrant are not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances except (i) as specifically set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, or this Warrant or (ii) for any such rights that have been previously waived or have expired in accordance with their terms without exercise.  The offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and Shares, as contemplated by this Warrant, are exempt from the registration requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws in the United States, and neither the Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf has or will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.
 
 
(d)           The execution, delivery, and performance of this Warrant will not result in any violation of, be in conflict with, or constitute a default under, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice (a) any provision of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or by-laws (each as in effect on the date hereof); (b) any provision of any judgment, decree, or order to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; (c) any contract, obligation, or commitment to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; or (d) any statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to the Company.
 
 
(e)           As of the Commencement Date, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 35,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 2,859,749 were issued and outstanding.  The outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued (including, without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act and the registration and qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws, or in compliance with applicable exemptions therefrom.  The Company shall reserve adequate shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of this Warrant. Except as set forth in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and except for the two convertible promissory notes issued to Perseus Partners VII, L.P. (“Perseus”) as of March 1, 2011 in the respective principal amounts of $146,321 and $874,993, and the one convertible promissory note issued to Perseus as of September 1, 2010 in the principal amount of  $150,716, and except for the planned issuance in March 2011 of 210,000 shares of Common Stock to the Company’s SEC-reporting executive

 

 
 

 

officers and 44,000 shares of Common Stock to members of the Scientific Advisory Board and to other Company managers and employees, there are no outstanding warrants, options, conversion privileges, preemptive rights or other rights or agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or issue any equity securities or convertible Securities of the Company, nor has the issuance of any of the aforesaid rights to acquire securities of the Company been authorized.
 
 
(f)           No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of the Warrant (and the Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant), or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby, except for the following:  (a) the filing of a notice on Form D under the Act and (b) the compliance with applicable state securities laws.
 
 
5.           “Piggy-Back” Registration Rights.

 
5.1           Grant of Right.  Subject to the terms of this Section 5, the Holder shall have the right, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date (the “Term”), to include the Shares underlying this Warrant (the “Registrable Securities”) as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Act or pursuant to Form S-8 or any equivalent form); provided, however, that if, solely in connection with any primary underwritten public offering for the account of the Company, the managing underwriter(s) thereof shall, in its reasonable discretion, impose a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock which may be included in the Registration Statement because, in such underwriter(s)’ judgment, marketing or other factors dictate that such limitation is necessary to facilitate public distribution, then the Company shall be obligated to include in such Registration Statement only such limited portion of the Registrable Securities with respect to which the Holder requested inclusion hereunder as the underwriter shall reasonably permit; provided, however, that all other holders of outstanding securities (other than Perseus or any holder of a convertible promissory note or a warrant that is a registered assign of Perseus) are also excluded from the filing of such registration statement on a pro rata basis.
 
 
5.2           Terms.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than fifteen (15) days’ written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Holder. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement.
 

 
5.3.           Underwriting. The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 5 shall be conditioned upon the participation by such Holder in the underwriting arrangements specified by the Company in connection with such registration and the inclusion of the

 

 
 

 

Registrable Securities of such Holder in such underwriting to the extent provided in this Agreement. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company and take all other actions, and deliver such opinions and certifications, as may be reasonably requested by such managing underwriter.
 

 
5.4           Limitations on Secondary Offerings.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event that, following the exercise of the piggyback right pursuant to this Section 5 and the inclusion in such registration statement of all or part of the Registrable Securities then held by the Holder, the Commission informs the Company that such registration statement cannot be filed as a secondary offering on Form S-3 due to the aggregate number of securities to be registered thereunder, then:

(a)           the Company, in its sole discretion, shall be permitted to exclude such portion of the Holder’s Registrable Securities from such registration statement to the extent necessary to permit the filing of such registration statement on Form S-3; provided, however, that all other holders of outstanding securities (other than Perseus or any holder of a convertible promissory note or a warrant that is a registered assign of Perseus) are also excluded from the filing of such registration statement on a pro rata basis; and

(b)           the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to file, when and as permitted by the Commission, one or more additional registration statements on Form S-3 in order to register all of the Registrable Securities  requested to be registered by the Holder under this Section 5.

 
5.5           Additional Requirements.
 
 
(a)           Information To Be Provided by the Holders. Each Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in any registration under the terms of this Warrant shall furnish the Company, upon at least three (3) business days’ request, such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as may be reasonably requested in writing by the Company and as shall be required in connection with such registration or the registration or qualification of such securities under any applicable state securities law (including, without limitation, a certification of the number of Shares beneficially owned by such Holder and the name of the natural person(s) that have voting and dispositive control over such Shares).  The Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any such Holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information.
 
 
(b)           Company Right to Exclude.  The Company shall be permitted to exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a registration statement if such Holder fails to timely comply with the Company’s request for information pursuant to Section 5.5(a); provided, if such Holder provides such information prior to the filing of such registration statement (or prior to the final amendment thereto prior to such registration statement being declared effective), the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to include such Registrable Securities on such registration statement.

 

 
 

 

 
(c)           Additional Restrictions.  The rights of the Holder granted pursuant to Section 5.1 and 5.2 of this Warrant shall be subject in all respects to the rights granted to Perseus pursuant to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2009, between the Company and Perseus.
 
 
5.6           General Terms.
 
 
(a)           Exercise of Warrants. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Warrants prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

 
(b)           Documents to be Delivered by Holder(s). Each of the Holder(s) participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.

 
(c)           Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any registration rights provided for in this Section 5 after the date on which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold under Rule 144 under the Act.
 
 
6.           New Warrants to be Issued.

 
6.1           Partial Exercise or Transfer.  Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereto, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Warrant of like tenor to this Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.

 
6.2           Lost Certificate.  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 
7.           Adjustments.

 
7.1           Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities.  Subject to Section 7.1(e), the Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying the Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:
 


 

 
 

 
 
(a)           Reclassification or Merger.  In case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant (in form and substance satisfactory to the  Holder of this Warrant), or the Company shall make appropriate provision without the issuance of a new Warrant, so that the Holder shall have the right to receive, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a Holder of the number of Shares then purchasable under this Warrant, or in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the Holder, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the value of the Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the transaction.  Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 7.  The provisions of this subparagraph (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and transfers.
 
 
(b)           Subdivision or Combination of Shares.  If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.
 
 
(c)           Stock Dividends and Other Distributions.  If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall pay a dividend with respect to Common Stock payable in Common Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.
 
 
(d)           Adjustment upon Issuances for Consideration Below Warrant Price. Subject to Section 7.1(f), if:


 
 

 

 
(i) during the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the date that is eighteen (18) months from the Commencement Date (the “Initial Period”), the Company shall issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (or any equity securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) for a consideration per share less than the Exercise Price in effect as of immediately prior to such issuance or sale; or
 
 
(ii) at any time after the Initial Period but prior to the Expiration Date, the Company shall issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (or any equity securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) for a consideration per share less than the Exercise Price in a transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) in which the aggregate net purchase price received by the Company is $2,500,000 or more (any issuance described in Section 7(d)(i) or Section 7(d)(ii), a “Dilutive Issuance”); then, immediately after such Dilutive Issuance, the Exercise Price then in effect shall be reduced to an amount equal to (A) in the case of Section 7.1(d)(i), the lowest purchase price per share received by the Company in a Dilutive Issuance and (B) in the case of Section 7.1(d)(ii), the dollar volume-weighted average price for such shares of Common Stock (or such equity securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) issued in such Dilutive Issuances.  For purposes of this Section 7.1(d), the following actions shall be deemed not to be a Dilutive Issuance: any shares of Common Stock issued (A) in connection with an equity compensation plan or other bona fide compensation arrangement that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; (B) pursuant to a stock split or stock dividend; (C) pursuant to the exercise of any outstanding option, warrant, convertible security or other outstanding right to acquire securities of the Company; or (D) as consideration of, or otherwise in connection with, a bona fide acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
 
(e)           Adjustment of Number of Shares.  Upon each adjustment in the Exercise Price, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately thereafter.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in no event shall the Company be obligated to issue shares of Common Stock hereunder to the extent that the total number of shares issued or deemed issued to the Holder hereunder would exceed 19.9% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock on the Commencement Date.
 
 
(f)           Limitations on Adjustments.  The Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of Section 7.1(d) with respect to only one Dilutive Issuance during the Term of this Warrant.

 
7.2           Notice of Adjustments.  Whenever any Exercise Price or the kind or number of securities issuable under this Warrant shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Company shall prepare a certificate signed by an officer of the Company setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Exercise Price and number or kind of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause

 

 
 

 

 
copies of such certificate to be mailed (by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, postage prepaid) within thirty (30) days of such adjustment to the Holder of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.3 hereof.
 
 
7.3           Substitute Warrant.  In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Shares), at the option of the Company, the corporation formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall either (a) execute and deliver to the Holder a substitute Warrant providing that the holder of each Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares of the Company for which such Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer or (b) shall grant the Holder the right to acquire and receive upon exercise of this Warrant such shares of stock, securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation that a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive in such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation.  Any substitute Warrant delivered under this Section 7.3 shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 7. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.

 
7.4           Elimination of Fractional Interests.  The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Shares upon the exercise of the Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.
 
 
7.5           No Impairment.  The Company shall not amend its Articles of Incorporation, or its Bylaws, or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed of performed hereunder by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against dilution or other impairments as provided herein.
 
 
8.           Certain Notice Requirements.

 
8.1           Holder’s Right to Receive Notice.  Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a shareholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Warrants and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give the Holder fifteen (15)

 

 
 

 

days’written notice of such event (but in any event, the Company shall provide the Holder with reasonable advance notice given the circumstances of such event) prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be.
 
 
8.2           Events Requiring Notice.  The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (a) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (b) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (c) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

 
8.3           Transmittal of Notices.  All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered, or mailed by express mail or private courier service, to the following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:
 
 
If to the Company:
 
 
 
PhotoMedex, Inc.
147 Keystone Drive
Montgomeryville, PA 18936
Attn:  President and Chief Executive Officer & Chief Financial Officer
Fax No.:  215.619.3209
 
 
With a copy to:
 
 
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
1701 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2921
Attn:  Joanne Soslow
Fax No.:  215.963.5001

 

 
 

 
 
If to the Holder:
 
 
Clutterbuck Funds LLC
200 Public Square, Suite 2910
Cleveland, OH 44114
Attn:  Robert T. Clutterbuck
Fax No. 216.803.1199
 
 
with a copy to:
 
 
Ulmer & Berne LLP
1660 West 2nd St., Suite 1100
Cleveland, OH 44113-1448
Attn: Brian O’Neill, Esq.
Fax No. 216.583.7001
 

9.           Miscellaneous.

 
9.1           Amendments. Any modifications or amendments to this Warrant shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 
9.2           Headings.  The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

 
9.3.           Entire Agreement.  This Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 
9.4           Binding Effect. This Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 
9.5           Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.

 
9.6           Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Warrant or any provision hereof or the

 

 
 

 

right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
 
 
9.7           Execution in Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.
 
 
9.8           Jurisdiction, Forum Selection Venue; Jury Trial Waivers.  COMPANY AND HOLDER (A) AGREE TO SUBMIT THEMSELVES IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY SCHEDULE OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT HEREOF OR THEREOF, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF OHIO, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY SUCH FEDERAL COURT, (B) CONSENT THAT ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS, AND WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THAT EACH MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, (C) AGREE THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE APPROPRIATE PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS AS SET FORTH HEREIN, AND SERVICE MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF ACTUAL RECEIPT OR FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN POSTED AS AFORESAID, AND (D) AGREE THAT NOTHING HEREIN OR IN ANY SCHEDULE SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.  THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER EACH HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, THIS AGREEMENT, ANY SCHEDULE AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, ANY OF THE RELATED DOCUMENTS, ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF, AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER.

 


 
[Remainder of page deliberately left blank.]

 

 
 

 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the 28th day of March, 2011.


 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.


 
By:  /s/ Christina L. Allgeier         
Name: Christina L. Allgeier
Title: Chief Financial Officer,
Vice President, Finance & Administration

 
 
 

 


 
Form to be used to exercise Warrant:



 
Date:                  ,                      20___



 
The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Warrant for [___] Shares of PhotoMedex, Inc. and hereby makes payment of $[_________] (at the rate of $[___________] per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Shares as to which this Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Warrant has not been exercised.

 
Please issue the Shares as to which this Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Warrant has not been converted.

 
Signature




 
Signature Guaranteed





EX-10.44 12 ex_10-44.htm AMEND & RESTATED 2000 NON-EE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN 8-3-10 ex_10-44.htm


 
EXHIBIT 10.44
 
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
2000 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
(amended and restated as of August 3, 2010)

1. Purposes of the Plan

The purposes of this 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) are to enable PhotoMedex, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to attract, retain and motivate the directors who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the directors and the stockholders of the Company by granting the directors options to purchase Common Stock (as defined herein).

2. Definitions

In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, for purposes of this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

(a) “Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Cause” means an act or failure to act that constitutes “cause” for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor statute).

(e) “Committee” means a committee of the Board, appointed from time to time by the Board, which Committee shall be intended to consist of two or more directors who are non-employee directors, as defined in Rule 16b-3, or such other committee of the Board to which the Board has delegated its power and functions hereunder. If for any reason the appointed Committee does not meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3, such noncompliance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 shall not affect the validity of the interpretations or other actions of the Committee. If and to the extent that no Committee exists which has the authority to administer the Plan, the functions of the Committee shall be exercised by the Board.

(f) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, any common stock into which the common stock may be converted and any common stock resulting from any reclassification of the common stock.

(g) “Company” means PhotoMedex, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(h) “Disability” means a total and permanent disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(i) “Eligible Director” means a director of the Company who is not then a current employee of the Company or any Related Person.

(j) “Fair Market Value” means, for purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, as of any date, the closing sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date, (i) as reported by the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded, (ii) if not traded on any such national securities exchange, as quoted on an automated quotation system sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers, or if the sale of the Common Stock shall not have been reported or quoted on such date, on the first day prior thereto on which the Common Stock was reported or quoted, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not traded in any market, such value as may be determined by the Committee in its discretion or as may be determined in accordance with such methodologies, procedures or other rules, (which may provide, without limitation, that determinations of Fair Market Value shall be made by an independent third party), as may be established by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that, where the shares are so listed or traded, the Committee may make discretionary determinations, or implement such methodologies, procedures or other rules, where the shares have not been traded for 10 trading days.

 
 

 



(k) “Option” means the right to purchase the number of Shares granted in the Option agreement at a prescribed purchase price according to the terms specified in the Plan.

(l) “Participant” means an Eligible Director who is granted an Option under the Plan, which Option has not expired.

(m) “Related Person” means, other than the Company (a) any corporation that is defined as a subsidiary corporation in Section 424(f) of the Code; or (b) any corporation that is defined as a parent corporation in Section 424(e) of the Code. An entity shall be deemed a Related Person only for such periods as the requisite ownership relationship is maintained.

(n) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16(b) of the Act, as then in effect or any successor provisions.

(o) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(p) “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

(q) “Termination of Directorship” with respect to an individual means that individual is no longer acting as a director (whether a non-employee director or employee director) of the Company.

3. Effective Date

The Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2000 (the “Effective Date”), subject to its approval by the majority of the votes of the shares of Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the Plan at a meeting of stockholders within one (1) year after the Plan is adopted by the Board, provided that the total vote cast on the Plan represents the majority in interest of all securities present, or represented, and entitled to vote on the Plan. Grants of Options under the Plan will be made on or after the Effective Date of the Plan, provided that, if the Plan is not approved by the requisite vote of stockholders, all Options which have been granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be null and void. No Options may be exercised prior to the approval of the Plan by the majority of the Common Stock, as such majority is measured at the time of such approval.

4. Administration

4.1. Duties of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full authority to interpret the Plan and to decide any questions and settle all controversies and disputes that may arise in connection with the Plan; to establish, amend and rescind rules for carrying out the Plan; to administer the Plan, subject to its provisions; to prescribe the form or forms of instruments evidencing Options and any other instruments required under the Plan and to change such forms from time to time; and to make all other determinations and to take all such steps in connection with the Plan and the Options as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable. Any determination, action or conclusion of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

4.2. Advisors. The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan, and may rely upon any advice or opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company.

4.3. Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no officer or former officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance, each officer or former officer and member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense (including reasonable fees of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Company), and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s or former officer’s, member’s or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any rights of indemnification the officers, directors or members or former officers, directors or members may have under applicable law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company.

 
 

 


4.4. Meetings of the Committee. The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations as it shall deem appropriate concerning the holding of its meetings and the transaction of its business. All determinations by the Committee shall be made by the affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any such determination may be made at a meeting duly called and held at which a majority of the members of the Committee are in attendance in person or through telephonic communication. Any determination set forth in writing and signed by all the members of the Committee shall be as fully effective as if it had been made by a majority vote of the members at a meeting duly called and held.

4.5. Determinations. Each determination, interpretation or other action made or taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes and upon all persons, including, without limitation, the Participants, the Company, directors, officers and other employees of the Company, and the respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives and other successors in interest of each of the foregoing.

5. Shares, Adjustments Upon Certain Events

5.1. Shares to be Delivered. Shares to be issued under the Plan shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Board; either from authorized but unissued Shares or from issued Shares reacquired by Company and held in treasury. No fractional Shares will be issued or transferred upon the exercise of any Option nor will any compensation be paid with regard to fractional shares.

5.2. Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 5, the maximum aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan shall be 60,000. Where an Option is for any reason canceled, or expires or terminates unexercised, the Shares covered by such Option shall again be available for the grant of Options, within the limits provided by the preceding sentence. The certificates for Shares issued hereunder may include any legend, which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer hereunder or under the award agreement, or as the Committee may otherwise deem appropriate.

5.3 Adjustment of Shares. In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of stock dividends, split-ups, consolidations, recapitalization, reorganizations or like events (as determined by the Committee), an appropriate adjustment may be made by the Committee in the number of shares reserved under the Plan, in the number of shares set forth in Section 5.2 hereof, in the number of shares and the option price per share specified in any stock option agreement. The determination of the Committee as to what adjustments shall be made shall be conclusive. Adjustments for any options to purchase fractional shares shall also be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall give prompt notice to all optionees of any adjustment pursuant to this Section.
  
5.4. Termination of Options on Merger, Reorganization or Liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company in which the Company is not the surviving or continuing corporation (as determined by the Committee) or in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all options granted hereunder shall terminate on the effective date of the merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation or dissolution unless there is an agreement with respect thereto which expressly provides for the assumption of such options by the continuing or surviving corporation.

6. Securities Law Requirements.

The Company’s obligation to issue shares of its Common Stock upon exercise of an option is expressly conditioned upon the completion by the Company of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state and/or federal law or rulings and regulations of any government regulatory body or the making of such investment representations or other representations and undertakings by the optionee (or his legal representative, heir or legatee, as the case may be) in order to comply with the requirements of any exemption from any such registration or other qualification of such shares which the Company in its sole discretion shall deem necessary or advisable. The Company may refuse to permit the sale or other disposition of any shares acquired pursuant to any such representation until it is satisfied that such sale or other disposition would not be in contravention of applicable state or federal securities law.

 
 

 


7. Grants and Terms of Options

7.1. Grant. Effective as of January 1, 2010, each Eligible Director shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 834 Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any Eligible Director who is first elected in 2010 to the Board after the Effective Date shall automatically be granted, as of the effective date of his or her election (“First Grant Date”), an Option to purchase a number of Shares equal to the product of (i) 25% of 834 and (ii) the number of fiscal quarters remaining in the Company’s then current fiscal year (including the quarter in which such director was elected), subject to the terms of the Plan. As of January 1, 2011 and for each year following January 1, 2011, or the First Grant Date, as the case may be, each Eligible Director shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 1,000 Shares or (i) 25% of 1,000 and (ii) the number of fiscal quarters remaining in the Company’s then current fiscal year (including the quarter in which such director was elected), subject to the terms of the Plan.

7.2. Date of Grant. If a grant of Options is to be made on a day on which the principal national exchange or automated quotation system sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers with respect to which Shares are traded is not open for trading, the grant shall be made on the first day thereafter on which such exchange or system is open for trading.

7.3. Option Agreement. Options shall be evidenced by Option agreements in such form as the Committee shall approve from time to time.

7.4. Option Terms:

(a) Exercise Price. The purchase price per share (“Purchase Price”) deliverable upon the exercise of an Option shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Share as follows:

(i) [intentionally blank];
 
(ii) For Options issued on the First Grant Date, the Fair Market Value shall be measured as of the First Grant Date;

(iii) For Annual Grants of Options issued as of January 1 of any fiscal year, the Fair Market Value shall be measured as of the last trading date of the prior year;

7.5. Vesting of Options. Except as otherwise provided herein, Options granted to Eligible Directors shall vest and become exercisable to the extent of 25% of 834 Shares for each fiscal quarter in 2010 in which the Eligible Director shall have served at least one day as a director of the Company, and 25% of 1,000 shares for each fiscal quarter of 2011 in which the Eligible Director shall have served at least one day as a director of the Company.

7.6. Procedure for Exercise. A Participant electing to exercise one or more Options shall give written notice to the Company of such election and of the number of Options he has elected to exercise. Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of Options shall be paid for at the time of exercise in cash. The Plan Committee may also provide, in the case of any nonqualified option, that such option may be exercised on a cashless basis, by Optionee’s submitting the original Option Agreement, together with a statement to such effect on Optionee’s election form. No share of Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made, and no optionee shall have any rights as an owner of shares of Stock until the date of issuance to him of the stock certificate evidencing such Stock.

7.7. Expiration. Except as otherwise provided herein, if not previously exercised each Option shall expire upon the tenth anniversary of the date of the grant thereof.

8. Effect of Termination of Directorship

8.1. General. Unless provided otherwise in the Option agreement, upon a Participant’s Termination of Directorship for any reason except death, Disability or Cause, prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable to the extent such Option is vested and shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ninety (90) day period following the Participant’s Termination of Directorship or (ii) the remaining term of the Option.

8.2. Death or Disability. Unless provided otherwise in the Option agreement, upon Termination of Directorship on account of Disability or death, all outstanding Options then exercisable and not exercised by the Participant prior to such Termination of Directorship shall remain exercisable by the Participant or, in the case of death, by the Participant’s estate or by the person given authority to exercise such Options by his or her will or by operation of law, until the earlier of (i) first anniversary of the Participant’s Termination of Directorship or (ii) the remaining term of the Option.

 
 

 


8.3. Termination by Company for Cause. Upon removal, failure to stand for reelection or failure to be renominated for Cause, or if the Company obtains or discovers information after Termination of Directorship that such Participant had engaged in conduct during such directorship that would have justified a removal for Cause during such directorship, all outstanding Options of such Participant shall immediately terminate and shall be null and void.

8.4. Cancellation of Options. Options that were not exercisable during the period a Participant serves as a director shall not become exercisable upon a Termination of Directorship for any reason whatsoever, and such Options shall terminate and become null and void upon a Termination of Directorship.

9. Nontransferability of Options

No Option shall be transferable by any Participant otherwise than (i) by will, other instrument of testamentary distribution, or under applicable laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) to such Participant’s retirement plan or grantor trust to the extent that such transferability does not disqualify the Shares underlying such options from qualification for registration by the Company on Form S-8. Except as provided above, no Option shall be assigned, negotiated, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and no Option shall be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, negotiate, pledge or hypothecate any Option, or in the event of any levy upon any Option by reason of any execution, attachment or similar process contrary to the provisions hereof, such Option shall immediately terminate and become null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine at the time of grant or thereafter that an Option that is otherwise not transferable pursuant to this Article 9 is transferable in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee.
 
10. Rights as a Stockholder

A Participant (or a permitted transferee of an Option) shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Participant’s Option until such Participant (or permitted transferee) shall have become the holder of record of such Shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property or distributions or other rights in respect to any such Shares, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan.

11. Securities Law Requirements

The Company’s obligation to issue Shares upon exercise of an option is expressly conditioned upon the completion by the Company of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state and/or federal law or rulings and regulations of any government regulatory body or the making of such investment representations or other representations and undertakings by the optionee (or his legal representative, heir or legatee, as the case may be) in order to comply with the requirements of any exemption from any such registration or other qualification of such shares which the Company in its sole discretion shall deem necessary or advisable. The Company may refuse to permit the sale or other disposition of any shares acquired pursuant to any such representation until it is satisfied that such sale or other disposition would not be in contravention of applicable state or federal securities law.

12. Termination, Amendment and Modification

12.1 Subject to the number of Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan as provided in Section 5.2, the Plan shall continue in effect without limit unless and until the Board otherwise determines. The termination of the Plan shall not terminate any outstanding Options that by their terms continue beyond such termination date. The Committee or the Board at any time or from time to time may amend this Plan to effect (i) amendments necessary or desirable in order that this Plan and the Options shall conform to all applicable laws and regulations, and (ii) any other amendments deemed appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely to the extent required by law, the Committee or the Board may not effect any amendment that would require the approval of the stockholders of the Company under applicable law or under any regulation of a principal national securities exchange or automated quotation system sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers unless such approval is obtained.

12.2 This Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the stockholders of the Company.

12.3 Except as otherwise required by law, no termination, amendment or modification of this Plan may, without the consent of the Participant or the permitted transferee of his Option, alter or impair the rights and obligations arising under any then outstanding Option.

 
 

 


13. Use of Proceeds

The proceeds of the sale of Shares subject to Options under the Plan are to be added to the general funds of the Company and used for its general corporate purposes as the Board shall determine.

14. General Provisions
 
14.1. Right to Terminate Directorship. This Plan shall not impose any obligations on the Company to retain any Participant as a director nor shall it impose any obligation on the part of any Participant to remain as a director of the Company.

14.2. Trusts, etc. Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant to the Plan (including, without limitation, the grant of any Option thereunder) shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship, between the Company and any Participant or the executor, administrator or other personal representative or designated beneficiary of such Participant, or any other persons. If and to the extent that any Participant or such Participant’s executor, administrator or other personal representative, as the case may be, acquires a right to receive any payment from the Company pursuant to the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

14.3. Notices. Any notice to the Company required by or in respect of this Plan will be addressed to the Company at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania 18936, fax: 215-619-3209, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or such other place of business as shall become the Company’s principal executive offices from time to time. Each Participant shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee with the current and proper address for the mailing to such Participant of notices and the delivery to such Participant of agreements, Shares and payments. Any such notice to the Participant will, if the Company has received notice that the Participant is then deceased, be given to the Participant’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his or her status and address (and has provided such reasonable substantiating information as the Company may request) by written notice under this Section. Any notice required by or in respect of this Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or when dispatched by telecopy and deposited in the United States mail by first class delivery within one business day following dispatch by telecopy, or, in the case of notice to the Company, by facsimile as described above, or one business day after having been dispatched by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or three business days after having been mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. The Company assumes no responsibility or obligation to deliver any item mailed to such address that is returned as undeliverable to the addressee and any further mailings will be suspended until the Participant furnishes the proper address.

14.4. Severability of Provisions. If any provisions of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

14.5. Payment to Minors, etc. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipt thereof shall be deemed paid when paid to such person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Committee, the Company and their employees, agents and representatives with respect thereto.

14.6. Headings and Captions. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only. They shall not be considered part of the Plan and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

14.7. Costs. The Company shall bear all expenses included in administering this Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock pursuant to any Options hereunder.

14.8. Controlling Law. The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to rules governing the conflict of laws.

14.9. Section 16(b) of the Act. All elections and transactions under the Plan by persons subject to Section 16 of the Act involving shares of Common Stock are intended to comply with any applicable condition under Rule 16b-3. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void. The Committee may establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

 
 

 

 
14.10 Repricing.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the stockholders of the Company, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one-time-only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Options could, at the election of the Participant holding such Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of new Options under the Plan or the issuance of new options or other equity awards under another equity plan maintained by the Company, including the issuance of new stock covering fewer shares with a lower exercise price.

15. Issuance of Stock Certificates, Legends, Payment of Expenses

15.1. Stock Certificates. Upon any exercise of an Option and payment of the exercise price as provided in such Option, a certificate or certificates for the Shares as to which such Option has been exercised shall be issued by the Company in the name of the person or persons exercising such Option and shall be delivered to or upon the order of such person or persons.

15.2. Legends. Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall bear such legend or legends as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines to be necessary or appropriate to prevent a violation of, or to perfect an exemption from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act or to implement the provisions of any agreements between the Company and the Participant with respect to such Shares.

15.3. Payment of Expenses. The Company shall pay all issue or transfer taxes with respect to the issuance or transfer of Shares, as well as all fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection with such issuance or transfer and with the administration of the Plan.

16. Listing of Shares and Related Matters

If at any time the Board or the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares covered by the Plan upon any national securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of Options or the award or sale of Shares under the Plan, no Option grant shall be effective and no Shares will be delivered, as the case may be, unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained, or otherwise provided for, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

17. Withholding Taxes

The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock, payment by the Participant of any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld.

Executed and dated as of the date first written above at Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania.
     
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
By:  
/s/ Dennis McGrath              
 
Dennis McGrath
 
President and Chief Executive Officer




EX-10.45 13 ex_10-45.htm AMEND & RESTATED 2005 EQUITY COMP PLAN 8-3-10 ex_10-45.htm



EXHIBIT 10.45
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
 
 
2005 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
 
 
 
(amended and restated as of August 3, 2010)
 
 

1.       Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this PhotoMedex, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and to promote the success of the Company and the Company’s Affiliates. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights, time vested and/or performance vested Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may also be granted under the Plan. The Plan is hereby amended and restated, subject to stockholder approval at the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders on October 28, 2010, to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance hereunder, increase the maximum number of shares for which any one participant may receive in any one calendar year, amend provisions relating to the grant of performance-based stock awards that are designed to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), to expand the individuals eligible to receive awards under the Plan to include Directors and to allow for a repricing of certain outstanding stock options in a one-time exchange offer.  Such amendments shall be effective on August 3, 2010, subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company.

2.       Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

Acquirer” has the meaning set forth in Section 17(c).

Administrator” means the committee which has been delegated the responsibility of administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

Affiliate” means any Parent and/or Subsidiary.

Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under the applicable corporate and securities laws of any of the states in the United States, U.S. federal securities laws, the Code, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

Award” means the grant of an Option, a Stock Purchase Right, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Stock Award and/or Unrestricted Shares.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause” means, unless otherwise specifically provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement, Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or Stock Award Agreement, a finding by the Administrator that the Participant’s employment with or service to the Company or any Affiliate was terminated due to one or more of the following: (i) the Participant’s performance of duties in an incompetent manner; (ii) the Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, insubordination, misappropriation or personal dishonesty relating to or involving the Company or any Affiliate in any material respect; (iii) the Participant’s gross negligence; (iv) the Participant’s violation of any express direction of the Company or of any Affiliate or any material violation of any rule, regulation, policy or plan established by the Company or any Affiliate from time to time regarding the conduct of its employees or its business; (v) the Participant’s disclosure or use of confidential information of the Company or any Affiliate, other than as required in the performance of the Participant’s duties; (vi) actions by the Participant that are determined by the Administrator to be clearly contrary to the best interests of the Company and/or its Affiliates; (vii) the Participant’s conviction of a crime constituting a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; (viii) the Participant’s use of alcohol or any unlawful controlled substance to an extent that it interferes with the performance of the Participant’s duties, or (ix) any other act or omission which, in the determination of the Administrator, is materially detrimental to the business of the Company or of an Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant has entered into a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company that specifies the conditions or circumstances under which the Participant’s service may be terminated for cause, then the terms of such agreement shall apply for purposes of determining whether “Cause” shall have occurred for purposes of this Plan.

 
 

 


 
 
Change in Control Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 17(c).

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

Company” means PhotoMedex, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render services to such entity, other than an Employee or a Director.

Director” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of an Affiliate.

Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, serving as an employee of the Company or an Affiliate. An individual shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary or any successor. For purposes of an Option initially granted as an Incentive Stock Option, if a leave of absence of more than three months precludes such Option from being treated as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code, such Option thereafter shall be treated as a Non-statutory Stock Option for purposes of this Plan. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)        if the Common Stock is listed on any national securities exchange, including without limitation the NASDAQ National Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the closing sales price of a Share (or the closing bid, if no such sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)       if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but is not listed in the manner contemplated by clause (i) above, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii)      if neither clause (i) above nor clause (ii) above applies, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator based upon the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method as outlined under Code Section 409A.

Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

Notice of Grant” means a written or electronic notice evidencing certain terms and conditions of an Award.
Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

Option Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.

Optioned Stock” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.
 
Optionee” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

Parent” means a “parent corporation” of the Company (or, in the context of Section 17(c) of the Plan, of a successor corporation), whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 
 

 



Participant” shall mean any Service Provider who holds an Option, a Stock Purchase Right, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Stock Award or Unrestricted Shares granted or issued pursuant to the Plan.

Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).

Restricted Stock” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Award under Section 12 of the Plan.

Service” shall mean service to the Company or its subsidiaries as an Employee or, following a Change in Control Event, service to the Acquirer (as defined in this Section 2) or its subsidiaries as an employee.

Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 17 of the Plan.

Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted pursuant to Section 14 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Notice of Grant. Stock Appreciation Rights may be awarded either in tandem with Options (“Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights”) or on a stand-alone basis (“Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights”).

Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and the grantee of a Stock Appreciation Right, approved by the Administrator, evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.

Stock Award” means an Award of Shares pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.
 
Stock Award Agreement” means an agreement, approved by the Administrator, providing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.

Stock Award Shares” means Shares subject to a Stock Award.

Stock Awardee” means the holder of an outstanding Stock Award granted under the Plan.

Stock Purchase Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee, approved by the Administrator, evidencing the terms and restrictions applicable to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. Each Stock Purchase Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.

Stock Purchase Awardee” means the holder of an outstanding Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

Stock Purchase Right” means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Notice of Grant.

Stock Purchase Stock” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 of the Plan.

Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company (or, in the context of Section 17(c) of the Plan, of a successor corporation), whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

Substitute Options” has the meaning set forth in Section 18.
 
 
Unrestricted Shares” means a grant of Shares made on an unrestricted basis pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan.

 
 

 


3.        Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 17 of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 650,000 shares. For purposes of the foregoing limitation, the shares of Common Stock underlying any Awards which are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Common Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no more than 200,000 shares of Common Stock may be granted to any one Participant with respect to Awards during any one calendar year period. Common Stock to be issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or shares held in treasury by the Company.

4.        Administration of the Plan.

(a)         Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a committee of the Board comprised of three or more directors who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) and “independent directors” within the meaning of Section 4200(a)(15) of the NASD Marketplace Rules.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any discretionary Awards to non-employee members of the Board will be approved by a disinterested majority of the Board.

(b)         Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
 
(i)     to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii)    to select the Service Providers to whom Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may be granted hereunder;

(iii)   to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv)   to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder and of any Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement, Stock Award Agreement and Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting, acceleration or waiver of forfeiture provisions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award, Stock Appreciation Right or grant of Unrestricted Shares or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
 
(vi)   to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan, Awards granted pursuant to the Plan and agreements entered into pursuant to the Plan;

(vii)  to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;
 
(viii) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by having the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, provided that withholding is calculated at no less than the minimum statutory withholding level. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined as of the date that the income resulting from exercise of the Option is recognized by the Optionee. All determinations to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made by the Administrator in its discretion;
 
(ix)    to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan and any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; and

(x)     to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of administering the Plan.

 
 

 


(c)         Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all holders of Awards. Neither the Administrator, nor any member or delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and each of the foregoing shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time.

5.        Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may be granted to all Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, an Award may be granted to a person who is not then a Service Provider; provided, however, that the grant of such Award shall be conditioned upon such person’s becoming a Service Provider at or prior to the time of the execution of the agreement evidencing such Award.

6.        Limitations.

(a)         Each Option shall be designated in the applicable Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, if an Employee becomes eligible in any given year to exercise Incentive Stock Options for Shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000, those Options representing the excess shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. In the previous sentence, “Incentive Stock Options” include Incentive Stock Options granted under any plan of the Company or any Affiliate. For the purpose of deciding which Options apply to Shares that “exceed” the $100,000 limit, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the same order as granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b)         Neither the Plan nor any Award nor any agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the grantee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

7.        Term of the Plan. The Plan was originally effective December 28, 2005 and shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from such date unless terminated earlier under Section 20 of the Plan.

8.        Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be stated in the applicable Option Agreement or, if not so stated, ten years from the date of grant. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns, directly or indirectly, stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the applicable Option Agreement.

9.        Option Exercise Price; Exercisability.

(a)         Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(i)     In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:
(A)         to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company and any Affiliate, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant, or

(B)         granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii)    In the case of a Non-statutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii)   The foregoing, Options may not be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% (or 110%, if clause (i)(A) above applies) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a merger or other comparable corporate transaction.

 
 

 



(b)         Exercise Period and Conditions. At the time that an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

10.      Exercise of Options; Consideration.

(a)         Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, each Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the first anniversary of its date of grant, as to an additional 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the second anniversary of its date of grant, as to an additional 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the third anniversary of its date of grant, as to an additional 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the fourth anniversary of its date of grant and as to the balance of the Shares subject to such Option on the fifth anniversary of its date of grant. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and Section 10(f) of the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 17 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b)         Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, other than as a result of the Optionee’s death, Disability or termination for Cause, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement and except as otherwise provided in Sections 10(c), 10(d) and 10(e) of this Plan, the Option shall remain exercisable for three months following the Optionee’s termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option in full within the time specified by the Administrator, the unexercised portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, an Optionee who changes his or her status as a Service Provider (e.g., from being an Employee to being a Consultant or a Director) shall not be deemed to have ceased being a Service Provider for purposes of this Section 10(b), nor shall a transfer of employment among the Company and any Affiliate be considered a termination of employment; provided, however, that if an Optionee owning Incentive Stock Options ceases being an Employee but continues as a Consultant or a Director, such Incentive Stock Options shall be deemed to be Nonstatutory Stock Options three months after the date of such cessation.

(c)         Disability of an Optionee. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option in full within the time specified herein, the unexercised portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.

 
 

 


(d)         Death of an Optionee. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option). If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised in full within the time specified herein, the unexercised portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(e)          for Cause. Unless otherwise provided in a Service Provider’s Option Agreement, if a Service Provider’s relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, then such Service Provider shall have no right to exercise any of such Service Provider’s Options at any time on or after the effective date of such termination. All Shares covered by such Options and not acquired by exercise prior to the date of such termination shall revert to the Plan.

(f)          Form of Consideration. The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of:
 
(i)     cash;

(ii)    check;

(iii)   other Shares of the Company’s Common Stock which (A) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;
 
(iv)   consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program permitted by the Administrator, including a cashless exercise program utilizing the services of a single broker acceptable to the Administrator;

(v)    a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee’s participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement, subject to the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A;
 
(vi)   any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or
 
(vii)  such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
 
In addition, to the extent an Option is at the time exercisable for vested Shares of Common Stock, all or any part of that vested portion may be surrendered to the Company for an appreciation distribution payable in Shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value at the time of the Option surrender equal to the dollar amount by which the then Fair Market Value of the Shares of Common Stock subject to the surrendered portion exceeds the aggregate exercise price payable for those Shares.

11.      Stock Purchase Rights.

(a)         Rights to Purchase. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with Options or other Awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the Stock Purchase Awardee in writing or electronically, by means of a Notice of Grant and/or a Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that the Stock Purchase Awardee shall be entitled to purchase and the price to be paid for such Shares. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Stock Purchase Agreement in a form determined by the Administrator and payment of the applicable purchase price.

 
 

 


(b)         Repurchase Option. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Stock Purchase Awardee’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the Stock Purchase Awardee and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the Stock Purchase Awardee to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the restrictions shall lapse as to 20% of the Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Agreement on the first anniversary of its date of grant, as to as to an additional 20% of the Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Agreement on the second anniversary of its date of grant, as to an additional 20% of the Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Agreement on the third anniversary of its date of grant, as to an additional 20% of the Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Agreement on the fourth anniversary of its date of grant and as to the balance of the Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Agreement on the fifth anniversary of its date of grant.

(c)         Other Provisions. The Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d)         Rights as a Stockholder. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the Stock Purchase Awardee shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 17 of the Plan.

12.      Stock Awards. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price as it determines) Shares to any Service Provider, as defined herein, subject to such terms and conditions, including vesting and/or performance conditions, as the Administrator sets forth in a Stock Award Agreement evidencing such grant. Stock Awards may be granted or sold in respect of past services or other valid consideration or in lieu of any cash compensation otherwise payable to such individual. The grant of Stock Awards shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a)         At the time a Stock Award is made, the Administrator shall establish a vesting period (the “Restricted Period”) applicable to the Stock Award Shares subject to such Stock Award or shall determine that such Stock Award is not subject to any vesting requirements. Subject to the right of the Administrator to establish a Restricted Period that extends vesting dates to later or earlier dates than the dates provided in this sentence, the Restricted Period of a Stock Award, if any, shall lapse as follows: the restrictions shall lapse as to one third of the Shares subject to such Stock Award on the fifth anniversary of its date of grant, as to an additional one third of the Shares subject to such Stock Award on the sixth anniversary of its date of grant and as to the balance of the Shares subject to such Stock Award on the seventh anniversary of its date of grant. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, at the time a grant is made, prescribe restrictions in addition to or in lieu of the expiration of the Restricted Period, including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives. The Administrator may provide that all restrictions on Stock Award Shares shall lapse if certain performance criteria are met and that, if such criteria are not met, that such restrictions shall lapse if certain vesting conditions are satisfied. None of the Stock Award Shares may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the Restricted Period applicable to such Stock Award Shares or prior to the satisfaction of any other restrictions prescribed by the Administrator with respect to such Stock Award Shares.
 
(b)         The Company shall issue, in the name of each Service Provider to whom Stock Award Shares have been granted, stock certificates representing the total number of Stock Award Shares granted to such person, as soon as reasonably practicable after the grant. The Company, at the direction of the Administrator, shall hold such certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, for the Stock Awardee’s benefit until such time as the Stock Award Shares are forfeited to the Company, or the restrictions lapse.

(c)         Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, holders of Stock Award Shares shall have the right to vote such Shares and have the right to receive any cash dividends with respect to such Shares. All distributions, if any, received by a Stock Awardee with respect to Stock Award Shares as a result of any stock split, stock distribution, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions of this Section 12.


 
 

 

(d)         Subject to the terms of the applicable Stock Award Agreement, any Stock Award Shares granted to a Service Provider pursuant to the Plan shall be forfeited if, prior to the date on which all restrictions applicable to such Stock Award shall have lapsed, the Stock Awardee voluntarily terminates employment with the Company or its
Affiliates or resigns or voluntarily terminates his consultancy arrangement with the Company or its Affiliates or if the Stock Awardee’s employment or the consultant’s consultancy arrangement is terminated for Cause. If the Stock Awardee’s employment or consultancy arrangement terminates for any other reason, the Stock Award Shares held by such person shall be forfeited, unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine otherwise. Upon such forfeiture, the Stock Award Shares that are forfeited shall be retained in the treasury of the Company and be available for subsequent awards under the Plan.
 
(e)         Upon the satisfaction of the conditions prescribed by the Administrator with respect to a particular Stock Award, the restrictions applicable to the related Stock Award Shares shall lapse and, at the Stock Awardee’s request, a stock certificate for the number of Stock Award Shares with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions under the Plan, to the Stock Awardee or his beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

13.      Unrestricted Shares. The Administrator may grant Unrestricted Shares in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)         The Administrator may cause the Company to grant Unrestricted Shares to Service Providers at such time or times, in such amounts and for such reasons as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine. No payment (other than the par value thereof, in the Administrator’s discretion) shall be required for Unrestricted Shares.

(b)         The Company shall issue, in the name of each Service Provider to whom Unrestricted Shares have been granted, stock certificates representing the total number of Unrestricted Shares granted to such individual, and shall deliver such certificates to such Service Provider as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of grant or on such later date as the Administrator shall determine at the time of grant.

14.      Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)         Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may be awarded by the Administrator in connection with any Option granted under the Plan, either at the time such Option is granted or thereafter at any time prior to the exercise, termination or expiration of such Option. The base price of any Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of the related Option. Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted by the Administrator at any time. At the time of grant of Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights, the Administrator shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such right and the base price of shares of Common Stock to be used in connection with the calculation described in Section 14(d). The base price of any Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the other provisions of the Plan as the Administrator shall determine.
 
(b)         Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall be exercisable only for such period as the Administrator may determine (which period may expire prior to the expiration date of the related Option); provided, however, if no such period is specified, a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only for the period that the related Option is exercisable. Upon the exercise of all or a portion of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, the related Option shall be canceled with respect to an equal number of shares of Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock subject to Options, or portions thereof, surrendered upon exercise of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be available for subsequent awards under the Plan. Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable during such period as the Administrator shall determine.

(c)         Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall entitle the applicable Participant to surrender to the Company unexercised the related Option, or any portion thereof, and, subject to Section 14(f) to receive from the Company in exchange therefor that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock as of the date the Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised over (ii) the Option exercise price per share specified in such Option, multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. In addition, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to any credit against the Option exercise price which would have been allowed had the Option, or portion thereof, been exercised. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.

 
 

 


(d)        The exercise of Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall, subject to Section 14(f), entitle the recipient to receive from the Company that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock as of the date on which the Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised over (ii) the base price of the shares covered by the Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights, multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Nontandem Stock Appreciation Rights, or the portion thereof, being exercised. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.

(e)         As soon as is reasonably practicable after the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Rights, the Company shall (i) issue, in the name of the recipient, stock certificates representing the total number of full shares of Common Stock to which the recipient is entitled pursuant to Section 14(c) and Section 14(d) and cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value, as of the date of exercise, of any resulting fractional shares, or (ii) if the Administrator causes the Company to elect to settle all or part of its obligations arising out of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Rights in cash pursuant to Section 14(f), deliver to the recipient an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value, as of the date of exercise, of the shares of Common Stock it would otherwise be obligated to deliver.

(f)         The Administrator, in its discretion, may cause the Company to settle all or any part of its obligation arising out of the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights by the payment of cash in lieu of all or part of the shares of Common Stock it would otherwise be obligated to deliver in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of exercise.

15.       Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. The Administrator may determine that Stock Awards granted to a Service Provider shall be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m). The following provisions shall apply to grants of Stock Awards that are to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m):
 
 
(a)         Performance Goals. When Stock Awards that are to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” are granted, the Administrator shall establish in writing (A) the objective performance goals that must be met, (B) the performance period during which the performance will be measured, (C) the threshold, target and maximum amounts that may be paid if the performance goals are met, and (D) any other conditions that the Administrator deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan and Code Section 162(m).

(b)         Criteria Used for Objective Performance Goals. The Administrator shall use objectively determinable performance goals that are based on one or more of the following measures: stock price, the market capitalization of our common stock (i.e. the price of our common stock multiplied by the number of our shares outstanding), earnings per share, income before taxes and extraordinary items, net income, operating income, revenues, earnings before income tax, EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), after-tax or pre-tax profits, operational cash flow, return on capital employed or return on invested capital, after-tax or pre-tax return on stockholders’ equity, decreasing or increasing the level in, or increase in all or a portion of assets and/or liabilities, stockholder return, return on equity, growth in assets, unit volume, sales or market share, or strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue goals, market penetration goals, geographic business expansion goals and cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. The business criteria may relate to one or more business units or the performance of the Company and its subsidiaries as a whole, or any combination of the foregoing, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies. The Administrator may provide, at the time the performance goals are established, that adjustments will be made to the applicable performance goals to take into account, in any objective manner specified by the Administrator, the impact of one or more of the following: (i) gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and insurance recoveries, (ii) the impairment of tangible or intangible assets, (iii) stock-based compensation expense, (iv) extraordinary, unusual or infrequently occurring events reported in our public filings, (v) restructuring activities reported in our public filings, (vi) investments, dispositions or acquisitions, (vii) gain or loss from the disposal of certain assets, (viii) gain or loss from the early extinguishment, redemption, or repurchase of debt, or (ix) changes in accounting principles that become effective during the performance period.


 
 

 

(c)         Establishment of Goals. The Administrator shall establish the performance goals in writing either before the beginning of the performance period or during a period ending no later than the earlier of (i) 90 days after the beginning of the performance period or (ii) the date on which 25% of the performance period has been completed, or such other date as may be required or permitted under applicable regulations under Code Section 162(m). The performance goals shall satisfy the requirements for “qualified performance-based compensation,” including the requirement that the achievement of the goals be substantially uncertain at the time they are established and that the goals be established in such a way that a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts could determine whether and to what extent the performance goals have been met. The Administrator shall not have discretion to increase the amount of compensation that is payable upon achievement of the designated performance goals.

(d)         Certification of Results. The Administrator shall certify and announce the results for each performance period to all Participants after the announcement of the Company’s financial results for the performance period. If and to the extent that the Administrator does not certify that the performance goals have been met, the grants of Stock Awards for the performance period shall be forfeited or shall not be made, as applicable.

(e)         Death, Disability or Other Circumstances. The Administrator may provide that Stock Awards shall be payable, in whole or in part, in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, a Change in Control Event or under other circumstances consistent with the Treasury regulations and rulings under Code Section 162(m).

16.      Non-Transferability. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Purchase Right and Stock Award (until such time as all restrictions lapse) may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and, in the case of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right, may be exercised, during the lifetime of a Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Option Agreement regarding a given Option that the Optionee may transfer, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Nonstatutory Stock Options to members of his or her immediate family, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Option. During the period when Shares subject to Stock Purchase Agreements and Stock Award Shares are restricted (by virtue of vesting schedules or otherwise), such Shares may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.

17.      Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Dissolution; Change in Control and Other Events.

(a)         Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award Agreement and Stock Appreciation Right and the number of Shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Award hereunder.

(b)         Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each holder of an Award as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Appreciation Right and for a holder of a Stock Purchase Right to exercise his or her Stock Purchase Right until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Shares covered thereby, including Shares as to which an applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right or any restrictions as to any Stock Award shall lapse as to all such Shares covered thereby, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 
 

 


(c)         Exercisability and Vesting Upon a Change in Control Event. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan other than Section 17(d), in the event that a “Change in Control Event” occurs, all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Stock Purchase Stock and Restricted Stock granted hereunder which are held by Participants as of the occurrence of such a Change in Control Event shall become fully exercisable or vested immediately and automatically upon the occurrence of such a Change in Control Event, except that in the case of Restricted Stock that is subject to a performance restriction based on the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Common Stock, the Company’s repurchase rights applicable to such Restricted Stock shall lapse with respect to a Change in Control Event only if and to the extent that the per-share purchase price paid or deemed paid by the Acquirer (defined below) would suffice to fulfill such performance restriction; the balance of the Restricted Stock (or cash paid by the Acquirer for such shares) shall cease to be subject to any further repurchase rights by the Acquirer ratably and monthly over the period of time (but not greater than 36 months) that the Acquirer contracts for the Services of the Participant who beneficially holds the Restricted Stock, and if the Acquirer does not engage the Services of the Participant, the unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall vest as of the Change in Control Event. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Change in Control Event” shall mean any of the following events:

(i)           acquisition by any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3), of ownership of stock of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total voting power of the capital stock of the Company (the “Acquirer”); or (ii) (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company, in which the holders of voting stock of the Company immediately before the consolidation or merger will not own 50% or more of the voting shares of the continuing or surviving corporation (or if the transaction is structured as merger or consolidation of subsidiaries, 50% or more of the continuing or surviving parent corporation) immediately after such consolidation or merger, or (b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (any transaction contemplated by this clause (ii) being referred to herein as a “Sale of the Company”), where in subparagraph “a” the dominant holders of voting stock shall be regarded as an Acquirer and in subparagraph “b” the transferee shall be regarded as an Acquirer.

(ii)           Other Definition. The Administrator may modify the definition of Change in Control Event for a particular Award as the Administrator deems appropriate to comply with Code Section 409A or otherwise.
 
 
(d)         Assumption of Options and Awards. In the event of a Sale of the Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right, as modified pursuant to Section 17(c), shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the Administrator determines that, at least thirty days prior to the scheduled consummation of such Sale of the Company, the successor corporation or a parent or a subsidiary of the successor corporation has refused to assume each outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right, as modified pursuant to Section 17(c), or substitute an equivalent option or stock appreciation right for each outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right, as modified pursuant to Section 17(c), then the Administrator shall notify all holders of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be fully exercisable for a period of twenty (20) days from the date of such notice and that any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are not exercised within such period shall terminate upon consummation of such Sale of the Company.

18.      Substitute Options. In the event that the Company, directly or indirectly, acquires another entity, the Board may authorize the issuance of stock options (“Substitute Options”) to the individuals performing services for the acquired entity in substitution of stock options previously granted to those individuals in connection with their performance of services for such entity upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine, taking into account the conditions of Code Section 424(a) and Code Section 409A, as from time to time amended or superseded, in the case of a Substitute Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Shares of capital stock underlying Substitute Stock Options shall not constitute Shares issued pursuant to this Plan for any purpose.

19.      Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award, Stock Appreciation Right or Unrestricted Share shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award, Stock Appreciation Right or Unrestricted Share, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each grantee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 
 

 


20.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a)        Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b)        Stockholder Approval. The Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c)         Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant with respect to an outstanding Award, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

(d)         No Repricing Without Stockholder Approval. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may not reprice Options, nor may the Board amend the Plan to permit repricing of Options, unless the stockholders of the Company provide prior approval for such repricing. The term “repricing” shall have the meaning given that term in the rules of the stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is listed and shall not include adjustments pursuant to Section 17 of the Plan, provided, however, that upon approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Administrator may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one-time-only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Options could, at the election of the person holding such Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a new Option to purchase fewer Shares of Common Stock at a lower exercise price.
 
 
21.      Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a)         Legal Compliance. Shares shall not be issued in connection with the grant of any Stock Award or Unrestricted Share or the exercise of any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right unless such grant or the exercise of such Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws.

(b)         Investment Representations. As a condition to the grant of any Award or the exercise of any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person receiving such Award or exercising such Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or grant that the applicable Shares are being acquired only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
 
(c)         Additional Conditions. The Administrator shall have the authority to condition the grant of any Award or rights in such other manner that the Administrator determines to be appropriate, provided that such condition is not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. Such conditions may include, among other things, obligations of recipients to execute lock-up agreements and stockholder agreements in the future. The Administrator may implement such measures as the Administrator deems appropriate to determine whether Shares acquired as a result of the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option have been the subject of a “disqualifying disposition” for federal income tax purposes, including requiring the Optionee to hold such Shares in his or her own name and requiring that the Optionee notify the Administrator of any such “disqualifying disposition.”

(d)         Trading Policy Restrictions. Option, Stock Appreciation Right and Stock Purchase Right exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any insider trading policy established by the Company or the Administrator.


22.      Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

23.      Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 
 

 


24.      Stockholder Approval. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.
 
 
25.      Withholding; Notice of Sale. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable to an Employee any amounts which the Company determines, in its discretion, are required to be withheld under any Applicable Law as a result of any action taken by a holder of an Award.

26.      Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles.

27.      Option Grants under Other Plans. From and after the date on which this Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, no subsequent stock option grants shall be made under the following plans heretofore adopted by the Company: 2000 Stock Option Plan; 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan; 1995 Non-Qualified Option Plan; 2004 Stock Option Plan; 1996 Stock Option Plan; 1991 Restated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors; and 1989 Restated Stock Option Plan.

28.      Code Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable, and shall be administered in accordance with Code Section 409A to the extent Code Section 409A is applicable to the Plan or any Award hereunder. Each Award shall be subject to such terms as the Administrator determines, and shall be construed and administered, such that the Award either (i) qualifies for an exemption from the requirements of Code Section 409A, or (ii) satisfies such requirements. Awards granted under the Plan shall be structured in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and payment or distributions with respect thereto shall only be made in a manner and upon an event permitted under Code Section 409A and, to the extent required under Code Section 409A, payments or distributions to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of such term under Code Section 409A) upon his or her separation from service shall be postponed and subject to a six-month delay and shall be paid within 15 days after the end of the six-month period following separation from service or if the Participant dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Code Section 409A shall be paid to the personal representative of the Participant’s estate within 60 days after the date of the Participants’ death. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment or service shall only be made upon a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A. In no event shall a Participant, directly or indirectly designate the calendar year in which payment or distribution is made.
 
 

Executed and dated as of the date first written above at Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania.
     
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
By:  
/s/Dennis McGrath         
 
Dennis McGrath
 
President and Chief Executive Officer








EX-10.46 14 ex_10-46.htm RESTRICTED STOCK AGREE MCGRATH ex_10-46.htm



EXHIBIT 10.46
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT


THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March  30th, 2011 (the “Effective Date”) by and between PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), having its executive offices at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936,  and Dennis M. McGrath (the “Purchaser”), having his residence at 2 Colonial Court, Medford, NJ 08055.
 
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the PhotoMedex, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Restricted Stock Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan. The Purchaser has an Employment Agreement, dated September 1, 2007, with the Company. The Compensation Committee recommended this award, to be drawn from the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, to the Board of Directors which approved the award in its consent to the proxy on September 27, 2010, subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company of an increase in the number of shares authorized under the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan. The stockholders approved such increase at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on October 28, 2010, and the Board of Directors re-confirmed the award in principle on October 28, 2010, subject to review and approval of the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement. The Compensation Committee approved this Agreement on March 29, 2011.
  
 
SECTION 1  ACQUISITION OF SHARES.
 
(a) Issuance. On the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Company agrees to issue One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares to the Purchaser. The issuance shall occur at the offices of the Company as  of the Effective Date set forth above.
 
(b) Consideration.  The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company the sum of $0.01 (the “Per Share Purchase Price”) for each of such Shares, representing the par value thereof. Payment shall be made on the issuance date by delivery to the Company of the Purchaser's check in the amount of the aggregate purchase price.
 
(c) Defined Terms. Certain capitalized terms are defined in Sections 2 and 3 of this Restricted Stock Agreement. 
 

SECTION 2  RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.
 
(a) Scope of Repurchase Right. Until they vest in accordance with Section (b) below, the Purchased Shares shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Right of Repurchase. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Purchaser's Service.
 
(b) Lapse of Repurchase Right.
 
(i) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b)(ii), the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to every 10% portion of the Restricted Shares, (being 10,000 shares) in each of the first through the tenth years from the Effective Date, each such year being a vesting year ending on the respective anniversary date of the Effective Date.
 
(ii) Notwithstanding Section 2(b)(i), the Restricted Shares may vest, and the Right of Repurchase may lapse, sooner under Sections 6(c)(6) and 10(a) of the Purchaser’s Employment Agreement with the Company.

(c) Escrow. Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Purchased Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Section 2(f) below shall be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Purchased Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Purchaser and shall not be held in escrow. Purchased Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Restricted Stock Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or (ii) released to the Purchaser upon his or her request to the extent that the Purchased Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Purchased Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Restricted Stock Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser's Service.
 
(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right. The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 9 that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Section 2(a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased ($0.01 per Share, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar corporate transactions). Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Purchaser. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company (if not already held by the Company).
 

 
 

 


(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 2 whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.
 
(f) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (other than a Change in Control Event), any other corporate reorganization (other than a Change in Control Event), a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company's outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall continue to be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares and to all of the provisions of this Section 2, including the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization that does not constitute a Change in Control Event, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company's successor.
 
(g) Transfer of Restricted Shares. The Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company's written consent (which consent may be withheld with or without any reason therefor), except as provided in the following sentence. The Purchaser may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Purchaser's Immediate Family or to a trust or partnership established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser's Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Restricted Stock Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.
 
(h) Assignment of Repurchase Right. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company's Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company's rights and obligations under this Section 2.
 
(i) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Purchaser commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2(b) above in accordance with the Company's part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Purchaser and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Purchaser goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2(b) above in accordance with the Company's leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Purchaser is on a  bona fide  leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Purchaser immediately returns to active work.
 
SECTION 3  OTHER DEFINITIONS

Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

Purchased Shares” shall mean the Shares purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Restricted Stock Agreement.

Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 180 consecutive days commencing on the earlier to occur of: (i) the date when the Purchaser's Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability; or (ii) the last date when the Restricted Shares might vest, but in fact do not vest at that time.

 “Restricted Share shall mean a Purchased Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase. 

Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company's right of repurchase described in Section 2. 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Service” shall mean service to the Company or its subsidiaries as an Employee or, following a Change in Control Event, service to the New Employer (as defined in Section 2(b)) or its subsidiaries as an employee.

Share” shall mean one share of Stock

 
 

 


Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per Share. 

Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Purchaser directly or indirectly transfers any Purchased Shares. 



SECTION 4  OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.
 
(a) Purchaser Representations. In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
 
(i) The Purchaser has received a copy of an offering memorandum relating to the sale of the Purchased Shares to the Purchaser hereunder.
 
(ii) The Purchaser acknowledges his or her understanding that if he or she is an “affiliate” of the Company, the Purchaser's right to resell the Purchased Shares after the Company's Right of Repurchase lapses is restricted under the Securities Act.

(iii) The Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Purchased Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Restricted Stock Agreement applicable to the disposition of Purchased Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares under state securities law.

(b) Securities Law Restrictions.

(i) Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under this Restricted Stock Agreement have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Purchased Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.
 
(ii) Inasmuch as the Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company by virtue of the fact that he is Chief Executive Officer the Company, the Purchaser is subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act, and is thereby obliged to make reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Forms 3, 4 and 5 and is subject to the “short swing profit” rules.

(iii) The Purchaser is also obliged to comply with the Company’s  Securities Trading Policy which provides for, among other things, certain black-out or no-trading periods and, consistent with the Securities Act, not to trade shares based on material non-public information that comes into the Purchaser’s possession.
 
(c) Rights of the Company. The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Restricted Stock Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Restricted Stock Agreement.
 
SECTION 5  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. 

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser's legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Restricted Stock Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6  NO RETENTION RIGHTS

Nothing in this Restricted Stock Agreement shall confer upon the Purchaser any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser) or of the Purchaser, including without limitation such rights as the Purchaser has under his Employment Agreement dated September 1, 2007.

 
 

 


SECTION 7  TAX ELECTION & TAX GROSS-UP. 

(a)           Tax Election. The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of purchase.  The Purchaser should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company's responsibility, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Purchaser requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.  The Purchaser is reminded that a Gross-Up Payment under Section 7(b) is made only with respect to shares vesting in the first vesting year, and not with respect to unvested Shares that do not vest in the first vesting year, regardless of whether any such shares may be taxed in the first vesting year in the same manner they would if they had so vested.   CIRCULAR 230 DISCLAIMER: Nothing contained herein concerning certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.
 
(b)           Gross-Up Payment.

(i) Anything in this Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that vesting of any Restricted Stock triggers a tax consequence to the Purchaser, being an executive officer, the Company shall pay in cash to the Purchaser an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”), such that the net amount retained by the Purchaser after deduction of any tax imposed by any federal, state and local income taxes, employment tax and excise tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to zero out-of-pocket cost to the Purchaser. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, unless the Purchaser specifies that other rates apply, the Purchaser shall be deemed to pay federal income tax and employment taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal income and employment taxes in the calendar year I the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state a and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of income tax that may be obtained from the deduction of such state and local taxes.

(ii) All determinations to be made under this Section 7(b) shall be made by the Company’s independent public accountant, or by another accountant mutually agreeable to the Company and the Purchaser, immediately prior to the vesting. Any such determination by the accounting firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Purchaser. The Company shall pay the Gross-Up Payment to the executive within 10 days after the accounting Firm’s determination, but in any event, no later than the date the Executive Purchaser is required to remit the related taxes, subject to the payment conditions set forth in Section 7(b)(iii).
 
(iii) There are several conditions to the Gross-Up which are set forth in the approval dated March 29, 2011 of the Compensation Committee. 
 
(iv) The Gross-Up provisions under this Section 7(b) shall apply only to the Shares awarded under this Restricted Stock Agreement, and only to those Shares vesting in the first vesting year of this Restricted Stock Agreement.

SECTION 8  LEGENDS. 

All certificates evidencing Purchased Shares shall bear the following legend: 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF SUCH SHARES AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF SUCH SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO SUCH HOLDER OF SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO SUCH ISSUER CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF SUCH ISSUER WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”
 
If required by the authorities of any state in connection with the issuance of the Purchased Shares, the legend or legends required by such state authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9  NOTICE. 
 
Any notice required by the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with a recognized overnight courier service, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Purchaser at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9.
 

 
 

 


SECTION 10  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
 
This Restricted Stock Agreement, together with the Plan and the Purchaser’s Employment Agreement with the Company, constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.
 

SECTION 11  CONFLICTS OF LAW.
 
This Restricted Stock Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws principles.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Restricted Stock Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
 
PURCHASER:
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
       
       
  /s/ Dennis M. McGrath            
By:  /s/ Richard J. DePiano                         
       
Name: Dennis M. McGrath
 
   
Name: Richard J. DePiano
Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors

 



 

EX-10.47 15 ex_10-47.htm RESTRICTED STOCK AGREE STEWART ex_10-47.htm


 
EXHIBIT 10.47
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT


THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March  30th, 2011 (the “Effective Date”) by and between PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), having its executive offices at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936,  and Michael R. Stewart (the “Purchaser”), having his residence at 3930 Ruckman Way, Doylestown, PA 18902.

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the PhotoMedex, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Restricted Stock Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan. The Purchaser has an Employment Agreement, dated September 1, 2007, with the Company. The Compensation Committee recommended this award, to be drawn from the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, to the Board of Directors which approved the award in its consent to the proxy on September 27, 2010, subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company of an increase in the number of shares authorized under the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan. The stockholders approved such increase at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on October 28, 2010, and the Board of Directors re-confirmed the award in principle on October 28, 2010, subject to review and approval of the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement. The Compensation Committee approved this Agreement on March 29, 2011.

SECTION 1  ACQUISITION OF SHARES.
 
(a)  Issuance. On the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Company agrees to issue One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares to the Purchaser. The issuance shall occur at the offices of the Company as  of the Effective Date set forth above.
 
(b)  Consideration. The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company the sum of $0.01 (the “Per Share Purchase Price”) for each of such Shares, representing the par value thereof. Payment shall be made on the issuance date by delivery to the Company of the Purchaser's check in the amount of the aggregate purchase price.
 
(c)  Defined Terms. Certain capitalized terms are defined in Sections 2 and 3 of this Restricted Stock Agreement. 
 
SECTION 2  RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.
 
(a)  Scope of Repurchase Right. Until they vest in accordance with Section (b) below, the Purchased Shares shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Right of Repurchase. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Purchaser's Service.
 
(b)  Lapse of Repurchase Right.
 
(i)   Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b)(ii), the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to every 10% portion of the Restricted Shares, (being 10,000 shares) in each of the first through the tenth years from the Effective Date, each such year being a vesting year ending on the respective anniversary date of the Effective Date.
 
(ii)           Notwithstanding Section 2(b)(i), the Restricted Shares may vest, and the Right of Repurchase may lapse, sooner under Sections 6(c)(6) and 10(a) of the Purchaser’s Employment Agreement with the Company.

(c)  Escrow. Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Purchased Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Section 2(f) below shall be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Purchased Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Purchaser and shall not be held in escrow. Purchased Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Restricted Stock Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or (ii) released to the Purchaser upon his or her request to the extent that the Purchased Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Purchased Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Restricted Stock Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser's Service.
 
(d)  Exercise of Repurchase Right. The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 9 that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Section 2(a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased ($0.01 per Share, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar corporate transactions). Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Purchaser. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company (if not already held by the Company).

 
 

 

 
(e)  Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 2 whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f)  Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (other than a Change in Control Event), any other corporate reorganization (other than a Change in Control Event), a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company's outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall continue to be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares and to all of the provisions of this Section 2, including the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization that does not constitute a Change in Control Event, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company's successor.
 
(g)  Transfer of Restricted Shares. The Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company's written consent (which consent may be withheld with or without any reason therefor), except as provided in the following sentence. The Purchaser may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Purchaser's Immediate Family or to a trust or partnership established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser's Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Restricted Stock Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.
 
(h)  Assignment of Repurchase Right. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company's Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company's rights and obligations under this Section 2.
 
(i)  Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Purchaser commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2(b) above in accordance with the Company's part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Purchaser and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Purchaser goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2(b) above in accordance with the Company's leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Purchaser is on a  bona fide  leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Purchaser immediately returns to active work.
 
 
SECTION 3  OTHER DEFINITIONS

Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

Purchased Shares” shall mean the Shares purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Restricted Stock Agreement.

Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 180 consecutive days commencing on the earlier to occur of: (i) the date when the Purchaser's Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability; or (ii) the last date when the Restricted Shares might vest, but in fact do not vest at that time.

 “Restricted Share shall mean a Purchased Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase. 

Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company's right of repurchase described in Section 2. 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Service” shall mean service to the Company or its subsidiaries as an Employee or, following a Change in Control Event, service to the New Employer (as defined in Section 2(b)) or its subsidiaries as an employee.

Share” shall mean one share of Stock

 
 

 


Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per Share. 

Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Purchaser directly or indirectly transfers any Purchased Shares. 



SECTION 4  OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.
 
(a)  Purchaser Representations. In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Purchaser has received a copy of an offering memorandum relating to the sale of the Purchased Shares to the Purchaser hereunder.
 
(ii) The Purchaser acknowledges his or her understanding that if he or she is an “affiliate” of the Company, the Purchaser's right to resell the Purchased Shares after the Company's Right of Repurchase lapses is restricted under the Securities Act.
 
(iii) The Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Purchased Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Restricted Stock Agreement applicable to the disposition of Purchased Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares under state securities law.
 
(b)  Securities Law Restrictions.

(i)  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under this Restricted Stock Agreement have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Purchased Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.
 
(ii)  Inasmuch as the Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company by virtue of the fact that he is Chief Operating Officer the Company, the Purchaser is subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act, and is thereby obliged to make reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Forms 3, 4 and 5 and is subject to the “short swing profit” rules.
 
(iii)  The Purchaser is also obliged to comply with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy which provides for, among other things, certain black-out or no-trading periods and, consistent with the Securities Act, not to trade shares based on material non-public information that comes into the Purchaser’s possession.
 
(c)  Rights of the Company. The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Restricted Stock Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Restricted Stock Agreement.
 
SECTION 5  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. 

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser's legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Restricted Stock Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6  NO RETENTION RIGHTS

Nothing in this Restricted Stock Agreement shall confer upon the Purchaser any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser) or of the Purchaser, including without limitation such rights as the Purchaser has under his Employment Agreement dated September 1, 2007.

 
 
 

 


SECTION 7  TAX ELECTION & TAX GROSS-UP. 

(a)       Tax Election. The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of purchase.  The Purchaser should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company's responsibility, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Purchaser requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.  The Purchaser is reminded that a Gross-Up Payment under Section 7(b) is made only with respect to shares vesting in the first vesting year, and not with respect to unvested Shares that do not vest in the first vesting year, regardless of whether any such shares may be taxed in the first vesting year in the same manner they would if they had so vested.   CIRCULAR 230 DISCLAIMER: Nothing contained herein concerning certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.(b)      Gross-Up Payment.

(i)  Anything in this Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that vesting of any Restricted Stock triggers a tax consequence to the Purchaser, being an executive officer, the Company shall pay in cash to the Purchaser an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”), such that the net amount retained by the Purchaser after deduction of any tax imposed by any federal, state and local income taxes, employment tax and excise tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to zero out-of-pocket cost to the Purchaser. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, unless the Purchaser specifies that other rates apply, the Purchaser shall be deemed to pay federal income tax and employment taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal income and employment taxes in the calendar year I the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state a and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of income tax that may be obtained from the deduction of such state and local taxes.

(ii)       All determinations to be made under this Section 7(b) shall be made by the Company’s independent public accountant, or by another accountant mutually agreeable to the Company and the Purchaser, immediately prior to the vesting. Any such determination by the accounting firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Purchaser. The Company shall pay the Gross-Up Payment to the executive within 10 days after the accounting Firm’s determination, but in any event, no later than the date the Executive Purchaser is required to remit the related taxed.
 
(iii) There are several conditions to the Gross-Up which are set forth in the approval dated March 20, 2011 of the Compensation Committee.  

(iv) The Gross-Up provisions under this Section 7(b) shall apply only to the Shares awarded under this Restricted Stock Agreement, and only to those Shares vesting in the first vesting year of this Restricted Stock Agreement.

SECTION 8  LEGENDS. 

All certificates evidencing Purchased Shares shall bear the following legend: 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF SUCH SHARES AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF SUCH SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO SUCH HOLDER OF SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO SUCH ISSUER CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF SUCH ISSUER WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”
 
If required by the authorities of any state in connection with the issuance of the Purchased Shares, the legend or legends required by such state authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9  NOTICE. 
 
Any notice required by the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with a recognized overnight courier service, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Purchaser at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9.
 

 
 

 


SECTION 10  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
 
This Restricted Stock Agreement, together with the Plan and the Purchaser’s Employment Agreement with the Company, constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.
 
SECTION 11  CONFLICTS OF LAW.
 
This Restricted Stock Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws principles.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Restricted Stock Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
 
PURCHASER:
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
       
       
  /s/ Michael R. Stewart             
By:  /s/ Richard J. DePiano                      
       
Name: Michael R. Stewart
   
Name: Richard J. DePiano
Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors




EX-10.48 16 ex_10-48.htm RESTRICTED STOCK AGREE ALLGEIER ex_10-48.htm

 


 
EXHIBIT 10.48
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT


THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March  30, 2011 (the “Effective Date”) by and between PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), having its executive offices at 147 Keystone Drive, Montgomeryville, PA 18936,  and Christina L. Allgeier (the “Purchaser”), having her residence at 3 Hazell Lane, Horsham, PA 19044.

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the PhotoMedex, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Restricted Stock Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan. The Purchaser is an at-will Employee of the company. The Compensation Committee recommended this award, to be drawn from the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, to the Board of Directors, subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company of an increase in the number of shares authorized under the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan. The stockholders approved such increase at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on October 28, 2010. The Board of Directors granted this award in principle on March 2, 2011, subject to review and approval of the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement. The Compensation Committee approved this Agreement on March 29, 2011.

SECTION 1  ACQUISITION OF SHARES.
 
(a)    Issuance. On the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Company agrees to issue Ten Thousand (10,000) shares to the Purchaser. The issuance shall occur at the offices of the Company as of the Effective Date set forth above.
 
(b)    Consideration. The Purchaser agrees to pay to the Company the sum of $0.01 (the “Per Share Purchase Price”) for each of such Shares, representing the par value thereof. Payment shall be made on the issuance date by delivery to the Company of the Purchaser's check in the amount of the aggregate purchase price.
 
(c)    Defined Terms. Certain capitalized terms are defined in Sections 2 and 3 of this Restricted Stock Agreement. 
 
SECTION 2  RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.
 
(a)    Scope of Repurchase Right. Until they vest in accordance with Section (b) below, the Purchased Shares shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Right of Repurchase. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Purchaser's Service.
 
(b)    Lapse of Repurchase Right.
 
(i)           Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b)(ii), the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to every 20% portion of the Restricted Shares, (being 2,000 shares) in the first through fifth years from the Effective Date, each such year being a vesting year ending on the respective anniversary date of the Effective Date.
 
(ii)          Notwithstanding Section 2(b)(i), the Restricted Shares may vest, and the Right of Repurchase may lapse, sooner under a Change of Control as defined in Section 3.
 
(c)   Escrow. Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Purchased Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Section 2(f) below shall be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Purchased Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Purchaser and shall not be held in escrow. Purchased Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Restricted Stock Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or (ii) released to the Purchaser upon his or her request to the extent that the Purchased Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Purchased Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Restricted Stock Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser's Service.

(d)   Exercise of Repurchase Right. The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 9 that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Section 2(a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased $0.01 per Share, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar corporate transactions). Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Purchaser. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company (if not already held by the Company).

 
 

 


(e)    Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 2 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 2 whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f)     Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (other than a Change in Control), any other corporate reorganization (other than a Change in Control), a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company's outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall continue to be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares and to all of the provisions of this Section 2, including the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization that does not constitute a Change in Control, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company's successor.

(g)    Transfer of Restricted Shares. The Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company's written consent (which consent may be withheld with or without any reason therefor), except as provided in the following sentence. The Purchaser may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Purchaser's Immediate Family or to a trust or partnership established by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Purchaser and/or one or more members of the Purchaser's Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement. If the Purchaser transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Restricted Stock Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Purchaser.
 
(h)    Assignment of Repurchase Right. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company's Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company's rights and obligations under this Section 2.
 
(i)    Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Purchaser commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2(b) above in accordance with the Company's part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Purchaser and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Purchaser goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2(b) above in accordance with the Company's leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Purchaser is on a  bona fide  leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Purchaser immediately returns to active work.
 
SECTION 3  OTHER DEFINITIONS

Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

Purchased Shares” shall mean the Shares purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Restricted Stock Agreement.

Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 180 consecutive days commencing on the earlier to occur of: (i) the date when the Purchaser's Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability; or (ii) the last date when the Restricted Shares might vest, but in fact do not vest at that time.

 “Restricted Share shall mean a Purchased Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase. 

Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company's right of repurchase described in Section 2. 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Service” shall mean service to the Company or its subsidiaries as an Employee or, following a Change in Control, service to the New Employer (as defined in Section 2(b)) or its subsidiaries as an employee.

 
 

 
 
Share” shall mean one share of Stock

Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per Share. 

Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Purchaser directly or indirectly transfers any Purchased Shares. 


SECTION 4  OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.
 
(a)    Purchaser Representations. In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Restricted Stock Agreement, the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
 
        (i)   The Purchaser has received a copy of an offering memorandum relating to the sale of the Purchased Shares to the Purchaser hereunder.
 
(ii)          The Purchaser acknowledges his or her understanding that if he or she is an “affiliate” of the Company, the Purchaser's right to resell the Purchased Shares after the Company's Right of Repurchase lapses is restricted under the Securities Act.
 
(iii)   The Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Purchased Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Restricted Stock Agreement applicable to the disposition of Purchased Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares under state securities law.
 
 
(b)    Securities Law Restrictions.
 
(i)   Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under this Restricted Stock Agreement have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Purchased Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

(ii)          Inasmuch as the Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company by virtue of the fact that she is the Chief Financial Officer the Company, the Purchaser is subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act, and is thereby obliged to make reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Forms 3, 4 and 5 and is subject to the “short swing profit” rules.
 
(iii)        The Purchaser is also obliged to comply with the Company’s  Securities Trading Policy which provides for, among other things, certain black-out or no-trading periods and, consistent with the Securities Act, not to trade Shares based on material non-public information about the Company that comes into the Purchaser’s possession..
     
        (c)    Rights of the Company. The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Restricted Stock Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Restricted Stock Agreement.
 
SECTION 5  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. 

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Restricted Stock Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser's legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Restricted Stock Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 6  NO RETENTION RIGHTS

Nothing in this Restricted Stock Agreement shall confer upon the Purchaser any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser) or of the Purchaser, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. 

 
 

 



SECTION 7  TAX ELECTION & WITHHOLDING. 

(a)           The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of purchase.  The Purchaser should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company's responsibility, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Purchaser requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.  The Purchaser is reminded that a Gross-Up Payment under Section 7(b) is made only with respect to Shares vesting in the first vesting year, and not with respect to unvested Shares that do not vest in the first vesting year, regardless of whether any such Shares may be taxed in the first vesting year in the same manner they would if they had so vested.  CIRCULAR 230 DISCLAIMER: Nothing contained herein concerning certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.
 
(b)           When and as the Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall have vested and thereby ceased to be Restricted Shares, the Purchaser shall be deemed to have gross income measured by the number of Restricted Shares so vesting, multiplied by the closing price of the Company’s Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of such vesting. The Company shall report such income, and withhold and remit such taxes as may be levied on such income, to the applicable taxing authorities, and may apply funds earned by the Purchaser from the Company to satisfy such withholding obligations.

 
SECTION 8  LEGENDS. 

All certificates evidencing Purchased Shares shall bear the following legend: 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF SUCH SHARES AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF SUCH SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO SUCH HOLDER OF SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO SUCH ISSUER CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF SUCH ISSUER WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”
 
If required by the authorities of any state in connection with the issuance of the Purchased Shares, the legend or legends required by such state authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

SECTION 9  NOTICE. 
 
Any notice required by the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with a recognized overnight courier service, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Purchaser at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 9.
 
SECTION 10  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
 
This Restricted Stock Agreement, together with the Plan and the Purchaser’s employment agreement with the Company, constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.
 
SECTION 11  CONFLICTS OF LAW.
 
This Restricted Stock Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws principles.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Restricted Stock Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
 
PURCHASER:
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
       
       
  /s/ Christina L. Allgeier         
By:  /s/ Richard J. DePiano                         
       
Name: Christina L. Allgeier
   
Name: Richard J. DePiano
Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors

 
 



EX-23.1 17 ex23-1.htm CONSENT-IND. REG. PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM-EISNER ex23-1.htm


 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1




CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



The Board of Directors
PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 31, 2011, relating to the 2010 consolidated financial statements which appears in this Form 10-K, in the following documents: in the registration statement (No. 333-164089) on Form S-1; in the registration statements (Nos. 333-58450, 333-72580, 333-91926, 333-106605, 333-120921 (and amendment 1), 333-125980, 333-132654 and 333-139031) on Form S-3; in the registration statements (Nos. 333-100609 and 333-121864) on Form S-4; and in the registration statements (Nos. 333-30298, 333-114181, 333-124034, 333-132655, 333-132656, 333-146558, and 333-159224) on Form S-8 of PhotoMedex, Inc.

/s/ EisnerAmper LLP
Edison, New Jersey
March 31, 2011
 
 
 
E - 23.1


 
EX-23.2 18 ex23-2.htm CONSENT-IND. REG. PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM-AMPER ex23-2.htm


 

Exhibit 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



The Board of Directors
PhotoMedex, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 23, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and for the two years then ended and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, which appears in this Form 10-K, in the following documents: in the registration statement (No. 333-164089) on Form S-1; in the registration statements (Nos. 333-58450, 333-72580, 333-91926, 333-106605, 333-120921 (and amendment 1), 333-125980, 333-132654 and 333-139031) on Form S-3; in the registration statements (Nos. 333-100609 and 333-121864) on Form S-4; and in the registration statements (Nos. 333-30298, 333-114181, 333-124034, 333-132655, 333-132656, 333-146558, and 333-159224) on Form S-8 of PhotoMedex, Inc.

/s/ Amper, Politziner & Mattia, LLP
Edison, New Jersey
March 31, 2011

 
 
E - 23.2


EX-31.1 19 ex31-1.htm CERT OF CEO ex31-1.htm


 
Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 

 
I, Dennis M. McGrath, certify that:
 
 
 
 
(1)
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PhotoMedex, Inc.;
 
 
(2)
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
(3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
(4)
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
(a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
(b)  
designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
(c)  
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
(d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
(5)
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
(a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
(b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
       
Dated: March 31, 2011  
By:
/s/ Dennis M. McGrath  
    Dennis M. McGrath  
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
       

 
 
E - 31.1
 
 


EX-31.2 20 ex31-2.htm CERT OF CFO ex31-2.htm


 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
I, Christina L. Allgeier, certify that:
 
 
(1)
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PhotoMedex, Inc.;
 
 
(2)
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
(3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
(4)
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
(a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
(b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
(c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
(d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
(5)
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
(a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
(b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 






   
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
       
 
Dated: March 31, 2011
By: /s/ Christina L. Allgeier
 
   
Christina L. Allgeier
 
   
Chief Financial Officer
 

 
 
 
 
E - 31.2


EX-32.1 21 ex32-1.htm SEC 906 CERT CEO ex32-1.htm


 


Exhibit 32.1

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION


         I, Dennis M. McGrath, Chief Executive Officer of PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
 
 
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
       
Dated: March 31, 2011
By:
/s/  Dennis M. McGrath  
   
Dennis M. McGrath
 
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
       

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to PhotoMedex, Inc. and will be retained by PhotoMedex, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


 
 
 
 
 
E - 32.1


EX-32.2 22 ex32-2.htm SEC 906 CERT CFO ex32-2.htm


 
Exhibit 32.2

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION


         I, Christina L. Allgeier, Chief Financial Officer of PhotoMedex, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.




     
PHOTOMEDEX, INC.
 
 
Dated: March 31, 2011
     
     
By: /s/ Christina L. Allgeier
 
     
Christina L. Allgeier
 
     
Chief Financial Officer
 



 
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to PhotoMedex, Inc. and will be retained by PhotoMedex, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


 
 
 
E - 32.2


EX-2.8 23 ex2-8.pdf PDF OF EXHIBIT 2-8 (CERT. OF MERGER-DE) begin 644 ex2-8.pdf M)5!$1BTQ+C$-"@T*,R`P(&]B:@T*/#P-"B]%(#0S,SD-"B]((%L@,3`X,"`Q M-#8@70T*+TP@-#4W,0T*+TQI;F5A')E9@T*,R`X#0HP,#`P,#`P,#$R(#`P,#`P(&X-"C`P,#`P,#`Y.#8@ M,#`P,#`@;@T*,#`P,#`P,3`X,"`P,#`P,"!N#0HP,#`P,#`Q,C(W(#`P,#`P M(&X-"C`P,#`P,#$T-3D@,#`P,#`@;@T*,#`P,#`P,34V-R`P,#`P,"!N#0HP M,#`P,#`Q-C)QC8&!@96!@L6108&#@T0"1<*``A2D, M6`&+!0-8+Q@S,.2`]=9`)1F!F(V!@;,3Q`$`HV8#@@T*96YD'0-"B]);6%G94(-"B]);6%G94,-"B]);6%G94D@70T*/CX-"B]4>7!E("]0 M86=E#0H^/@T*96YD;V)J#0H-"C<@,"!O8FH-"CP\#0HO0F%S949O;G0@+U1I M;65S+4)O;&0-"B]%;F-O9&EN9R`O5VEN06YS:45N8V]D:6YG#0HO4W5B='EP M92`O5'EP93$-"B]4>7!E("]&;VYT#0H^/@T*96YD;V)J#0H-"C@@,"!O8FH- M"CP\#0HO0F%S949O;G0@+U1I;65S+5)O;6%N#0HO16YC;V1I;F<@+U=I;D%N MSX/4'+<.O MP\&_T7_A<#X)#<`IT_([9..W$?H@5"O6QD3 M6)@$[A>F/FC`\VBE:C9FG'!J5/V+-_9$(&M=OY]3VYFT_?H_>7UU>7U MR6QZ>8&F%[-+='9Y/9E^N.B><"B>()X5SS5K`MF#/@.!`E[)"R3QM1]'1IF4 MB5J75]N\V(9IB(R4<@?H1L5E7&6(L()RA:H7"ETJI+P/LP5^J!2E8<) M>I_EFRP/S76?PON1N6J;SE5>Q,M4S5'4N4#]4-&VA"_U18LL2;+[.%VZALHJ M%6J'(+[D#5A",.&U=ZB\C!=Q%)9*`SM7^5+EQRX9[`56#N<4(3U03^L-TYHB MF$A-EYHC`25U4#F+\Z(\1C,P7AJNC>I4&*W`Q&E1QN56`7^ZYHX+=+7*RNQ< MS=6/$9JFT7B$0G2A[L)Y^!_"//W;N0%.IO.]MUC:N87L!XU78(XAS6K(1QV! MQBXM)[#=SS4E?+^?J.$+JY]``J5K2C#A:2":$A`BLG1><>)DF2NUUB0P9DS" MM'4NM`H+=*M4BL+-)L_NU!S,.L\VI?X05>ZH/]H(H9<(HV]I=I^H^1*^N-U5 M9*L#D6.@W')?"AV":Z#$'-P;5NSE>($VST1.EQRB06!%=O)=#N5L@\.YWKU^]"X#JWQ4KBFBA3]A'G);'$8T#;Q+*NHCEX(82[6PC^X*]J ML=#A[DZA>+U6\QB,G^S0=@,F7\2)YLM]7*Y&=4B/U*8,TTA!0*^*18B5N2K# M?*<)YU53BZ-?G.["[2ZZ)<$=74&CZP>5KM!=G"2`]$JE M:;%+[L(T#A&&7E=47K+)XS2*-]!QN;6B\!O?)Y0'UA>8SYL2;Y.$D:'][;:( M4U44!_.!TW*'<2N?:Z\0/37:PC;:Q).^;$OF0,JF9+X#/P"_.`&];7:--@]Z MR'U>:$L82INP.HF7 MJR:N[K=_J+D$*7H%X30NT3K<:?(4*H>^RQ`"PDD6:5>.TX>)UC;:<$(;SEP' M.1TVT$G9+53>;;]I"Q6.ZJBH4M@UJMP"I-,29;=)O'Q!71KF<6'$SK-UE<6K MVF4$T*)D:R`9:FY!0P`M@Z7R+E[GKL)]:UDF>#UMJ!&ZY"9MMW)-3MX9"`AF MO9WQ0)#*8MH@N29HT1BLX_L%"@LT5Z7*U[&>#<;5."","\AKK>H?-M55]LON MP)RZW]9%8M-=B\=S2<=XV[F`8$$;S8ED=33?-P<%48JJW(WS7-UE47@+!3$@ MS>*T+)XJ>KO>!VJ*X"X2L8=!W8,F=H$AEG`+&0I&>L$]&VT MLJ[36FYL@M(><%67N`[C!-G;&PBUC9]PXY\*0L=@2:<3\$@[%_>".M@^*D"; M.NVDJLZJZ'OF39 M_'8+6OJ;5E(ZA\3^%E$?H'S,@`5SUUCK08,N0CD4Z0U8'$A6A]N/V^4*\L95 MF'^[#T'<&S"P0EAXWEOT"3CY62U#8/;%9^0'6`1OT4E9`CZPTS&`2I(X7-<0 M)\5WIP,8(JW\KA,Y"_J)E:PSBV"TC1U4^'7LF*::/::DOH?DH[+%"!5A/'_" M%?0(-0JWA7E^\E176O7EJ'[X`E4BU)'A%DK`//X=OL@6<(-.@MKCB`_4=0Q: MM)V.E+X=.V%)<(UZ'NZJ6`=Y_5:+T[UH]NGT*2^V8CG78Q^3":-'.YK`W$Z]VQ^A- M\<;III)U-O4"WGG$RNL^Z!0Z>_#:\S$ZCSZ`G58O>@D"5AYS6!M7[T`P&=A# M%Z]`,-^S@CLW`_7;C(.QS:[$?&_&;.%:':/#BGDE/@C"M(\1@L$G6YKI%S.: M".^9`Q/AR^(87>6JB.>0)UWB\MKM7;LEY?TD6MI3)T[[Z,3UNMC.!JDGZS>: MCD8N-^%V$]?"D[JW?BB\?N#N5G[2TR-MXN]3?@_R[^^4.]?J5[E\_8P=(J5] M8>ZG\U*8\[C[0IT^X>D=")S`>(]DY%!0D. MZ0;:>RO"8^N^&IW7#G]\C-MW"RANAC^/VTC'`'DKA6.`4*YA#TC33(+]M@QA MW&\*D=.X&FIH?)WY0>$6IL"M+(YAFIO!Z9J1$&453:'62:!MU@WP']^/'7CS MSN_N1RFS-85O/FNE8GP,[:)CG)!MNQO7<^ZCDW.W^##UNOLP*2N`1YB\(<$; MW2.YY4;`VOWZ<`'N-24Q;ZAQ-OTT.75,"]G=ZJ^D!7^P<6^T($%WG[^`%K3= MKX^009O$AJ&UK&8$1S?7G]UJC7G=G7BM,0]::8:!C&XM9`)$O=DSSY)?MQ'> MAXI@1@20Q*VEQ$-3"<9;#^Z!;_3/EQK/O(GOX9?6PJ_;BK=;[2F':;TVT\3D M?W2^X'5@B+'$IDJJ7XEG]M%@\U+MH5]T,ZO_5\#IY-/)EY/K1\9\E:BJ.&)E#^5Z`]/0VGQL,*'!29?AX/AX/]*37&E#0IE;F1S M=')E86T-"@T*96YD;V)J#0H-"C$@,"!O8FH-"CP\#0HO5'EP92`O3W5T;&EN M97,-"CX^#0IE;F1O8FH-"@T*,B`P(&]B:@T*/#P-"B]#;W5N="`Q#0HO2VED M7!E("]086=E GRAPHIC 24 qlogo.jpg PHMD LOGO begin 644 qlogo.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$`8`!@``#_X0!F17AI9@``24DJ``@````$`!H!!0`! M````/@```!L!!0`!````1@```"@!`P`!`````@`!`3$!`@`0````3@`````` M``!@`````0```&`````!````4&%I;G0N3D54('8U+C`P`/_;`$,``@$!`0$! M`@$!`0("`@("!`,"`@("!00$`P0&!08&!@4&!@8'"0@&!PD'!@8("P@)"@H* M"@H&"`L,"PH,"0H*"O_;`$,!`@("`@("!0,#!0H'!@<*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H* M"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"@H*"O_``!$(`$4! M5P,!(@`"$0$#$0'_Q``?```!!0$!`0$!`0```````````0(#!`4&!P@)"@O_ MQ`"U$``"`0,#`@0#!04$!````7T!`@,`!!$%$B$Q008346$'(G$4,H&1H0@C M0K'!%5+1\"0S8G*""0H6%Q@9&B4F)R@I*C0U-CH.$A8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJ MLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4U=;7V-G:X>+CY.7FY^CIZO'R\_3U]O?X M^?K_Q``?`0`#`0$!`0$!`0$!`````````0(#!`4&!P@)"@O_Q`"U$0`"`0($ M!`,$!P4$!``!`G<``0(#$00%(3$&$D%1!V%Q$R(R@0@40I&AL<$)(S-2\!5B M7J"@X2%AH>(B8J2DY25EI>8F9JBHZ2EIJ>HJ:JRL[2UMK>X MN;K"P\3%QL?(RKR\_3U]O?X^?K_V@`,`P$` M`A$#$0`_`/L+_@I(W_!77]@?X$:M^T_\.OVX-.\:>'M"N+<:SI>M^#;:"Z@A MFF2%94,8VR`/(@*X4@$GG!KQG_@EW^V)_P`%@O\`@JEXF\46>A_M7>'O!FB^ M$(+5M6U-/!\,\KR7!E\J../(&2(9"6)P-HX.:^XO^"\C?\:H/BX"/^8;8?\` MIRM:^*O^#1[_`)`OQX_Z^O#?_H.IU]-0G&625*\H1YT[)V7EY6ZGQ&*IU(<2 M4L+&I)0E%MKF>Z3ZWOT1]#?M'?"3_@M_^SC\/[WXN_!#]L/0/BHVBV[W6H>$ M=8\%0VMQ,-0U[7M>^(BO?ZKJETTTTQ6SBZLQS@9.!T`X'%>\_\%Z,M_P`$H?BH M2.38V!(_[?[>OGO_`(-4]CR)+2*^C:53[H# MD?E6KD8SFO`<7'<^MC*,M@``X%%&1ZUFZYXP\*>&%1O$?B?3]/\`,^Y]MO8X MMWTWD9H2;V"4HQ5V:5%5[#4M.U:V6_TJ_AN87&4EMY0Z-]"#@U-)(D2&21@J MJ,EB<`"E9W&I1:O<-Q`!HZ<9^G%?DU_P6C_X+E^'?`9C_9._8W^(22Z_O96=[+J_4\JEG.`K8F=&,U[ MMKNZM=]$?25%4=`UW1_%.AV?B;P]J4-[8:C:QW5C=V[AHYX9%#)(I'564@@^ MAIVKZ]H?A^U-]KNLVME"IP9KRX6)/S8@5QV=['JUVSOH0<>;9722KGZJ2*NGD8S2::",HR5T>`?M:_`S]M7XC:[%XI_95_:^M_ M`AMM-$0T'5/"L-]9W,X9F\UW)$B[@57C(&W.*_'6X_X+I_\`!3;X!_MBP?#' M]I7XDZ1<:?X1\:KIWC+2M-TB!(;F"*?9-MD"[MI7+!A@XQP.E?T#,Q"$D\X/ M-?S5_P#!0+]F&Y^('P$\2_\`!1WP];/,NI_'_P`3:+KDB\@6QNG-G*?;Y6C) MZ99!WKZ3(GAZ_-2KQ36B3LKW=^I\=Q.L5A5"MAIR4M6U=V:5NE_,_I)\/:_I M'BK0+'Q/H-XMQ9:A:1W-I.AXDB=0RL/J"*N@@]%KX5_X-[?VM/\`AIS_`()\ MZ1X:UW4O.\0?#J\;P]J@=\N\"*'M93WPT3!,]VB>ONH#`R3T[UX6*H2PV(G2 MENG8^GP.*CC<'"M':23_`,_N9\6_\%R/^"@/BG]@G]D:/7?A3KL=EXX\5:NF MG^&I7A60PJ@\RXGV,""%0`9(QF1?6OA__@EM^W)_P6(_X*:?$#6/A[X<_:=\ M/>&])\.V$=SK?B"Z\)0SS@.VU$B0;0SG!Y.`,9YZ5WO_``4?TL?MX?$_]I+X MIW"_:_!G[.WPOG\-^&LG=%/X@NRLMY,O;='&@0D?],C7F'_!IKJ[)\9_BUHF M>'\-6$P'N+AA_6OI*%"A0R6I/D3J1LVVD[7M;\&CX[%8O$XKB.G3YW&G*Z23 M:O;1OYM'[)?`KP1\1OA[\-[+PO\`%7XLW/C76X2[7?B"ZTZ*U:?]5]0U/3M)M'O\`4KZ&WAC&9)KB4(BCW)X%?+-N^Q2?V1_:^_[+]HQ\GF[/FV9ZXYK7#` M#):LF7QOX+BU8:#)XPTQ;XG`LFOXQ+GTV;L_I3BG>Z0IRC:S=C^?'_@IY^UG M_P`%./$O[8$'[$_[7'Q*L+"Q'B#2TF\/^")&BTN_@N)(GBX\]*_H!0`JI!Z"O=SCE^ MJ89QBE>+>BLKNQ\MPZZCQV+4Y.5I))MW=E>PZBJ^H:C8:5:/?:E>PV\,:Y>6 M>4(JCW)X%5]$\4>&O$L+7'ASQ#8WZ(<.]E=I*%/H2I.*\+EE:Y]5SQO8T**P MG^)/P\CNY+"7QSI"3PN4EA?4H@R,.H(+<&B7XF_#>"5;>7Q]HH=V"HG]IQ9) M/08W468[HW:*R=6\;>#O#U\FF:_XJTZRN)$WI#=WJ1LRYQD!B.,@U%'\0_`$ MUY#IMOXWTF2XN'"001ZC&SR,>@`#9)I6871MT444#"BBB@`HHHH`^0?^"\F? M^'3_`,7,G_F'6'_IRM:_.S_@V!_:E_9S_9[_`.%Q>'OCM\;O#'@ZYUZ30YM' M_P"$FUF&Q2[6`7PE"/,RJ64S1_+G/S9QP:_1/_@O)G_AT_\`%S(_YAUA_P"G M*UKX!_X-:/@C\'/C)H7QNC^+?PJ\.^)Q8W'AX67]O:+!=FWWKJ._RS*K%-VU M,=!BO/IYA3PF&E3PT6G+>3>MNR2/7JY16QV+A6QK_E%+\52.GV*PX_[B%O7YM?\$.OV5/VL?VQ?V7?%GPE\&?M(7/P MS^%@\6-)XDN_#*D:SK%TUO&/LPDR/*MP@!."-Q;!R!BOTF_X+U@C_@E+\51_ MTYV'/_;_`&]?//\`P:H_\F9>.>/^:@-_Z20UWX6M*AD$YQM=2ZJ_;N>7CZ%/ M$<4TJSM??30^<_^"F__!"G7?V%_@=>?M+-0;PO-%/K=MJ% MR8KJ"-G"_:8IHF!RKLN0>><@U]S?\$`_V[OB9^VW^R!=CXSZO)JGB?P1K`TF M^UF8?O;^$Q"2&20_Q2;3M9NK$9/))KU7_@L:B-_P3'^,@90?^*2?K_UVCKXN M_P"#37_DWWXKY_Z'*T_])!2G5GCLCG4K:RA))/K9V_S"GAZ>6<2PHX?2$XMN M-W:ZOKKZ'IO_``7@_P""O7B/]A7P_IW[/G[/E]"GQ'\36!NKC4F19#H=B6*) M(%.09I&5]@(.`I8CE:;%,07CW1RLVZ*0*ZY/SHP&&^:OT?\`V%_VM_AI M_P`%'?V0]+^,FDZ7&+;7K.;3?%&A2ON-G=`&.XMGQSM(;Y")GZ"E4A'%Y+]8E\<)6OU:TW^\=*I+`<1?4X?PY MQO;HGY=D['QC_P`%Q/V8/@)^SG_P4:T'X4?!/X9Z?X=\/7NDZ7+=Z38&3RI' MEF*R,=S$Y8=<&OUTTK_@A+_P2CUS0;&]OOV1--6::SB>1X/$6J1Y8J"3A;H# MK[5^87_!Q3*[?\%:/#L)/":+HFW\9S7[Z^$N?"^F`_\`/A#W_P!@5MF>)Q%/ M+\,XS:;CK9O7;$JYMC(SIII25DTFEZ=CY._P""H7[>?@/_`().?L>Z M9;_#?P_:-KDEG%H/PY\.RR,T4*01*@D?)+-%#&%ZG+':,\DU\M_\$L/^"?&N M_P#!1?X?']O+_@IQXU\1?$&X\3W4C>$/"VH:U<06%K:*Q7SO*A=`%9@=D:X4 M*N2&+<>%_P#!U[K6O3?M+_#70;AW&G0>#IYK5TW2 M-)_8+^$MCH>T6J>!=/\`+V#CF%2?U)K&I'ZCE%.I#XYMW?6W9/H;TI?VEG]2 MA57[NDE:/1MVU:ZGPU_P5'_X)C0_L5?!^_\`VYO^"9GBCQ'\-]?\#HM_X@T3 M0]>N9+2]L58>;)Y4KN#L'S,AS&R!LKQS]"_\$8/^"GT/_!1[X#7DWC2&UL_B M!X1:&W\56EJ-LOBO1M/:0V-[\,KIK^,'YJEUMV;ZCQ$GE>?T84=(54TX]+KJET^1^]OCOQ': M>#?!&L^+;Y]L.EZ5<7DS$]%BB9R?R6OSF_X)O?LM:=^U=_P08N_@WXHM5DG\ M>V^L7UO(ZY*7IN6D@E&>ZS1H0?:OL3_@H_XU/P\_8)^,'BP2['@^'>JQQ-G& M));5XD_\><5QG_!&?PU_PB?_``3#^#ND.@!;PJ+@C'7S9I)<_DXK@HRE1P3J M1WYE;Y)L]7%4X8G,HT9*ZY)7^;2_0_(;_@W=_:,UC]E+_@H5J7[-OQ`G>PL_ M&Z2Z+?VD[%5BU2V=C"2#_%D2)G_;K]O_`-MW]HO2?V3?V4_''Q^U212^@:'* M^G0GK<7LF(K:%?4O,\:_C[5^&'_!>WX!>)/V(_\`@II:_M"_#*-K&S\72V_B MK0KJ%,+!J4,H%Q'QW$J))C^[.!7W]\7/C_X?_P""KOQ7_9D_9W\"RB?PMJ^G M6WQ,^)]NC;E@M[5<16,N.YNPT9'X_P`->WF-"&+JTL9'X9*\ODKO_(^;R?%5 M3[L<*_[3N54>YK\D/\`@GWH_P`3O^"ZO[1O MB[]H3]N'XD:FOPM\'W<<.C?#VPUN2RT]YY,LD&V-U+!$&YY,[V+*-P&`/I?_ M`(.?M8UW3/\`@FQ;V6DR2"WO_B+I<&IA,X,`ANI`#[>;'%^.*\&_X-[?^"?? M['/[5'[$NL^/?CC\)K7Q%KEM\0+VRDN)KZ>,QPK:VCHFV-U&/G8YQGYJQP-* MEA\IGB6[2;LFE=I>6O4Z,RKU\7G]/!JSC%:5Q(R[PY4`J41] MR\9'VC_P2H_;LMO^"A7['^D?'*]L8;/7;6[ETGQ59P']W%J$*HSE?1722.0# ML),=JPI_^"(7_!+RY;S+G]E#1I&_O27=R3^LE=SI_P"S1\%_V(_V4/B#X9_9 M0^'-MX6MFT/5-76ST]W/F7_V(J)JZK169^:W[8?_``4?_:2_X*8?M_6/_!-?]B+X MFWOA'P4VOS:9K_BO1)VCN-0BM]QO+CSD(9;=5CD"*I'FG;DD,!7VUX&_X(4? M\$YO"G@M/#>M_"/4/$&IF$"Z\4:MXGOSJ$TN.90\0%4#US7Y7_`/!L M79Z?J?\`P4JU2_U9E:Z@\`:I+;;QSYC7%LK$>^UF_,U_0KR>O.:Z@^5))NVC;[MG%P_".:T9XO$I2E*32OJDET2>Q_-E_P4'^`6N_LS_P#!8?PM M\(M3^*FN^+['3_$/AI_#^I>);UKF]@T][B)HK625N9/*)=%)_A"].@_H/_:< M_:#\#?LJ_`/Q-^T!\1;ORM)\,:4]W.H(#3..(XE]6=RJ`>K"OP]_X+<_\IV_ M"?\`U]>$?_1Z5]W?\'.6LZ]IG_!,[[#I+R"WU#Q_I5OJFSH8`EQ*`WMYL<7X M@5TXR'UQX*,W\2U_"YPY;5^H1S"I37PMV^5['R_^P)8_%'_@NY^TKXN^/'[; M'Q)U.#X4>#;F./2?A[I^MR65A)-+N:.#$;*6VHNZ23.]BRC<`0!ZG_P5?_8W M^`7[`/P#/[;7_!/OXCR_"SQOX/U2R!TW1/%DKV^N037"0O"UO-,XD8"3>5`* MLBON4]1PO_!O%_P3_P#V//VJ_P!B[Q'XZ^.WPHM?$.N6OQ%O+%9YKZ>,QVZV M5D\:[8W48W22')'>ONN?_@B#_P`$OKIO,NOV4=&D;U>[N2?UDJ<7BL/AL?R7 M:A!VY4E9KJM];][&F7X'%XW*54Y4YS3?.V[IO9K32W:YYW^PMXY^%W_!6?\` M8FM_CF/!^F^'_B!:7$/A= M^T1_PB7QS\*6K%9VLMVIQ!TLKH,-DF&XP2,;NV01Q7V!^S7^R;^SY^R#X0O/ M`7[.?PTL_"^D:AJ)OKVTLG=A-<%$C,A+L3G:BC\*\;_X**?"KPQ=QZ;\0=(G M6/Q#/)]G-A"A:2^B52V\!>)5JT9UY>S346]%V/J<-2KTL+!5FG- M)7:V;[G4?MD:#X>^+6N:/\&?"GANRO\`Q=J+I*^IF(%]*L5;+.[CD*V3A3P< MGU%=Q\(/V4_A#\)-/LY;3PO;7^K6V'?6;^$23>:/XDW9$>#TVX_&O)/^"=7C M_P`(ZW)K6E:S/))XOGV/)>WDN][JT0!51">0$[K[@_3ZHV`G)KGFW'W3J@HR M]X6BN:\?^,1X&EM+V_;6[ M9;?3Y#'>7#2@1Q.`"5+=,@$9';-39FET:=%4-#URU\0:>FJZ?'+Y$O,$DJ%? M-7LP!YP>V<9ZTS4?%GA_2KI+"\U.+[2_W+6,[Y6^B+DTAFE14=M,9XEE,3IN M&0L@P?Q':B@#\P?^"[?_``4^_8P\3?L'^,_V=?A=\;]%\6^+/%;V5K:67A^[ M%U'`D=Y#-)+)*F4`"1,``22Q''>OD?\`X-M/V]/V:_V0_%OQ*^'_`.T1\0+? MPPGC1=*FTC5=05A;>9:_:E:)W`.PD7(()X^4\BOV6T[]G/P3HW2S#"4\OE MA.1\LG=NZO?3R\CYBME./K9K#'>T2E%62L[6\]?,[[X>?$?P'\6?"=IX^^&7 MC#3=?T6_5FLM5TF]2>"8!BIVNA(.""#Z$$5N'`.<8KA?">B^,O`.A0>%O`_P MF\)Z/IEMN^S:=I=^;>"+)+';'';A5R22<#DDFM+^UOB^3@^"]#^G]N2?_&*\ M5IUNQ M)=P#SX;@O*BY,:^6H8;L9W+C.:^>O^#8/]L+]GGX<_"GQ;^SC\1_B9IF@>)] M4\71WNAV>JW(A&HI)#'$%B9L*SATQLSDY&`:_475_A%9:_XGG\::]^S=\/+W M6;G;]IU:[2.2YEVJ%7=*UJ7;"@`9/``%0/\``_09=5M] M-!$987!R&1_LF58'H0:( M@=PC'EO\YPN5(S7P_P#\&Q7[9?[._P`#M`^('P4^,7Q0TGPUJVOZ[9WNBG6+ MH01WF(O*:-9&^7>"!P2"=PQFOUO\5?#`>/--OV>/`&L:G!!Y,&HZH4N M)XX@2P19)+4L%R2<`XR3ZU3U#X%^'=7FAGU/]ESX9W#P.'A:XMX7,;`Y#`FT MX(/.14T<;0IY?+#.+?,[MW6^G2WD&(RO%5LVAC5-+E5DK/9[W=S\U?\`@XW_ M`."97Q/\>>+[']OW]G7P]=:I=V&FQ6_C73=-C+W""WY@OXU4$L%3".!T$:-Z MU]J?\$UO^"H7[//[9O[.GA[7M0^)>B:/XTL-+AM_%OAW4M1CMY[>[C0+)(B2 M,"\3,"RL,X!P<$5]#G4OBX%V'P5H>,=/[+?B M7^P[\,;_`%.XD,ES?Q7$EM+.YZM(T$*%V/_\`%%W2;[IK9_(^(?\`@X"_;G\/_M/:'X?_`."59S(0[$'""+D\\?:/\`P1X_8&F_X)\_L>Z9 M\,O%+12^+M;NFU?Q=-`V42ZD`"VZGNL4:JF>[;R.#7>?`K]EKP!^S/;RQ?`/ M]E?X>>%7G3;<76DSF.>9?1YOLYD<>Q8UZ.=6^+['/_"&:'_X/)/_`(Q4U\=% MX2.&I*T$[MO=OS[>A>%RV<<=+&XB5YM622T2[+JWYGXB?\'.7P?^(?P]_;7\ M'_M/GP_-/XHSCH:^_OA3_P7N_X)W^(/ M@_X>U0_$Z_F\37>G6\+>"M.T&YN-2:[V!3`D:)M#O$.C78'VK3-9O3O_@F]XI_;S_9PTKXJ_!;1Y;CQUX(1[JQ MTATVRZE8R@-+;`'I*I`=5[D,O4BN9_X(-_\`!2/X7>(/V;-._8\^/OB^S\(_ M$/X=,VEKI?B6<6;WMHK'RRGG%RH.,'C]`_[5^+_!_P"$,T/_`,'D MG_QBO)?CG^Q+\%_VE]2&M_'+]C[X<>(M0"[?[3O+AENB/0SQP+(1[%JRIXV$ M\']6K*\4[IJUU_FC>MEE2GF'US#-*35I)WLUWTV:]#YX_P""W_\`P4T^#OPC M_95\2_LX?"/Q]IWB/XB_$/39-!L]&T&Z6[EL[>Y7RII)!$3M8QLR(OWBS@@< M5SG_``;Z_P#!-OQ+^P[\&_$7[2_[1.G#1/%7C&PC`L=0(C;1])BS*1,3]QG; M#N#]T1IG!!KZB^"7["/P'_9SUI/$WP6_8T^&VA:G'_J=3@N&DNHO]R:6!G3\ M"*]`/#\]O/&T#>&HIVD M[R;M=^7DA0RRK6S!8W$M.45:,5>R[N[U;^1^<_\`P7%_X*S?L>:Q^Q9XO_9N M^#/QGTKQ;XJ\710V)@T"?[1#:P"9)))'F4;.B8`!).:]>_X)-?\`!3#]B#Q] M^R=\,/@I8?&_1=&\6Z/X:L=&N_#6M70MKAKN*-8B(]^%DWL,KM))W8ZU]%Z5 M\`_#.A)LT']E7X8V2GJMI:PQC_QVT%+_`,*'\,+K-OXB7]ECX9#4;6=9K6^% MI#YT4@.0ZO\`9-RL#R"#FB6(P;P:HJ#T=[W6]K;6V'#!YA','B93B[I*UGM> M^]]SY>_X.+OV25_:+_8,O?B-H6F>=KWPUO!K-HT:Y?LQZS^U+XKM)/[2\^%O$WPY\/7FG:E:26U_9W&M2-'/#(I5T8>1R"I(/UJE\/?"?B M?X3^"-,^''PY^%'AG1]#T6S2TTO3++695BMH4&%11Y'ZGD]31',:D$[N] M_+L.64499RL=U4;6\]D_N/$/^"B7_!2K]C']G;X+^/?A_P"._CCHDWBJ3P[? M:?%X5T^Z%Q?&YE@=%C>-,^7RX)WXP*_##_@BE^UU\+OV-?V^M$^+GQFU1].\ M-WVEWNE:CJ"1-(+,3A2LC*H)*!D4'`)`.>U?T3:O\"_#VN^(;CQ=KO[+?PTO M=6NY-]SJ=W;Q27$S?WGD:T+,?887"X6='V;?/N[I?=H(]HH\CNE9OKUU/+OVG/#?[-'_!7 MS]BWQI\%/@I\9O#_`(D6[M8I;+4=)OUF_LZ_0^;;-*H^:/+)@A@"5+>]?DG_ M`,$Q/V^OB'_P1+_:#\8_LN?MA_#C6+/P]JM_&^K00VQ,]A!?AW=?"Z.Y3X:?`+P+X=6]97O%T)UM!.RYP7\JV7<1DX)SC- M8'QT_9K\'?M-:;%I7Q^_9A\`^+(K<$6SZSF?]DBIPF/I4:4 MZ%2+E3ETNKI]T7CLIQ&)K0Q=*:C6CI>SLUV:W/GWQ?\`\'"__!/2TT&%OA5X MGU[QQXCORL6D>%=!T&8W=W<-PD7S@!23QWKZ-_9#U3]I+XA?!:;Q;^USXZ13U"S20,Z@]P",UZ^-5^+YY'@O0__``>2?_&* MX\1/"6Y_OOA-J.NW*V&IV\99)=(N]PEM';H+B`,&`)&\PJ>A./VU=7X\\)^)/BCX8NO!/ MQ)^#?A#7](O4V7>EZQ?&YMYA_M));E3^7%>*>$O^"7/[(G@7Q6GC;PU^P9\+ MH=1CE$D4DUS).D;@Y#+'+"T:D'IA>*ZL1C:&.A%UTU.*M=6U7G?K]YQ83+<7 MEE2<<+).G)WL[W3>]K;H_$G_`(*I?MB>&/C?_P`%1K3]J/PWX0U:R\.Z=/H= MQI"ZI;&&?4[*T=76Z6-L%4EVL4SU7:>]?MC\7K/X"?\`!:/_`()[^*?!?PLU MJ].GZ[;!=+OM4TN6U>SU*$K-`Q611D!PH)7((+#-=\W[*/P[G^,=W^T!??LL M^`+SQE>06\4NOW]R9YXT@C$<2Q>9`1#M50/D"]*])CU'XM0H(X_!&@JH'"KK M<@`_\@5IB\SHUJ=)4H.,J:5G?TZ==NYEE^35\/4KNO-2C5;NK-;WZWTW/P4_ MX)F?MV_$C_@B#^T=XQ_9D_:^^&^KVOAS6+N-]7@AMR9K*XCRD=[`#@31.AP= MI^8!2#\N*_2SQ;_P<+_\$[[/P]%-\,O%6O>-/$-\5BTCPKH7A^8W=U<-PD7S M`!22<=37T%\=/V;O"/[3&E1:-\??V9/`/BR&WR+9M:N3+)!GKY6YMET?84:L72Z73;2?16LOO#X#_M)?%GPK\!KKXL M_MLG1_#OB#6=1FOM%\#Z:RFZTJP94%O9RG.99^&9W(`!?'\-7?V5XG^-NN:C M^TEXYO;:ZOKMY+/1=+24.NEV@."-O9F[D]1D]ZW-3^`6DZWK-UXAUCX`>$+J M]O93+=37&LS.7<]3S#@?A5[P/\*+KX:ZK/K7@3X,^&-,N;B+RYI;;79QN7.< M8,)`Y]J\F_2A*,(Q;;MU>[\V?*_P"TWX8C_9H_:*@\4_"O6H8? M-(O[:W@E#&UQKZU^`W[1G@3XX>%+;4M/U>VMM5*!;W29;A1+ M%)WV@G+*>H(]:YZZ_9T\/WNI3ZU>_L^>$9KFZF:6XEFUJ=R[L1:C;_L\^$(KBWE66&6'69TV.IR#\L0[BB4HRBD]RHJ4976QYU^V7'^T M1K?Q1MM8^%WA/5SI_A[39(8M1LX,GS)E(E9!USL.W(';BO-O@_\`%S4-8N;/ M0/$'A+5-=.BOC2?"%D#%;>=G+7-Y(WWV+$D[N_H.*T[3XO\`[73?M*+I-Q/J MPG.M>4^B"-C:B#?@@#&TKMYW]>^:F_:R\'>']4_:L?3?"L&BF>ZTV"34K?4M M1%K`]V2V5+9`W%/+)&IK1*R460W=\R/9+?Q1XS\6@7'QH^/7A[PC8-_S M+OAK5(5N6']V2X8EAZ$(!^%>E_#:W^&.GVGD?#NQW(_W[Q;>5C-_M--(,O\` M7<:\?^&7PN_:#\%Q13^&O@[\,+$X!6Z$\CRD>OF!&)_[ZKU/2)_VD6P-:TWP M;&._V>>Y;^8%8RMT-8L[NBLO2U\9;0=:ETS..1:QR#'_`'TU%0:&I1110`44 M44`%%%%`!1@>E%%`!1110`8`Z"BBB@`HHHH`****`"BBB@`HP.F***`"BBB@ M`HHHH`,#&,4444`%%%%`!1110`4444`%%%%`!@=<4444`%%%%`'R=\?_`(O? MM)>!/CNGPP@\=VUCI>O2J-(U-M)AW112':%+A<_*W!/7O6/X%^$?Q"T&?5/$ M6J>&4\37UG=>7XY\(:PHEEN0>5O+61N2'7D#U5ADC@>U?MD?!V7XG?#)M=T& MWW:[X;E^WZ8R#YG"\O%^(&1[J*[CX>T58RY&Y:G+?"7PKX/OM"A\4?!#QKJ.G6;G$ND7+FXMX7'WHGA MD.Z)@>"%93Q7I-F;T0`:@(_-`^8PYVGW`/(^G/U-8%YX`M;/Q&_C3P@RV&HS M8%^B#$-^H[2J/XAV%7FCV,1\RYS@^E9MW-$K#Z***0PHHHH M`****`"BBB@`HHHH`****`"BBB@`HHHH`****`"BBB@`HHHH`****`"BBB@` MHHHH`****`"BBB@`HHHH`****`"BBB@`HHHH`:R*RE7`((Y![UB^!O#UEX4T EVX\-Z9D6MM?2M;H1_JUD(EV#V!D('L!110!N4444`%%%%`'_V3\_ ` end